Thesis, John M. Tutuska, Aristotle's Ethical Imprecision. Philosophic Method in The Nicomachean Ethics, University of Dallas 2007.
Thesis, John M. Tutuska, Aristotle's Ethical Imprecision. Philosophic Method in The Nicomachean Ethics, University of Dallas 2007.
Thesis, John M. Tutuska, Aristotle's Ethical Imprecision. Philosophic Method in The Nicomachean Ethics, University of Dallas 2007.
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF DALLAS
by
JOHN M. TUTUSKA
A dissertation submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the University of Dallas in partial fulfillment of
requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Philosophy
in the Institute of Philosophic Studies.
'iX.-A fi.'SIo^
UMI Number: 3415676
In the unlikely event that the author did not send a complete manuscript
and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if material had to be removed,
a note will indicate the deletion.
UMI
Dissertation Publishing
UMI 3415676
Copyright 2010 by ProQuest LLC.
All rights reserved. This edition of the work is protected against
unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States Code.
ProQuest LLC
789 East Eisenhower Parkway
P.O. Box 1346
Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346
ARISTOTLE'S ETHICAL IMPRECISION: PHILOSOPHIC METHOD IN THE
NICOMACHEAN ETHICS
John M. Tutuska, Ph.D.
University of Dallas, 2010
Director: Dr. Joshua Parens
Abstract:
this imprecision holds a more far-reaching significance than it is usually taken to have.
Aristotle does not simply mean, as is often said, that general ethical discourses cannot
replace the prudential task of tailoring one's actions to the particular situation; rather, he
is concerned with the fact that the very elements of ethical discourse, such as the noble,
ambiguities that create problems when one sets out to provide ethical accounts. That is,
ordinary ethical experience and thus the opinions that arise out of it possess a certain
inconstant or "wandering" nature, as Aristotle puts it, and Aristotle understands his task
to include the preservation and drawing out of the tensions that follow from this
is thus met by an imprecision of the treatment, and this would be a gain even if it were
to do nothing more than make clear to us the fundamental aporiai (impasses) that arise
from our ordinary experience and beliefs. Nonetheless, Aristotle usually provides at
least some suggestions as to how one might move beyond the impasse, or at least come
to understand that the impasse is not simply an impasse but a reflection of the complex
imprecise writing in the Nicomachean Ethics, given the elliptical nature of Aristotle's
most explicit statements on the matter, this is best done by delving into various concrete
consider difficulties found in his treatments of the noble, especially in its relation to the
good, of prudence and its relation to ends, of friendship and its relation to ethical virtue,
and of human nature and happiness. I also include a chapter that situates Aristotle with
respect to his forerunners among the Greeks, arguing that he is in continuity with
ethical matters.
Aristotle's Ethics Imprecision:
Philosophic Method in the Nicomachean Ethics
©2010 by John Tutuska
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents:
Page
Abstract i
Acknowledgments vii
It is a fine thing to be able to thank those who have made one's work possible. I
want to acknowledge a special debt to my director, Dr. Joshua Parens, who was able stir
me to think of Aristotle and the ancient Greeks in new ways despite my initially strong
reluctance to do so. His careful and illuminating interpretations provided the guiding
dissertation committee, Dr. Lance Simmons and Dr. David Sweet, for their careful
reading and insightful comments. It has been an honor to study under the graduate
Michael Jones, Allison Rozek, William Turnage, David Alvarez, Bret Saunders, Amos
Hunt, and Cynthia Nielsen. Special thanks are due to Concetta Nolan and Marie
Azcona for help with administrative matters and for cheerful support.
Finally, I wish to thank my parents, for their love and support throughout the
whole course of my studies, without which nothing would have been possible. This
imprecision. Nonetheless, it would seem possible that the natures of certain things are
such that they cannot be articulated in this way without falsification, in which case one
would need to incorporate imprecision into one's treatment of them. The philosopher
would then require self-restraint; that is, he would need to subordinate the desire for
precision to the desire to reflect the phenomena. As one could also say, in certain cases,
the philosopher must accurately reflect the difficulties of the things themselves through
nature of ethical inquiry; the work is rife with imprecision in its treatment of the most
important ethical themes, an imprecision that has formed the basis for scholarly
controversy in all subsequent ages. We find such difficulties above all in regard to the
four following cases: the way in which the kalon functions as the end of ethical virtue,
the relation of prudence to the ends of human life, the relation between friendship and
ethical virtue, and the constitution of happiness as torn between 'inclusive' and
approach to writing in the Nicomachean Ethics (his methodos), but, given the difficulty
and brevity of Aristotle's most explicit statements on the matter, this is best done by
delving into these four concrete cases throughout the EN. Even as I treat these different
topics within the Nicomachean Ethics, my work will be unified in its attempt to show
that the imprecision in Aristotle's writing should be seen as both intelligibly arising
1
from and reflective of the tensions and difficulties contained within various ethical
phenomena and common ethical opinions. Aristotle employs this imprecision to draw
the reader to philosophic inquiry and thus a fuller understanding of the complexities of
the things themselves. I will here outline the following chapters to provide a basic
Greek thought on this topic via a consideration of certain dramatists and Plato. In the
Bacchae, Euripides does the same for prudence or good sense. Each author shows that
the relevant ethical phenomenon contains inherent tensions that thwart attempts to
produce straightforward ethical accounts. Plato will have the larger role here, insofar as
a reaction against Plato.1 In contrast, I will argue that Aristotle's position here reflects a
fundamental agreement with Plato, for whom the good, just, and beautiful (and their
hierarchical system harmonizing these, the most basic and important phenomena of
human experience, is, in the end, impossible. This argument will be made primarily
EN that directly bring up the topic of ethical imprecision, delineating the senses and
sources of such imprecision. I will show that Aristotle articulates three principal
1. See Nussbaum's The Fragility of Goodness (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1986),
chs. 4—7, and Anagnostopoulos' Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics (Los Angeles: University
of California Press, 1994), 13-64,300-308.
2
sources of imprecision. The first stems from the attempt to faithfully reflect the nature
irregularity; there is something particularly problematic about matters of the noble and
the just, Aristotle holds. He speaks in this context of imprecision as something like the
flexibility of his account, a flexibility that leaves room for fundamental disagreements
to unfold. This imprecision bears the fruit of adequately or properly reflecting the
The second source is found in the desire for the treatment to serve as a sort of
philosophic enticement. This dovetails with the first source of imprecision described
above, insofar as the tensions preserved within one's account can serve as impasses that
engender reflection upon the problems of the phenomena. The third source is rooted in
the nature of ethical inquiry itself and its distinctive goal as Aristotle conceives it,
namely, that of making its audience good. This in turn entails that imprecision follows
from the limiting of connections between ethics and other studies such as psychology
and metaphysics and from rhetorically structured incitements toward virtue, as found,
Chapter 3: The Kalon. Here I begin reading topics within the EN in terms of
or noble [kalon] as the "end of ethical virtue" that is revealed especially well by the
secondary literature, insofar as scholars are unsure if they should read the kalon in a
eudaimonistic light, and if so, how and to what extent this should be done." Aristotle
2. See, for example, Christine Korsgaard's "From Duty and For the Sake of the Noble: Kant and
Aristotle on Morally Good Action" in Aristotle, Kant, and the Stoics: Rethinking Happiness and Duty,
eds. Stephen Engstrom and Jennifer Whiting (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1996), 203-36.
3
begins by simply presenting the kalon as the end of ethical virtue, without elaborating
on the respect in which the kalon functions as an end. Does one simply seek the kalon,
with no further relation to the good? Or is the kalon sought as something (intrinsically)
beneficial for oneself? That is to say, is the kalon sought simply as kalon, or is it sought
as agathonl Eventually Aristotle asserts that it is sought as agathon, but this raises the
question as to whether we were supposed to understand it this way from the beginning
After presenting this ambiguity of the treatment, I will argue that it is grounded
in the ambiguity of the human moral experience of the kalon. The beautiful can
exercise an appeal all of its own, without a thematic emphasis upon the good of the
agent. Nonetheless, one can later 'parse out' an implicit desire for one's own good in
the pursuit of the kalon. The very need to 'parse out' this desire is important, however,
and suggests something complex about the normal moral relation to the kalon. Courage
in battle will be employed as an exemplar of this structure - the courageous often seem
drawn simply by the beauty of the courageous deed, and yet we can perhaps see an
implicit striving for their own good (as they understand it) therein. Furthermore, we can
say that common opinion seems generally torn on the relation of the good and the
noble; it is familiar both with the idea that nobility has nothing to do with one's own
good or even that it is found when one disregards or sacrifices one's good and also with
the idea that the noble itself constitutes one's own good. Aristotle works hard to
preserve this aporia and to show us how it is already at work within common moral
3. The question is only heightened by the fact that in the Rhetoric the kalon is practically defined
as that which attends to the interests of others rather than oneself (1366b36-1367a5, 1389b37-1390al).
4
equating the noble and the good rather than grasping the delicate relationship between
the two.
presentation of the relation of prudence to the ethical ends. The ergon-argument of Bk.
(rationality in the sense of listening to reason as a son listens to a father). This would
suggest that rationality governs ethical virtue in a strong sense, even to the point of
setting the ends of virtue (presumably through a vision of the whole and the place of the
human in it and thus of the way in which the pursuit of certain ends makes sense in light
of the whole). Nonetheless, when Aristotle turns to prudence in Bk. 6, he repeats many
times that prudence has only to do with "the things related to the end" rather than with
the ends themselves and grants it little connection to wisdom or an understanding of (or
even opinion about) the whole. Despite this, there are also passages in Bk. 6 where he
seems to suggest that prudence has some relation to ends and to a view of the whole.
This problem can also be connected to the afore-mentioned problem of the kalon;
despite the fact that the kalon is meant to serve as the definitive ethical end, it is
nonetheless unclear whether prudence establishes the kalon as such (and, if it does so,
I will argue that this difficulty can be traced back to a genuine tension in
prudence itself: prudence can be partially separated from a view of larger issues (or the
whole), but this separation can never become absolute. The difficulty in understanding
the relation of prudence to ends, then, can be tied back to the Aristotelian move to
distinguish prudence [phronesis] and wisdom [sophia] more sharply than does Plato.
5
Distinguishing them is in line with the "phenomenology" of morality; that is, the decent
man and the political agent have a certain mode of intelligence that Aristotle tries to do
justice to by treating it from within its own horizon. Nonetheless, important questions
In other words, the ordinary ethical-political agent both has and does not have a
view of the whole. That is to say, he has a merely implicit opinion about the whole
(there are thus two defects to it: first, that it is merely implicit rather than reflectively
grasped, and second, that it has the status of mere opinion). This is seen, for example,
in the fact that such a man could not consistently take a view toward the whole of the
sort that is referred to in EN 1.2, when Aristotle mentions those who think that the
beautiful and the just are superficial conventions; the ordinary ethical-political agent
must instead adopt something that is much closer in spirit to the vision of the whole
offered by the so-called 'Platonic' Forms. Prudence thus works within an implicit view
with the impression that all friendships fall neatly within three categories. Even more
(1) loving the other for what he himself is rather than for pleasure or use and (2) loving
cases that muddy this schema. Whereas even friendship of pleasure for Aristotle fails to
6
relate directly to the character of the friend ("as being the man that he is"), Aristotle
gives us cases in which one does relate in love to the very self of the other without such
love having ethical virtue as its ratio. In exploring the cases of ex-lovers, brothers,
mothers, those who share in some fundamental activity, and the wicked, Aristotle
explores relationships in which there is love for the very self of the other without any
central involvement of character. That is, genuine love for others seems possible on the
basis of factors such as likeness, familiarity, and belonging (relation as "one's own") as
well as virtue.
After tracing out this tension, I argue that it adequately reflects the nature of
philia, which is neither wholly determined by nor wholly indifferent to the character of
the friends involved. It is neither the case that friends need to be overflowing with
excellences in order for genuine love for the character of each other to exist, nor that the
between them (although two mediocre persons, each having many unrealized human
potentials and focused on the pursuit of trivial goods, can love each for their own sake,
it seems right to say that their love will not be as deep or rich as that had by the more
mature). Common opinion divines this tension, and replicates it within itself; we cannot
ever decide for or against the limitation of philia to the philia of the best; it has a
teleological appeal, but to fully accept it would nonetheless seem strangely inhuman.
That is to say, Aristotle's treatment, in its apparent oscillation between the claim that
friendship is very much determined by the character of the friends and the implicit
claim that friendship is relatively indifferent to the character of the friends, expresses a
7
Chapter 6: Human Nature and Happiness. It is common knowledge that there is
tension between different conceptions of happiness within the EN. This tension is tied
to the fact that Aristotle provides at least three different accounts of what it is to be
human and thus of the happiness that pertains to human nature. The first suggestion is
that the human is his character (see esp. 8.3 1156b7—11; also, 3.1 111 Ibl: "non-rational
feelings seem to be no less human than reasoning is"; 6.2 1139b4-5: "choice is either
intellect fused with desire or desire fused with thinking, and such a source is a human
being"). The second suggestion is that he is his practical intellect (9.4 1166al6-19; 9.8
1168b28-l 169a3), and the third suggestion is that he is his theoretical intellect (10.7
contemplation of such action (9.4 1166al0-29, 9.9 1170al-4), and finally, in the
claim that Aristotle was simply unable to make up his mind regarding human nature; as
Ackrill says, he has a hopelessly "broken-backed" account of human nature and thus of
human happiness. If we wish to hold out hope for Aristotle, however, then we might
human nature better than could any straightforward account, better than any account
that had simply 'decided' on one of the options. Is it really the case that the human
species is so unvarying that there is one good that can unequivocally be said to be the
good of all men? Are all really of such a sort as to find their fulfillment in the
8
theoretical life? If not, does it not seem "too unfeeling" (as Aristotle says in another
context -1.11 1101 a23-24) to deny those who are not any share in happiness?
Although Aristotle's claims about a "secondary happiness" may initially seem messy to
us, perhaps they reflect a human nature that is not as neat and determinate as we might
have expected.
Furthermore, does Aristotle's account suggest as well that even for the
philosopher perfect fulfillment is problematic? After all, one must remember that the
contemplative life is said to be a life that transcends one's mere humanity, which seems
to entail that much of one's nature is left unfulfilled, or, more precisely, is left
imperfectly fulfilled. One must further ask, however, whether Aristotle intends for this
difficulty to make us re-consider what it means for a life to be "lacking in nothing" (1.7
1097bl 5). Whereas we initially take Aristotle to claim that the happy life includes the
summation of every good and the total fulfillment of our nature, Aristotle eventually
makes us wonder whether it is perhaps possible for a life that falls short of this to
9
Chapter 1: Imprecision as a Theme in Aristotle's Predecessors
Aristotle never attempts to write ex nihilo. His works are filled with references,
major works such as the Metaphysics and On the Soul with extended reflections on the
work of his predecessors and the way in which their views relate to his. Ethical inquiry
continues this approach for him, and he makes some strong claims as to the role of the
One ought, as with other things, when one has set forth the appearances [tithentas
ta phainomena], and has gone through the puzzles [diaporesantes] a first time, to
bring to light in that way especially all the received opinions [endoxa] about these
experiences, or if not that, then most and the most authoritative [kuridtata] of these.
For if the difficulties are resolved, and something is left of the endoxa, it would
have been made evident sufficiently (7.1 1145b2-7; cf. Eudemian Ethics [EE]
1216b26-35).
In light of this, it seems only appropriate to preface this study of Aristotle with a study
of those who went before him; this will allow us to better understand Aristotle himself.
I will begin with Aeschylus and Euripides, trying to unpack their dramatic reflections
regarding the sort of precision that is possible in ethical matters. Both Aeschylus and
Euripides write their ethically-charged dramas with the sense that the fundamental
ethical categories are themselves difficult to penetrate or inherently opaque. After this,
1. On the endoxa, see Topics 100b 19-23: "Those things are true and primary which get their
trustworthiness through themselves rather than through other things (for when it comes to scientific
starting-points, one should not search further for the reason why, but instead each of the starting-points
ought to be trustworthy in and of itself). Those are endoxa, on the other hand, which seem so to
everyone, or to most people, or to the wise - to all of them, or to most, or to the most famous and
esteemed."
10
I will address the controversial issue of Plato's thoughts on the sort of precision that is
possible in regard to what he calls the political things (the noble, the just, the pious),
trying to show that, far from opposing the idea of the necessary imprecision of ethical
especially in light of the fact that Aeschylus was regarded, at least in the time of
Aristophanes, as a "safe" poet, one who wrote in line with decent morality and time-
honored custom. The basic plot of the Oresteia is well-known, but I will begin by
setting out a few salient points as a reminder. In the first work of the trilogy,
Agamemnon, we witness Agamemnon's homecoming from the long Trojan wars, only
to see him killed by his wife Clytaemestra and her new lover Aegisthus. In the second
son Orestes, who has been in de facto exile since the murder of his father. Under the
command and threat of an oracle from Apollo, Orestes has sworn to avenge the murder
of his father; and so, with the help of his friend Pylades and sister Electra, he sets to
work on an eventually successful plot to kill Clytaemestra and Aegisthus. The third
work, The Eumenides, shows Orestes pursued by the Furies, who enact punishment on
those who spill the blood of their own family members. Apollo and Athena take
2. Theaetetus 172a.
3. He was understood as differing from Euripides in this respect; see, e.g., Aristophanes' The
Frogs, esp. 1030-88.
11
Orestes' side before a court at Athens, where the jury reaches a split decision before
Athena exercises her authority to decide the case in favor of the acquittal of Orestes.4
Clytaemestra and Aegisthus are unjust murderers, while Orestes acts as an agent of
justice; although Orestes is indicted for his deed, this charge stems from archaic
although the trilogy does not entirely reject such a view, it also works hard to
complicate matters. We will see that Aeschylus not only shows the difficulty of making
a judgment on justice in this particular case, but also points to a more general difficulty
into the trap of viewing Clytaemestra as the chorus does for much of Agamemnon, and
as Orestes and Electra do in The Libation Bearers; that is, as a lustful and power-hungry
woman who kills Agamemnon simply to rule the kingdom with her new lover,
Aegisthus. This reading ignores what seems to be her central motivation, namely, the
need to avenge the terrible deed of Agamemnon, who, at the very outset of the Trojan
war, sacrificed their daughter, Iphigeneia, to Artemis as atonement for an offense to the
goddess, in order that the Greek fleet might set sail (184-247).5 It is hard to imagine a
more shocking crime than Agamemnon's - and thus hard to imagine a wife and mother
with a more just grievance; even the chorus, which later turns on Clytaemestra, regards
4. It should be noted that there is some scholarly debate as to whether Athena's vote makes for
an equal vote or instead decides the case in the face of an equal vote by the jurors. See what I consider to
be persuasive arguments for the latter interpretation by D. J. Conacher in his Aeschylus' "Oresteia ": A
Literary Commentary (Buffalo, New York: University of Toronto Press, 1987), 164-66. This is relevant
for what follows.
5. This tale is told, after Aeschylus, by Euripides in his Iphigeneia in Aulis. Additional
motivation for Clytaemestra stems from Agamemnon's marital infidelity {Agamemnon 1437-47).
12
the sacrifice of Iphigeneia as an "impious, impure, unholy" deed (219-20).6 This
Clytaemestra seems related in one way or another to Agamemnon's deed; even her
taking of a new lover is most plausibly explained in terms of her revulsion for
Agamemnon after his crime. In this way, Clytaemestra can be cast as an agent of
avenging justice in much the same way as Orestes; in fact, she speaks of herself as a
dikaias tektonos [artificer of justice] (1406) and calls herself an "ancient, bitter,
avenging spirit" [palaios drimus alastor] (1501). The audience is called to ask
themselves what differentiates the vengeful deed of Clytaemestra from that of Orestes -
Clytaemestra and the chorus. The transformation is amazing: the chorus begins by
accusing Clytaemestra of every possible vice on account of her deed (1399-520), but
Clytaemestra does not back down, and focuses her defense on Agamemnon's murder of
Iphigeneia (1412-21, 1521-29, 1551-59). Eventually, the chorus realizes that it cannot
Each charge meets countercharge,/ and it is a hard struggle to judge. / The ravager
is ravaged, the killer pays;/ it remains firm while Zeus remains on his throne/ that
6. For a strong objection to the common claim that Agamemnon was torn between his
commitments to his allies and the familial bond, see Sommerstein's argument that this common claim
involves a less probable reading of line 213, finds no echo throughout the rest of the Agamemnon or even
in the Iliad, and is at odds with what we know about the way such military arrangements functioned (see
his Loeb translation of the Oresteia [Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2008], 24~25n46-47).
7. Translations of the Oresteia will be taken from Alan Sommerstein's Loeb edition, with
occasional alterations.
13
This is an amazing admission - the chorus that initially represents the legal and moral
case against Clytaemestra comes to admit the extreme difficulty of the case and
surrenders its judgment. All it can do now is stand back from the case of both killers,
Clytaemestra and Agamemnon, to bring them under a common form - the one who acts
must suffer. Furthermore, this comes off as a feeble attempt to hold onto something
firm in the face of a sort of moral vertigo; after all, if the chorus' claim regarding the
nature of justice were taken literally, then Orestes, as one who acts (to spill blood)
should also in turn be slain - yet this is precisely what the court eventually rejects.
the Oresteia due to the nature of the Libation Bearers. There it seems that the reader is
worked up into a passionate sympathy for Orestes, Pylades, and Electra, hoping for the
realization of their plans and fearing lest they be discovered in their vulnerability. If,
however, the action of the Libation Bearers requires that we forget the ambiguity of
justice that was raised in the Agamemnon, the Eumenides brings it back in force,
transporting this ambiguity into the realm of the divine, insofar as even gods and
goddesses quarrel over the justice of Orestes' actions. Apollo and Athena take
Orestes' side, while the ancient Furies are committed to his destruction. One might try
to defuse this conflict of the divine, holding that the Furies merely represent an archaic
idea of blood-justice that clings too strongly to the ancestral; they are passed by in favor
of new divinities. But this claim would have the effect of condemning Orestes in the
8. It does this even though we are apparently meant to remain loyal in some way to Orestes,
which may say something important about the way that drama works. Does drama at times engage in a
play in which it deliberately sets our emotions in tension with our reason? This is obviously too much of
an aside to pursue any further here.
9. This would seem to provide a source of sorts for Socrates' claim in the Euthyphro that if the
gods were to disagree, they would likely do so over such things as the just (7c-e). See below, 26-28.
14
act of defending him; if the Furies, as divinities, are not justified in seeking blood for
the spilling of familial blood, then how was Orestes, a mere man, justified in seeking
the same? Indeed, it should be remembered that the Furies can offer punishment for a
blood crime in a much more seemly fashion than did Clytaemestra or Orestes; as
outsiders they can avenge the spilling of familial blood without calling down a further
curse. The right of the Furies cannot be swept away without casting doubt on the right
Aeschylus is at pains to present this resolution as irresolute. First, we find a hung jury
(752-53) that was potentially coerced by divine force. Apollo and the Furies provide
(respectively) veiled and open threats should the case be found against them (711-14,
719-20, 731-33), while Athena also declares that should they be hung, she will decide
the case (734-43). In light of this, it becomes at least open to question whether the jury
did not arrange for a split decision to avoid responsibility for a decision that would
bring ruin to their city no matter whom they sided with. It is perhaps important,
however, that we do not need to have recourse to such an interpretation to explain the
indecision of the jury; their split vote reflects the situation of human reason, which
breaks down in the face of the difficulties of this case (just as we saw with the chorus in
regard to Clytaemestra).
10. It would, furthermore, render odd the promise that the Furies would receive a large role in
Athenian life (Eumenides 804-807, 834-36, 848-69, 890-937).
11. Furthermore, it should be remembered that there is a way in which Clytaemestra would seem
more justified than Orestes; Orestes slays his own blood, while Clytaemestra does not. This accounts for
why the Furies come after Orestes but not Clytaemestra (Eumenides 210-12). Indeed, the Greek
tendency to set a high stock on the blood-relation would seem to provide a perfect counter-balance to the
Greek tendency (discussed below) to set less stock on the life of a woman than a man.
15
Second, when Athena decides the case, she does so on arbitrary grounds,
explaining her motivation in this way: "No mother gave birth to me, and I commend the
male in all respects (except for joining in marriage) with all my heart: in the fullest
sense, I am my Father's child. Therefore I shall not set a higher value [protimeso] on
the death of a woman, when she had killed her husband, the guardian of her house"
(736-40). It should first be noted that, contrary to what Athena says, she need not set a
higher value on the death of Clytaemestra to find Orestes' deed problematic but only an
equal value. Even more importantly, however, to decide such a case on the basis of
within a legal setting; such an appeal fails even to articulate a required universal
premise such as that the woman's life is worth less than the male's - a premise that
could not, of course, be taken seriously coming from a feminine figure who also wants
to speak authoritatively, and which seems to be proven false within the trilogy itself by
Athena's own intelligence and by the nobility of Electra.1"" The purported justification
for the decision in favor of Orestes is thus unsatisfying, leaving the matter without any
impenetrable about the just: it escapes even the gods' knowledge. We must accept the
imprecise way in which justice is dealt with in the play - strict retribution (nemesis) is
set aside or demoted precisely because nemesis entails the belief that we can easily
decide the right and then punish accordingly. If the right is difficult, however, then
12. We find a more universal case made by Apollo (657-73), but he is not the one to decide the
case. At any rate, see note 11 above.
13. Furthermore, for the prosecution (the Furies) to be bought off with promises of sacrifice and
favor hardly lends credibility to the resolution {Eumenides 804-807, 834-36, 847-69, 890-937).
16
nemesis and its reprisals need to be tempered. There has been bloodshed enough by
the end of the play; we want Orestes spared not so much because he is manifestly
innocent as because we cannot sustain our desire for vengeance in the face of such
opacity.
Aeschylus tries to present, I think the case can be made that there is an even greater
understood - as doing good to one's own and harm to enemies (or those who harm
one's own) - can be confronted with cases in which the just is not merely difficult to
judge, but in which the just no longer applies in any unambiguous way. If justice is
understood in line with the above formula, then it is susceptible to incoherence in cases
in which members of one's own do harm to others of one's own. There is then no
possible answer to the question what is simply just. We find a situation in which justice
is set against justice (as Orestes himself says, "Justice clashes with justice" [xumbalei
dikai dika], Libation-Bearers 461); or, in which the key marks that we look to in order
to distinguish the just are set against each other. Both Orestes and Clytaemestra kill
those who are both their own and the killers of their own; and so, according to the
common criteria, what Orestes does in killing Clytaemestra is both just and unjust - and
the same holds for Clytaemestra in killing Agamemnon. This is the difficult mixture we
will later see Plato discuss: the deed that we must deem both just and unjust (Republic
479a-b). In this way, Aeschylus reveals a fundamental difficulty in the just; or, at least,
14. See Ronna Burger, "Ethical Reflection and Righteous Indignation: Nemesis in the
Nicomachean Ethics'''' in Essays in Ancient Greek Philosophy IV: Aristotle's Ethics, eds. John P. Anton,
Anthony Preus (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1991), 127-39.
17
in Greek common opinion regarding the just.15 Our understanding of the just is set
against itself; and our difficulty in pinning down the just in this particular case reveals
sense, or prudence. I must first briefly summarize the plot for the sake of the argument.
The action is centered on the coming of Dionysus among the Greeks to proclaim his
divinity (he has apparently been extremely successful among the barbarians prior to this
[13-25]). His divine status is not, however, immediately accepted by all. The sisters of
his mother Semele deny that he was born of Zeus, and Pentheus, the son of one of these
sisters, rules Thebes. Upon Pentheus' return to Thebes, he finds that Dionysus has put a
frenzy upon the women (his mother included), stirring them up to leave the city to
engage in Bacchic revels in the woods. His father Kadmos and the prophet Teiresias
attempt to persuade Pentheus not to fight against Dionysus, but they fail to calm him.
Pentheus imprisons Bacchic women and the priest of Dionysus (who turns out to be
Dionysus himself) only to find that they all escape. Dionysus then puts a mania into
Pentheus' mind such that the latter decides to follow the priest of Dionysus into the
woods, dressed as a woman, to spy on the revelers. The priest betrays him to the
women, who then take him for a beast and tear him limb from limb, with his mother
leading the attack. The play ends with his mother carrying Pentheus' head into the city,
15. It would be unwise, however, to assume that this opinion is merely an archaic Greek view
that can be and has been simply set aside. Consider the way in which this view of justice, seemingly
rejected out of hand early in Plato's Republic (332a-336a), nonetheless returns as the dialogue progresses
(e.g., 375a-c).
18
believing it to be that of a lion, and then gradually coming to recognize what she has
Terms such as sophos [wise], phren [mind], nous [intelligence] and their
derivatives16 recur throughout the play, providing for a continued and only ambiguously
resolved debate. The central question of the Bacchae seems to be this: what is it to have
good sense? The two opposing parties of the drama, represented on the one hand by
Pentheus, and on the other hand by Teiresias, the Chorus, Dionysus, and Kadmos,
their own position as the only sound-minded option. As we will see, however, there are
good grounds for the claims of both camps - so much so that it is hard to see what
unqualified good sense would look like in such a situation; we wonder whether all that
is possible in circumstances of this sort are various mixtures of the sensible and the
foolish.
It would be easy to fault Pentheus, putting him forward as the truly imprudent
figure of the drama. After all, Pentheus* resistance to the god leads not only to his own
miserable death but also to the ruin of his whole family and the destabilizing of the
polis. One must, however, fight the temptation to anachronistically assume the divinity
of Dionysus here (the sort of anachronism present in the rebukes of the chorus [882-96,
995, 997, 430-31, cp. 196]).17 The action of the drama requires that there be a genuine
16. These terms are used somewhat interchangeably, in accord with their pre-Aristotelian
flexibility.
17. This may suggest some dramatic solution to the problem of the anachronistic statements of
the chorus, as well as of Teiresias, who refer to Dionysus as a traditional deity in a context in which he is
anything but (see 201-3, 256, 272); perhaps the jarring nature of such statements is meant to remind the
audience of the danger that they face of anachronism in their evaluation of Pentheus. Alternately,
perhaps Euripides means for us to realize that encountering the divine through what has been traditionally
19
question as to the status of this newly purported divinity. If we consider the grounds
that Pentheus looked to in deciding against the divinity of Dionysus and the worth of his
cult, it becomes hard to fault him. For Pentheus, the mania of the Dionysian cult is
absurd and unacceptable by the light of political reason, especially insofar as Dionysus
puts all the women of Thebes into a frenzy that makes them leave the city to go off to
on the family - and the family is apolitical entity. Pentheus thus represents
something like the view of Aristotle's political phronimoi, the prudent oi?es who use
their intelligence to order the affairs of the city with a view to the common advantage
(EN 6.8 1141b23-l 142al0, 8.9 1160a8-12). If, politically speaking, one needs to
encourage stability and moderation among the citizenry, then Dionysus shows himself
handed down is by far the most common human experience, so much so that we have trouble even
imagining what it would be like otherwise.
18. This is what Pentheus primarily complains of when he enters the play with outrage (215-47,
260-62; see also, 352-54, 485—87). Dionysiac festivals, of course, were notorious for drunkenness and
sexuality. Although the messenger reports that the women were behaving modestly when he saw them
(686-88), Pentheus' fears seem reasonable: the messenger himself notes that Dionysus produced wine on
the mountain where the women celebrate (706-707, see 142-43) and relates the rapid transformation of
the women from calm to amazing violence (683-774). This hardly reassures us that calm is their usual
state and suggests that a transformation to erotic intensity might occur just as easily. Furthermore, it is
well known that Dionysus and his satyrs engaged in sexual relations with the maenads, and, as Seaford
notes, even Teiresias' reply to Pentheus' objection (314-18) implies that weaker maenads might well be
corrupted (p. 171, note on 221-25). In addition to this, from the classical standpoint, given the political
importance of the family, there is something politically dangerous in the mere appearance of sexual
immorality on the part of women; hence, the severe restrictions on the liberty of women (for example,
Greek women were generally discouraged from drinking wine).
19. Contemporary interpretations of the play often fail to adequately distance themselves from
modern tendencies toward individualism and thus end up ignoring the political significance of Dionysus'
actions and Pentheus' role as ruler of Thebes. We need not see Pentheus primarily as a moralist disgusted
by the threat of sexual immorality, but rather as a ruler worried about the political ramifications of so
great an upheaval. In speaking of the unjust "violation of the [marital] bed" [leche lumainetai] at 353-55,
Pentheus shows that he is concerned about the broader breakdown of marriage and the family.
20
the man of political action. It thus seems entirely reasonable and sound-minded for
Pentheus to attack this serious threat to the political order he represents and protects,
and reasonable for him to assume the falsity of the claims to divinity of such a
questionable figure.
The obvious problem with the view that Pentheus is unqualifiedly prudent,
however, is that he is wrong about Dionysus - and wrong in a way that leads to such
terrible consequences. It further seems that Pentheus had important indications that he
and his forces were incapable of simply quashing this movement. Whether the maenads
and the priest of Dionysus escaped from prison due to divine miracles or simply
because they had too many allies within his forces, Pentheus was given a sign of the
futility of trying to openly crush the new cult. At the same time, if he regarded this
threat to the polls as potentially lethal, then he may have had no choice but to risk
complete ruin in attacking it. The audience, then, is torn: we cannot accept that a man
who rejects a genuine divinity and chooses such a self-destructive course of action is
acting prudently, but we also cannot help but recognize the sound-mindedness of his
decision to resist this dubious new movement. In this way, Euripides seems to make us
wonder whether there are certain situations in which reason points to opposing courses
of action.
opponents. Teiresias begins his critique before Pentheus even appears on the stage,
proclaiming,
21
Ancestral traditions [patrious paradoxas] and those which have obtained as old as
time, no argument [logos] will throw down, not even if wisdom is found through
If we take Teiresias literally, then he suggests that wisdom may truly find against the
god; but he concludes that this is of no consequence fox praxis. It seems that he
advocates a traditionalist pragmatism: the old ways cannot be defeated, even should
they be shown wrong, so it is simply foolish to break oneself against a rock that cannot
be worn down.' This raises a difficulty: if we grant that there is a better way than that
of the tradition, then it would seem to be the part of good sense to choose it, for
prudence chooses what is best (as Pentheus cannot be content with the problems of
Dionysos' cult); but if this better way may lead to ruin, then it seems folly to pursue it.
Wisdom is thus set against wisdom, and we cannot be satisfied with the final wisdom of
either.
The chorus makes this difficulty more explicit. Praising the virtues of calm
living [tas hesuchias biotas] and good sense [to phronein] (389—90) (as though these
Cleverness [to sophon] is not wisdom [sophia], and to think non-mortal thoughts
means a short life. Given that, who would by pursuing great things not obtain what
21.1 will follow the translation of Richard Seaford, with occasional alterations: Euripides:
Bacchae (Warminster, England, Aris & Phillips Ltd., 1996).
22. Here it is perhaps helpful to think of the difficulties that Socrates got himself into by
advocating a reformed theology and thus "new gods" (see Apology 26a-27d, Republic 377d-382e, and
Euthyphro 5d-6c).
22
is available? These are the ways of men who are, in my view, mad [mainomenon]
Again we see pragmatism mixed with traditionalism: those who try to go beyond
the usual bounds of piety are destroyed in the attempt, so who would be foolish enough
to pursue this? The line to sophon d' ou sophia (395) is especially important. It is often
bringing out the sense of the words as the chorus itself probably understood them.
Nonetheless, it seems helpful to attend as well to the literal sense of these words: "that
which is wise is not wisdom," or, put simply, wisdom is not wisdom. This is a striking
paradox, and could stand as a thematic statement for the play as a whole. Wisdom is set
against wisdom; there is something wise and foolish about each wisdom put forward in
the play. More importantly, however, we have trouble imagining what a genuine or
Just as in the Oresteia with regard to justice, so too here with regard to
prudence: we find that a judgment as to true prudence in this case is perhaps impossibly
difficult, and we find, further, that this reflects not only the special difficulty of this
Euripides shows us that there are various marks that we look to in making judgments as
to what is prudent and that these need not line up on the same side; and that when they
do not, we no longer have a clear idea of how to identify the prudent. We can wonder
whether prudence even applies here. We learn, in other words, that it is because we do
not sufficiently understand the prudent itself, do not understand how to weigh its
23
different common marks, that we cannot judge what is prudent in this difficult particular
case.
a. Euthyphro
Now I must turn to Plato, making the relatively unusual argument that he is best
proves particularly relevant for seeing Plato's awareness of the intractability of the
ethical. The dialogue famously consists in the Socratic questioning of a young man
prosecute his father for murder on dubious grounds. The theme of imprecision first
arises when Socrates incredulously inquires, "Before Zeus, do you, Euthyphro, suppose
you have such precise [akribos] knowledge about how the divine things are disposed,
23. In this I stand opposed to interpreters such as Martha Nussbaum and Georgios
Anagnostopoulos, who set up their whole reading of Aristotle as an opposition to Plato (see Nussbaum's
The Fragility of Goodness, chs. 4-7 and Anagnostopoulos' Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of
Ethics, 13-64, 300-308. It is common to take the Protagoras as providing clear evidence for Plato's
commitment to ethical precision; in that dialogue, it is said, we find Socrates putting forward the idea of
practical reasoning as taking the form of a simple, precise, hedonistic calculation (see Nussbaum's
Fragility of Goodness, 89-121). I think this reading is inattentive to the dialectical character of Socratic
argumentation; but here I can provide only a few suggestions as to how I would develop this line of
argument. For one thing, Nussbaum's reading fails to consider that if Socrates genuinely wishes to
commit himself to the usefulness of an "art of measuring" for practical reasoning, then he thereby
undercuts the position that he argues throughout the dialogue, namely, that virtue is not something
teachable (361 a-c); virtue will simply be a matter of applying a teachable art. This should clue us in to
the fact that Socrates' arguments here are dialectical rather than definitive. Socrates reveals as much
when he draws the proper practical conclusion from the hedonistic thesis: the Athenians should send their
sons to the sophists to be trained in this art and thus learn virtue, a conclusion we can hardly believe
Socrates truly holds (357e). The art of measuring, then, is the art that sophists themselves claim to deal
in, and is their proposed education in virtue. Socrates' argument seems meant to uncover the hidden
beliefs of the sophists and thereby answer the question that was raised very early on in the dialogue
regarding the subject-matter about which the sophists claim to make one wise (312e-313c). Furthermore,
I note that whereas Nussbaum portrays Socrates as one committed to the art that would measure pleasures
in order to "save our lives" (365d-e; Fragility of Goodness, 99), Socrates ends the dialogue by telling us
exactly what it is he will do "for the sake of [his] own life as a whole" (36 Id), and it is not to calculate
pleasures but to engage in philosophic discussion regarding things such as virtue, to persist in the
serpentine, seemingly hopeless, philosophic inquiry that Protagoras abandons (36le).
24
and the pious and impious things, that, assuming that these things [i.e., the facts of the
case] were done just as you say, you don't fear that by pursuing a lawsuit against your
father, you in turn may happen to be doing an impious act?" Euthyphro replies boldly
that "there would be no benefit for me, Socrates, nor would Euthyphro be any different
from the many human beings, if I didn't know all such things precisely [akribos]" (4e-
5a).24 So we see from the start that it is Euthyphro, not Socrates, who is sanguine about
the prospects of attaining precise knowledge about such matters as the pious and
impious. Indeed, Socrates later claims, in accord with his wont, that he knows nothing
colorful character-portrait that Plato provides of Euthyphro, a man shocking in his nai've
boldness and odd piety. Euthyphro is presented as speaking prophecies before the
Euthyphro as mad, by his own admission (3b-c). Later, Euthyphro acknowledges that
he believes in the literal truth of the old Greek myths of the gods, a position that leaves
him looking quaint and naive (5d-6c).~ Furthermore, Euthyphro is a man with such a
simple conception of morality that he does not hesitate to prosecute his own father for
murder despite the plethora of extenuating circumstances in the case; believing with
strange certainty, as Socrates says, that "a man died unjustly who while serving for hire
became a murderer, and then, bound by the master of the man who died, met his end
25. Socrates may be even more serious than usual in disclaiming knowledge when it comes to
the divine things; see Republic 427b-c, where he turns over religious law to the prophets on the grounds
that he and the others know nothing of such matters.
26. See Phaedrus 229b-230a on the place of the literal reading in Greek society at the time.
25
because of the bonds before the one who bound him found out from the exegetes what
he should do about him" (9a). Such a character portrait hardly does him any credit -
and it is just such a man who believes that he possesses precise knowledge of things
Socrates: If you and I should differ [diapheroimetha] about number- which of two
groups is greater - would our difference [diaphora] about these things make us
Socrates then goes on to establish the same with other mathematical objects: we
and to weighing to come to a decision about the heavier and lighter (7c). There is,
Socrates: Then what would we differ about and what decision would we be unable
to reach, that we would be enemies and angry at each other? Perhaps you have
nothing ready at hand, but consider while I speak whether it is these things: the just
and the unjust, and noble and shameful, and good and bad. Isn't it because we
differ [dienechthentes] about these things and can't come to a sufficient decision
about them that we become enemies to each other, whenever we do, both I and you
26
Euthyphro: Yes, this is the difference [diaphora], Socrates, and about these things.
(7c-d)
As Socrates goes on to claim, if we were going to ascribe conflicts to the gods, this is
the sort of conflict that we would expect even them to have (7d). In other words, such
matters are so difficult that it is at least imaginable that even the divine struggles over
about the prospects for precise [akribos] knowledge of "the political things" {Theaetetus
172a). The just, beautiful, and good are essentially difficult; they do not admit of a
simple measure, unlike mathematical matters. Conflict with regard to such matters
28. Socrates is here using Euthyphro's assumption [hupolhesis - see 9d, lie] that there is such
conflict (6b-c, 7b), and yet, as suggested above, he is likely at least to be partially inspired by works such
as the Oresteia of Aeschylus, which portray the gods in conflict over the just.
29. The Phaedrus introduces a similar distinction (that the Phaedms, which is always dated later
than the Euthyphro, nonetheless shares this theme with it should help reassure those who would otherwise
object that the Euthyphro is simply an early, "Socratic" dialogue that does not reflect Plato's own
developed philosophic positions). When someone speaks of'"iron" or "silver," Socrates says, there is no
controversy as to what is at issue. But as Socrates then asks, "How about when we say 'just' or 'good'?
Do some interpret them in one way, and others in another way, and don't we part company both with
each other - and with ourselves?" (263a). Again we see there is an ineliminable conflict with regard to
ethical matters. What we additionally see here, however, is that such conflict is not simply with others -
but even within ourselves. Plato returns to this idea yet again in the Laws: we have opposed opinions
within ourselves regarding the noble and just; for example, we tend to want to say both that all the just
things are beautiful and that punishment, which is just, is ugly (859c-860b). See also Alcibiades I, where
Socrates makes the distinction between uncontroversial items such as stones and wood and controversial
things such as the just, with controversies over the just leading to violent hatreds (109d-l 12d) (although
here he focuses on "the many" in a way that he does not in the Phaedms or Euthyphro). (Although I find
it reasonable to accept the authenticity of ihe Alcibiades I, nothing essential to this argument rests on it.)
Note that in the Euthyphro, Laws, and Alcibiades I, Plato uses the noun diaphorai for the disagreements
we have and the verb diaphero for our disagreeing; Aristotle, as we will see, uses the same noun in a
related context, and he seems to be referencing this theme in Plato (see below, 42-46).
30. Socrates himself playfully conflates the difference between the human things and the
mathematical things when he inquires as to the relation of the just and the pious. He says, "If the pious is
part of the just, then we need to discover, as is likely, what part of the just the pious would be. Now if
you were asking me about one of the things mentioned just now [see 12c], such as what part of number is
the even and what this number happens to be, I would say 'whatever is not scalene but rather isosceles'"
(12d). This is typical of his dialectic, and it only reflects poorly on Euthyphro that he does not remember
the earlier point and connect it with this one. Socrates, by contrast, is characterized as one who never
forgets (Protagoras 336d; see also, Republic 486d),-and we can be confident that he is aware of the
27
stems from no mere accident, such as an accident of calculation, and thus admits of no
easy resolution. In this way, Socrates shows that he is fully aware of the problem that
interpreters such as Nussbaum accuse him of being blind to, namely, of trying to
employ a quasi-mathematical approach to the human things. ' The sort of confidence
Euthyphro expresses time and again seems due to thoughtlessness and a customary
usage that has grown entirely comfortable with itself; and this seems like the more
common human experience - until, that is, the unavoidable fact of conflict makes us
realize the difficulty of such matters. (Nonetheless, it should not be thought that
Socrates leaves us hopeless: we note that there is just such a disagreement regarding the
just and pious between Euthyphro and his family (4d-e); and we need not feel that such
The theme of the imprecision of ethical matters thus persists through the
Euthyphro as a whole in its thwarted attempts to neatly define the pious. It returns
suggesting that since precise knowledge of the pious escapes him, Euthyphro would do
better to follow the customary practice of not prosecuting one's father for ambiguous
tension. He is likely to be dialectically adopting for himself Euthyphro1 s assumptions about the
possibility of precision, as is customary for Socrates (see Meno 75d). This makes us wonder whether his
earlier claim about the pious having a self-same eidos in all action (6d) is not another such attempt on his
part to dialectically mirror Euthyphro. If Euthyphro were to have the sort of precise knowledge that he
claims to, he would seem to need something just like this self-same eidos. Socrates thus leads Euthyphro
back to see the presuppositions of his own views, or, at least, he shows them to the reader. Note that in
the Republic, as will be considered at length below, Socrates explicitly denies the possibility of such
purity ofeidei in our actions (479a—e).
31. Nussbaum notes this passage in the Euthyphro but only sees it as further evidence that Plato
is allured by the desirability of applying mathematical measurability to ethical matters {Fragility of
Goodness, 106-07; see also 25, 30). I find this reading odd, since Socrates nowhere in the Euthyphro
draws out anything desirable in such a move; he simply contrasts the two kinds of disagreements.
28
offenses (15d). This advice is close to that of the tragedians: super-human knowledge
of the loftiest things escapes us, and so we would do best to acknowledge our
limitations and keep to the customary ways. Is this not a form of the traditional Greek
sophrosune theme? Does it not portray Euthyphro as a man of hubris, dangerously and
absurdly raising himself too high in believing himself to have precise knowledge? It is
hard to see how the Euthyphro can be read other than as containing a caution about the
practical consequences of the belief in the possibility of such precision. Indeed, the
dialogue seems to present us with Socrates' practical refutation of the charge that he is
corrupting the youth (2c-3a); the youth Euthyphro is brought to moderation through the
b. Republic
One might say, however, that the purity of the 'Platonic' Forms as presented in
the Republic provides unassailable evidence for the Platonic commitment to perfect
ethical precision. After all, Plato's Socrates seems to claim that the philosopher-kings,
looking off to the pure Forms, will be able to translate these into the human realm in
shaping thepolls; philosopher-kings are compared at several points to painters who look
to the pure Forms as models for their painting of the regime, "contemplating them with
then, would seem to decide unequivocally in favor of the possibility of attaining perfect
precision regarding such things as the just, beautiful, and pious, the possibility of
precisely understanding their interrelations (506a), and the relevance of such knowledge
32. Here Socrates uses the language not of knowing precisely [akribos] but of "knowing clearly"
[saphos].
29
Another understanding of the function of the Forms in the Republic is possible,
however, and the case can be made that far from representing the possibility of ethical
between the Forms and the earthly things that we directly encounter should give pause
and political realities. The distinguishing feature of the Forms, Socrates says, is that
they are "always the same in the same respect" (479a) which seems to mean that they
are perfectly self-same, that the beautiful, for example, is beautiful through and through,
without admixture - beautiful in perfect purity. The earthly things, by contrast, are
always mixed with their opposite qualities, as a beautiful object is ugly in some
respect, or a just deed is unjust in some respect (as we saw in exemplary fashion in the
Oresteia) (479a-e). This distinction is what it means for the Forms to be, and for the
earthly things to be between being and not-being; the latter are, for example, between
This means that it is very difficult to see why those who concentrate all their
understanding on the pure should be able to deal effectively with the mixed. The ethical
and political realities that we encounter and are forced to respond to are opaque and
and praxis. In fact, it seems that the gruesomeness of the political proposals of the
Republic can be traced back to the fact that the rulers impose the pure upon the mixed.34
This will be traced out in what follows; but for now it is important to note that if
33. See also Symposium 21 la—b (see also 21 le), HippiasMajor 289a-d.
34. This seems akin to what we saw in the Euthyphro: Euthyphro acts as though the mixed were
pure, which leads to ridiculous and problematic consequences.
30
Socrates presents the basic idea needed to undermine the idea of the purity of the just,
noble, pious, et cetera as we encounter them in our lives, then it seems hard to say that
he is a nai've believer in ethical precision. In fact, it might seem best to say that the
purity of the Forms is a sort of foil against which we can grasp the full complexity (or
mixed nature) of the ethical and political realities we encounter. 'Platonic' Forms
highlight the difficulties of the just, beautiful, pious, et cetera, both in themselves and in
relation to one another - at least as they stand in the human realm - and thus also the
imprecision of any attempt to speak of, think through, or deliberate about them as they
As was suggested above, the problem of the messy nature of the ethical and
political spheres is reflected in the drama of the failure of Socrates' city in speech. The
recurring motif for the city is this: attempts are made to organize the city in accord with
a beautiful, just, good, and pious that are rigidly purified of any contagion, that are
made mathematically precise; and this results in a beautiful, just, good, and pious that
are no longer recognizable as such, since they lack sufficient continuity with our
The first Form that can be considered along these lines is the kalon (beautiful).
Socrates' way of dealing with the kalon throughout the Republic is summed up in one
particular passage. Socrates, after raising the possibility of shared military training for
men and women, notes that this would have the apparently ridiculous consequence that
men and women would engage together in gymnastic training in the nude. Socrates
undertakes, at least ostensibly, to overcome this criticism first by noting that at one time
it likely appeared absurd for even men alone to engage in nude gymnastics. This sense
31
of the ridiculous dissipated in time, after it was widely recognized that these gymnastics
were genuinely beneficial. This is put forward as a sign that the ridiculous - and thus
the ugly " - is properly discerned only when one allows the good to set the standard; if
we know that a thing is good, we can conclude that it is beautiful (and thus not
thing that's being said or will have been said is this: that what's beneficial [ophelimon]
is beautiful [kalon] and what's harmful [blaberon] is ugly [aischron]'" (457b). In this
claim we find the attempt to establish a precise understanding of the beautiful and its
relation to the good; we are given a strict rule by which to determine the presence of the
beautiful in terms of the good. Any messiness or complexity in the relation of the two
is implicitly denied.
beneficial; it is plausible that the older Greeks lost a sense of nude male gymnastics as
6
laughably ugly as they came to appreciate its civic and military benefits. This
connection is important and worth thinking about in its own right, but Socrates
really want to let go of our sense of the ridiculousness of his gymnastic proposals? I
think most people would be more prone to say that even if it were beneficial, it would
35. It is common for the Greeks to connect the laughable and the ugly more closely than is
typical for us; see Aristotle's Poetics 1449a31-37.
36. This already-existing connection between the good and the beautiful allows Socrates'
interlocutors to make sense out of his claim and to at least tentatively accept it.
32
nonetheless, on some level at least, remain laughable. What we seem to see through
the mixture of plausibility and implausibility in the argument is that although there is a
relation between the beautiful and the good, it cannot be neatly delineated; the good
cannot govern the beautiful without falsifying the beautiful. That is, although we might
be able to modify our initial sense for the beautiful in light of a new recognition of
which the beautiful resists, at which we cannot abandon our common sense of what is
beautiful or not without also losing our hold on the beautiful altogether.
The beauty of the beautiful city [Kallipolis, 527c], then, is always a beauty that
is already somewhat falsified or one-sided; although we can see some beauty to the
political efficiency of the city in speech, we are always also forced back upon the
ugliness of certain of its features, such as the exiling (or perhaps murder) of all those
TO
over the age often and the theft of their children (541a). The Republic as a whole,
then, enforces the principle of governance of the beautiful by the good to show us what
this would look like. Insofar as there is some connection between the beautiful and the
good, it results in a city that has some genuine beauty - as is evidenced by its appeal to
Glaucon. But insofar as that connection is falsely absolutized in the Republic, we find a
city that is in many ways desperately ugly. Thus we see that this problem involves not
37. Just as we see in Socrates' "second wave" as well: there is something laughable as well (with
a sort of dark humor) in the proposal to raise human infants in the style of animal pens (460b-d) — it
would seem best to say that even if this were best for the polis, it is nonetheless ugly in a ridiculous way.
Note that Socrates says regarding the shared gymnastic training that for it to work the comic poets must
give up their proper function, i.e., their comic work (452c), which would seem to imply that something
comic remains in the proposal; only by abandoning the comic perspective altogether can we overcome the
comic nature of the proposal.
38. And surely the fact that the place of the cast-off children is not to be seen or spoken of
indicates that it too is unspeakably ugly (460c). Note also that the city is called Kallipolis in the course of
the discussion of the preliminary philosophic education in geometry, which seems to confirm that its
beauty is the sort of beauty that appears from within the context of a pursuit of excessive precision.
33
only the relation of the beautiful to the good, but also the beautiful to itself; it is,
Socrates says, beautiful for the beautiful to be in such harmony with the good (457b).
Yet we also find that the attempt to govern the beautiful by the good brings with it great
ugliness. In its troubled relation to the good, then, we also find the conflict of the
beautiful with itself, beautiful and ugly at once. The very attempt for purity and
precision - the sort of precision manifest in the claim that the good clearly and neatly
governs the beautiful - turns against itself and produces an even more tangled and less
desirable mixture of opposites. The beautiful as we are familiar with it, in all its
messiness, is surprisingly more beautiful than this 'purified' beauty. Not only, then,
does overreaching for precision ruin one's theoretical account, it causes practical and
political harm.
The same sort of convoluted economy we find in the Republic regarding the
beautiful is present as well with the just. Our beliefs regarding the just already contain
->q
the seeds of tensions. Thus, when one tries to apply the just with mathematical
precision, it breaks down and becomes unjust. The political programme of the Republic
undertakes to show this to us at great length. For example, we think the rule of the best
would be most just (434a-c); and yet the attempt to consistently apply such an
understanding of justice would require many things that exemplify injustice — for
example, structuring a society entirely by lies or stealing all children under the age of
ten and exiling or killing their parents (541 a). That is, although it seems exemplarily
just for the best to rule, it is also exemplarily unjust to perform the measures that go
along with this. Or one could say that under the aspect of serving the rule of the best,
39. Again, see Phaedi-us 263a, where Socrates asks, "How about when we speak of 'just' or
'good"? Do some interpret them in one way, and others in another way, and don't we part company both
with each other- and with ourselves!" (emphasis added).
34
such measures are just, but in another, obvious, respect are unjust - in which case one
sees again that the attempt to thwart the muddiness of ethical matters fails and in fact
results in an even less desirable mixture than we find in everyday life. It would appear,
then, that a muddy justice is, strangely enough, the most just.
Finally, it appears that something similar happens with regard to the pious.
Thus we find that the pious premise that the gods cannot be held responsible for evils
(379c) leads directly to the impious activity of heavily editing or discarding texts that
claim inspiration for themselves and that form our only possible source of contact with
the divine and ancient things (365e, 382d). (This pious premise also leads to the
impious claim that the divine is not responsible for most of what occurs [379c]).
Similarly, the pious idea that civic benefit and piety must fit together perfectly (458e,
461 a) becomes the impious exploitation of sacred marriage rites to better serve the
polis; if the two are truly inseparable, then anything that is politically beneficial must be
pious, and so there is no need to attend separately to the demands of piety, to make sure
The Republic thus shows that the most important phenomena of human
in disfigured versions of the just, beautiful, and pious, no longer recognizable as what
they were meant to be, results in theoretical ruin and a terrible praxis. The failure of
Socrates' attempt, then, is Plato's best proof of its undesirability and impossibility.
It is clear, then, that there was a rich tradition of Greek reflection on the
imprecision of ethical matters. We will see that Aristotle takes much from these
35
treatments; he too understands the imprecision of ethics to involve not just difficulties
of certain particular cases but a more general problem with the basic elements of the
ethical and political spheres such as prudence, the just, beautiful, good, et cetera as we
experience them in ordinary life and think about them in our common opinions. It is
36
Chapter 2: Aristotle on Imprecision
Having seen how some of his predecessors put ethical imprecision to work in
their writings, it is time to turn to Aristotle himself. In this chapter I wish to consider
Nicomachean Ethics, but also in other works that address the theme. My goal will be to
clarify the types of imprecision that Aristotle thinks are relevant for his work, the
claim that Aristotle does not limit imprecision in the Nicomachean Ethics to that
yielded by the difficulty of the particular case, i.e., the imprecision of general claims as
Rather, Aristotle suggests that there are more general types of imprecision at work as
well/ The imprecision of ethics has to do with the most basic elements and topics of
ethics: and so Aristotle states that his treatments of the good, happiness, virtue,
friendship, pleasure, and choice - in short, the basic themes of ethical inquiry - are
quite broad and far-reaching way. It is this general imprecision that is most
1. The tendency to limit Aristotle's idea of ethical imprecision to the particular is seen, for
example, in August Bayonas' "Exactness and Scientific Thought According to Aristotle" in Aristotle and
Contemporary Science, Volume II, eds. Sfendoni-Mentzou andDemetra (New York: Lang, 2001), 130—
36, at 134-35; C. J. Rowe, "The Eudemian and Nicomachean Ethics": A Study in the Development of
Aristotle's Thought (Cambridge: Cambridge Philological Society, 1971), 7Inl; J. A. Stewart, Notes on
the Nicomachean Ethics (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1892), 29-30.
2. Christine Swanton seems to grasp the need to distinguish this more general imprecision in
ethical matters from the imprecision of the particular; see her Virtue Ethics: A Pluralistic View (New
York: Oxford University Press, 2003), 9-10.
3. See also Georgios Anagnostopoulos' Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics, 170.
This carefully researched and insightful work has helped me in my formulation of the issue, even when,
as is the case on some very fundamental matters, I must disagree with its conclusions.
37
determinative for the structure of the Nicomachean Ethics as a whole; and it is this
general imprecision that will provide the focus of this chapter and, in its relation to
In what follows, I will distinguish three basic forms of general imprecision. [1]
The first Aristotle describes as having its source in the desire to reflect the nature of
ethical matters, which possess a certain "irregular" character that must be captured in
one's speech. This is done through a mode of speech that consciously incorporates
ambiguities and tensions in order to shed light on the complexities of the subject-matter.
[2] The second imprecision finds its source in Aristotle's desire that the EN function as
an entry-way into philosophic reflection. Aristotle intends that the reader will need to
engage in philosophy in order to "fill in" the sketches that he provides, even to the point
of finding ways to make sense of the divergent lines contained within those sketches.
[3] The third imprecision follows upon the nature of ethical inquiry with its distinctive
goal, namely, that of making us good. This imprecision can be broken down into two
sub-forms: [3a] imprecision stems from Aristotle's refusal to draw heavily upon non-
ethical inquiries (for example, psychology and metaphysics) in articulating his ethical
4. Note that I will employ these bracketed numbers throughout to keep track of the kinds of
imprecision.
38
Courses of lectures go along with one's habits; for in the way that we are
accustomed, in that way we think it fitting for something to be said.... Some people
do not give a favorable reception to what is said if one does not speak
mathematically, others if one speaks without giving examples, and others expect
precision, while others are annoyed by precision, either because they can't keep the
have something of this sort about it, so that, just as in business agreements, so also
in reasoning it seems to some people to be illiberal. For this reason one must have
been trained in how one ought to receive each kind of argument, since it is absurd
to be searching at the same time for knowledge and for the direction to knowledge;
and it is not possible to get either of the two easily. Now mathematical precision of
speech is something one ought to demand not in all things, but concerning those
There tend, then, to be two sorts of excess, which are represented by two camps, each of
which wants to enforce a certain standard of precision (or imprecision) in all writings
and inquiries. One party demands that all accounts have a mathematical or quasi-
mathematical precision, thinking that they will thereby be most rigorous. This Aristotle
thinks is misguided. Although fully understanding and appreciating the appeal and
think that it can exercise a bewitching charm, precisely because of its beauty. It is
inappropriate to makes demands about precision without considering whether the nature
of that which is studied can accommodate it; and so Aristotle insists that restraint or
39
discipline is needed. In the case of the theoretical sciences, physics is a less precise
study than is mathematics, because physics cannot abstract from the material (and thus
irregular) nature of that which it studies. The simplest matters admit of the greatest
precision (Metaphysics, 1078a9-10); and the perfect simplicity of the mathematical thus
allows for a precision that cannot be duplicated elsewhere. To force the same precision
onto everything does not manifest a greater concern for the truth; the highest concern
for truth admits that the precision of a study must be guided by the subject matter itself.
There is, however, another camp, the detractors of precision, who, as Aristotle
says, either have difficulty following the argument or possess the high-minded disdain
of a gentleman for precise, and thus, to their mind, fastidious and illiberal, accounts.
Aristotle, although more subtly, rejects their position as well; it is not for the sake of
laziness or tolerance of intellectual inability, nor for the sake of gentlemanliness, that he
lessens the demands for precision in certain fields of inquiry. Rather, he seeks the
precision that is possible given the nature of the thing under consideration. This is
important to keep in mind when considering imprecision within the practical works, that
is, within the works that deal with matters close to the heart of the gentleman.
Aristotle's ethical treatment may prima facie appear to share in the gentlemanly disdain
for precision; but a closer look reveals something of greater philosophic interest.
5. See the discussion of the thumoeidetic in Seth Benardete's Socrates' Second Sailing
(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989), 56, 98-101. See also Theaetetus 162e-163a.
7. One can readily picture the great-souled man of the EN having such disdain. He would
presumably not think the matters worthy of such seriousness (4.3 1125al4—15); and is, at any rate,
immune to the sort of wonder that is the origin of philosophy (4.3 1125a2-3; see Metaphysics 982bl 1—
21, and Theaetetus 155c-d). See also 4.2 1122b8.
40
2.2 Imprecision as Caused by the Subject-Matter
Aristotle places his first claim regarding the imprecision of ethical inquiry in the
Nicomachean Ethics very prominently (1.3 1094bl 1-27), directly after the opening
remarks on the pursuit of the good (1.1-1.2 1094al-bl 1), and comes back to the theme
again and again throughout the early books (1.4 1095b6-14, 1.7 1098a20-b8, 1.13
should make us realize the crucial importance of imprecision for his conception of the
work as a whole. It seems that Aristotle believes that his account cannot properly
inexactness; after all, the discussion of imprecision in 1.3 serves on one level as an
interruption to the argument regarding the pursuit of the good - but it is apparently seen
mathematical precision cause problems not only for physics and metaphysics, but for
practical studies as well. In fact, the desire for such precision and clarity stems not only
from a hair-splitting theoretical position, but also seems to find a source in our ordinary
ethical life; there is a common tendency to expect to find clear-cut answers to ethical
questions, and it is only on the basis of much experience or careful reflection that we
o
8. This would seem to be why Aristotle moves immediately from the theme of imprecision to the
idea that the young, as inexperienced, do not make good audiences for ethical discourses (1095a3-4); this
should be taken to mean that they lack experience of the difficulty and variability of matters of the noble
and the just. This reading establishes an organic connection between the two discussions and allows us to
avoid committing Aristotle to the implausible claim that the youth simply have no experience at all of the
noble or just. This would fit Aristotle's portrait of the youth in the Rhetoric, where he presents them as
having a rather simplistic view of the noble (1389a2-bl3). See also EN 6.8 1142al2-22.
41
One would speak adequately [hikanos] if one were to attain the clarity
[diasaphetheie] that goes along with the underlying material [hupokeimenen hulen],
for precision [to akribes] should not be sought in the same way in all kinds of
discourse, any more than in things made by the [various kinds of] craftsmen. The
things that are noble and just [ta kala kai ta dikaia], about which politics
so that they are thought to belong only to convention and not to nature. The things
that are good also have some inconsistency of this sort [toiauten de tina planen],
because harm results from them for many people, for before now some people have
been ruined by wealth, and others by courage. So one ought to be content, when
speaking about such things and reasoning from such things [peri toionton kai ek
[pachulos] and in outline [tupoi], and when speaking about things that are so for the
most part, and reasoning from things of that sort, to reach conclusions that are also
of that sort. And it is necessary to take each of the things that are said in the same
way, for it belongs to an educated person to look for just so much precision in each
kind of discourse as the nature of the thing one is concerned with admits; for to
9. Diaphora literally means a moving hither and thither, and by extension can mean
disagreement (of opinion) or simply variance or difference.
10. Plane (from which we get our word planet for those heavenly bodies that appear to wander)
literally means wandering, roaming, and can also, by extension, mean irregularity or inconsistency. The
fact that both words Aristotle chooses here originally refer to forms of movement suggests that the literal
sense is important for him as a backdrop for the extended senses of the terms. Presumably, then, the
kalon and just involve disagreement and inconsistency as in some sense not standing still or wandering
about.
42
This initial passage on imprecision is perhaps the most revealing. Here Aristotle
identifies a clear source of imprecision: imprecision is caused by [1] the nature of the
subject-matter (- underlying material). There is something about the very nature of the
things studied by ethical philosophy that does not admit of the precision of other
inquiries. What is of particular difficulty here is located in the nature of matters of the
kalon (the noble or beautiful)1' and the just. Presumably, however, the difficulties with
regard to the good are also relevant for ethics, especially given Aristotle's overarching
conception of the ethical life as the pursuit of one's own highest good or eudaimonia
(happiness) and politics as the pursuit of this for the whole of a people or city (1.2
1094al8-bll). 12
But just what is the difficulty inherent in things noble, just, and good?
people are harmed by the things that we all take to be goods, namely, by wealth, or by a
virtue such as courage (as wealth can lead one to arrogance and insolence [4.3
1124a29-31] and courage can lead to a terrible end). We should understand such cases
to have the following significance: in any given particular case, what is good simply
speaking for a human might not be good for this particular person, and so goods show
inconsistency. The noble and just things admit of inconsistency in the same way: what
11. For an attempt to clarify the nature of the kalon, see ch. 3 of this work. For now, let it
suffice that the kalon is the definitive end of ethical virtue (i.e., it is the appropriate motivation that makes
an act ethically virtuous), and that the kalon is something like the intrinsic nobility and grandeur of an act.
12. Nonetheless, this claim could be debated, since Aristotle here speaks of ta kala and la dikaia
as the objects of politics, which is what is here at issue. Still, Aristotle speaks of ta kala, ta dikaia, and ta
agatha as constituting a unified field with respect tophronesis (6.12 1143b21-23). Also, Aristotle speaks
of his account of happiness and thus the good as being marked by the same indefiniteness (1.1 1094a25,
1.7 1098a20-b8, 10.6 1176a30-32, 10.9 U79a33-35).
43
1 •J
is simply speaking (or generally) just or noble (e.g., paying back a pledge ) may not be
There is reason to think, however, that the difficulties of the noble and the just
are not limited to this one mode. Indeed, Aristotle's way of speaking here alerts us to
the fact that there is something more involved with regard to the noble and just things
than his examples of goods manifest. After all, he speaks of the diaphora and plane of
the noble and just things, and then adds that goods also show "some plane of this sort" -
a qualified claim that seems designed to make us look for the incongruence of the
comparison. Furthermore, it is not plausible that the sort of difficulty outlined above,
namely, that that which is simply speaking noble or just is not noble or just in this
particular case, is what leads some to the idea that the noble and just things are merely
precisely what Aristotle omits in discussing goods) with regard to noble and just things
- as manifest, for example, in the fact that these seem to vary from place to place and
from time to time, something that had become a prominent issue for Greeks in the time
preceding Aristotle. This cultural difficulty, however, is not the only sort of
14. See Theaetetus 172a-b, 177c-178a, Republic 505d. See also EN 5.7 1134bl8-l 135a7. The
failure to recognize the lack of perfect congruity between these seems to lead Irwin to think that the only
difficulty of the noble and just that is mentioned here is what I have spoken of first (see the notes in his
translation of the Nicomachean Ethics, 2nd ed. [Indianapolis: Hackett, 1999], p. 174 [henceforth referred
to as "Notes"]). Sarah Broadie thinks similarly; see her Ethics with Aristotle (New York: Oxford
University Press, 1991), 18. Aquinas recognizes the need to go beyond this {Commentary on Aristotle's
"Nicomachean Ethics," trans. C. I. Litzinger, [Notre Dame: Dumb Ox Books, 1993], sec. 33 [p. 12]).
Hardie also takes the diaphora and plane to refer to disagreements and conflicts of opinions rather than
the simple sort of inconsistency between the simply speaking and the particular (although he does not
seem to put this to any purpose) {Aristotle's Ethical Theory [New York: Clarendon Press, 1968], 32). I
also believe these difficulties to be much more far-reaching than does Anagnostopoulos, who takes them
to be mainly dependent on Aristotle's doctrine of the mean ("Aristotle on Variation and Indefiniteness in
Ethics" in Topoi 15 no.l [1996]: 107-27, at 126), a fact which then leads to some notably different
conclusions on the role of imprecision for Aristotle in general. The doctrine of the mean does, of course,
44
disagreement regarding the noble and the just that appears to be on Aristotle's mind;
there is also a problem that, as we saw, was important to Plato, who repeatedly uses the
language of diaphorai in articulating it: we do not even seem to agree with ourselves
about the noble and just things ; that is, our ordinary opinions on such matters are
especially prone to tensions and even contradictions. For example, we tend to think of
the noble as both involving great self-sacrifice and as playing an important role in our
happiness,16 and we esteem war as an arena for the putting to work and display of our
noble excellences but are also repelled by the idea of desiring anything so bloody and
terrible (see EN 10.7 1177b7-12), and we tend to think of justice as unqualifiedly noble
(or beautiful) but are unsettled by the apparent ugliness of just punishments.
Especially important in this regard is the fact that the difficulties of (and
disagreements regarding) particular noble and just things open onto issues regarding the
noble itself and the just itself. This movement from particular to general difficulties is
in fact revealed in Aristotle's claim that because the noble and just things are
inconsistent, some think that nobility and justice are only conventional; here we see that
this move to general concerns has already been made, that to kalon and to dikaion have
become an issue via ta kala and ta dikaia. This mirrors the imprecision that we saw
cause problems on a general level, such as in defining gentleness or wit ("Aristotle on Variation and
Indefiniteness in Ethics," 116-17, 125), but I think there is good reason not to limit the difficulties to this.
15. Plato phrases this in terms of diaphorai at Euthyphro 7c-d,Laws 859c-860c, and Alcibiades
I 11 lb—116d, esp. 112b. See also Phaedrus 237c, 263a-c.
16. This difficulty is sketched out in Alcibiades I 113d-l 16e, and will be explored in ch. 3
below.
18. See the Rhetoric, where Aristotle says that disagreements about particular cases of justice
involve larger disagreements about the nature of the just (1374al~18). See also Politics 1337bl-2, where
Aristotle writes, "Concerning the things related to virtue, nothing is agreed."
45
with regard to Aeschylus, Euripides, and Plato; the difficulty of the particular case
reveals to us the difficulty of the general: when we see that we cannot pin down what is
noble or just in the particular case, we realize that this is because we also have some
difficulty in our understanding of the thing itself, the noble and the just themselves. For
example, the diaphora mentioned above as to the relation of the kalon and happiness
seems to involve a difficulty that pertains to the very nature of the kalon itself. The full
meaning of the difficulty of these matters will be revealed in the chapters that follow,
where I will try to flesh out some of those particular ways in which Aristotle traces out
these difficulties.
Another reason not to limit Aristotle's claims here to the problems of the
variation of particular cases is that this would then not seem to apply to the vast
majority of Aristotle's claims in the EN, which do not try to specify concrete courses of
that Aristotle takes the imprecision that is so methodologically important to his work
that he needs to discuss it before he can embark on his inquiry to have to do primarily
7I
with the difficulties of claims such as "pay back a creditor before giving to a friend"^
19. It will become clear that I think there is room for liberality in determining the extension of
"matters of the noble and the just." That is, I see the imprecision of such matters as extending to themes
such as prudence and friendship, in addition to the noble and just per se. I think this is justified given
Aristotle's usage of the rubric of to kala kai ta dikaia as a general category for the subject-matter of ethics
or politics (see 1.3 1094bl4 15, 1.4 1095b4-6); he speaks likewise with regard to the scope of prudence
(6.12 1143b21-23, 1144all-12).
20. Nonetheless, the difficulty of the particular is even stronger than many commentators seem
to realize: it is not only that the particular cases present such variation that it is impossible to provide a
perfect universal statement on such matters, but also that judging the particular cases themselves, even
with knowledge of the relevant circumstances, can be extremely difficult; see 2.9 1109bl2-26, 3.1
1110a29-l 110M, 4.5 1126a31-35, 9.2 1165a33-35 (but also compare these with 2.6 1106M4-15).
Ronna Burger speaks of this sort of imprecision in her "Ethical Reflection and Righteous Indignation:
Nemesis in the Nicomachean Ethics," 127-39.
46
(9.2 1164b32-33) - for the reason that Aristotle very rarely provides such claims. The
main imprecision of the Nicomachean Ethics, then, cannot be the sort of imprecision
rather, must be on a more general level, tied to general difficulties with the kalon and
We have considered, then, the meaning of the diaphora and plane of to kala and
ta diakaia and the fact that this has relevance on the general and not just particular
level. But just what is the nature of the imprecision they bring about? There has been
here; since Aristotle speaks of "reasoning from" such matters [ek toiouton legontas] and
tended to explain this whole passage as dealing only or at least primarily with the
inability of ethics to provide demonstrations. But in fact Aristotle also speaks more
22. EN 9.2, in dealing with a variety of such cases, represents an exception to Aristotle's usual
way of proceeding.
23. See also 2.2 1104a 1-10, where Aristotle speaks of the imprecision yielded by the variability
of the particular cases and distinguishes it from the imprecision of "general" speech.
24. One might object in this way: Aristotle's methodological statements on imprecision are less
about the imprecision found in the claims that he makes throughout the EN than they are about the sorts
of statements that he will not even try to make, i.e., statements that would try to address what is to be
done in a more particular way. But this interpretation is shown to be false by the fact that Aristotle says
that "it is necessary also to take each of the things said in just the same way [i.e., in accord with their
imprecision]" (1.3 1094b22—23), a claim that seems to say that there is imprecision in the very claims that
are made, and not just that it is not possible to make certain claims.
26. As is also noted and rejected by Anagnostopoulos in his "Aristotle on Variation and
Indefiniteness in Ethics," 119-20. For some commentators who have stressed the role of demonstration
47
broadly of simply speaking or reasoning about such matters [peri toiouton legontas],
and this formulation supports a large scope to his comments. Indeed, if one takes the
problem to the source, namely, the wandering and irregular nature of to kala and to
dikaia, then the most fundamental imprecision will be in simply presenting these.
There is no reason on the basis of this passage to limit Aristotle's claims to the inability
suggesting that the very elements themselves are problematic, and that all other
problems derive from this. In other words, imprecision has to do with ethical speech
speaking of his (or anyone's) inability to provide ethical demonstrations, then what is he
speaking of? Aristotle tells us directly; he says that because of the disagreements and
irregularities of matters of the noble and the just, he will "point out the truth roughly
[pachulos] and in outline [tupoi]."27 Of course, this statement is also somewhat vague;
what does it mean for a treatment to be presented roughly and in outline? It would
seem that what is especially at stake here is the level of determinateness of the
treatment ; Aristotle seems to be saying that his ethical writings will lack the sort of
determinateness that other inquiries possess and that one might have expected from an
here, see John Burnet, The Ethics of Aristotle (New York: Arno Press, 1973), xliii-xlv, and J. A. Stewart,
Notes on the Nicomachean Ethics, 29-30. Alexander Grant is better at recognizing the range of this
imprecision; see his The Ethics of Aristotle (London: John Parker, 1858), 10—11.
27. Note that when Aristotle begins concluding the work in 10.9, he reaffirms the work's status
as an outline: "Now if what has to do with happiness as well as with the virtues, and also friendship and
pleasure, has been sufficiently discussed in outline...." (1179a33-34).
28. This is in contrast to common claims that talk of certainty is the best way to understand
Aristotle's claims here. See J. Barnes, Aristotle: Posterior Analytics, 1st ed. (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1975), 182; Aquinas, Commentary on Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics," sec. 135 (p. 45). See also
Aristotle's use of akribes at Metaphysics 982al3 with his use of bebaios at Metaphysics 1005b8-19.
48
ethical work. So in speaking about these matters [peri toiouton legontas], Aristotle will
not try to make finely determined claims, but will instead allow for a certain
for other sorts, such as the imprecision of claims that hold only for the most part
(1094b21-22).30
Talk of indefiniteness, however, also calls for further reflection; what does it
mean to say that a claim is indefinite? If we look at the way in which this lack of
definiteness finds its source in the diaphora and plane of to kala and to dikaia, then it
seems right to say that Aristotle's account will be indefinite precisely insofar as it
makes room to accommodate the diaphora and plane within itself. The sketch or
outline is not so determinate as to disallow this diaphora and plane, does not try to pin
matters down so precisely that there is no longer room for this sort of movement.
Even this claim admits of a further question, however: does the sketch accommodate the
diaphora and plane by simply rising to such a level of abstraction that the difficulties do
not arise, or does it actually include the diaphora and plane within itself? I believe that
includes and manifests the tensions of the things themselves. Different lines are traced
30. Anagnostopoulos speaks of the difference between the "for the most part" and indefiniteness
in Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics at 291.
31. It should be noted that this places a strong qualification of what Aristotle later says of his
method in regard to the endoxa: he writes, "If the difficulties [of the endoxa] are resolved, and something
is left of them, it would have been made evident in an adequate way" (7.1 1145b6-7). What 1.3 reveals
from the start is that Aristotle will not try to resolve certain disagreements or difficulties; these will
remain in the work.
49
out, and Aristotle does not force all lines to converge toward perfect unity. (And as I
will try to show, this is not a limitation of the treatment, not simply a lack, but has its
virtues.) My main reason for preferring this interpretation is that this seems to be what
Aristotle actually does throughout the Nicomachean Ethics. That he does so can be
seen, of course, only as this investigation progresses into the thematic chapters on the
kalon, prudence, friendship, and happiness; and thus we find the benefit of a treatment
that does not confine itself to the study of Aristotle's most direct statements on
imprecision. My presentation of these topics within the EN, then, will not simply
help establish that interpretation. In fact, this seems the necessary way to approach the
topic, given the elusive nature of Aristotle's most direct statements on the matter.
Nonetheless, other evidence supporting this view will be given throughout the rest of
this chapter.
the variation of ethical matters just as he abstracts from the variation and indefiniteness
does not is because then ethics could not reach to the particular and thus not fulfill the
practical goal Aristotle sets for it, namely, of making us good.33 My argument, by
contrast, holds that Aristotle does not try to reach such a level of abstraction because to
32. See, e.g., Jonathan Barnes' complaint that to akribes is hardly presented by Aristotle with
exactness (Posterior Analytics, 2nd ed. [Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1994], 189-90).
33. Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics, 115-16, 139-40, 154-55, 171-80, 314-15,
355.
50
obviously holds that knowledge is more of a telos of the EN than Anagnostopoulos is
willing to grant. But, in the end, Anagnostopoulos is forced by Aristotle's own practice
in the EN to acknowledge that knowledge is one of the goals of the work and simply
from the start that Aristotle is continuing in the tradition of political philosophy as
inaugurated by Socrates; Aristotle had obvious access to this tradition and is here acting
as its heir.35
important to note that Aristotle speaks of his imprecise account as hikanos (1.3
1094M2). I would suggest that there is a play on multiple senses of the word hikanos
here; hikanos can mean adequate in the sense in which we might say that something is
merely adequate. But it can also mean something fuller and more complete; to be
begins by thinking that Aristotle is saying that his account will be merely adequate
because of its imprecision, reflection reveals that Aristotle must mean that his account
will be fully befitting and fully appropriate in its imprecision, for applying a wrong
standard of precision to an account will only lead to its being less appropriate, less
adequate. And if Aristotle's account is to be fully meet, then it would seem that its
34. Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics, 355-57. It is true, however, that Aristotle
consistently refuses to leave room in his accounts in the EN for what he seems to be doing throughout the
EN itself. For more on this and for an attempt at explaining the problem, see Burger's "Aristotle's
'Exclusive' Account of Happiness: Contemplative Wisdom as a Guise of the Political Philosopher" in
The Crossroads of Norm and Nature: Essays on Aristotle's "Ethics" and "Metaphysics," ed. May Sim
(Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, 1995), 79-98.
35. See Ronna Burger's Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates (Chicago: The University of Chicago
Press, 2008) for more on this interpretation.
51
imprecision must not be mere imprecision. Rather, the imprecision of the account must
is this feature that allows Aristotle to deem his account hikanos. And to return to the
difficulties of the material of ethics,37 the account would seem most hikanos if it did not
merely abstract from the difficulties, but tried to preserve them within itself, displaying
or even bringing to light the tensions contained within ordinary ethical experience and
opinion.
Aristotle is not content, however, to let his discussion of imprecision in 1.3 settle
the matter. He returns to the topic already in 1.7, with some interesting new themes.
Having just finished his schematic account of happiness via the ergrw-argument (1.7
So let the good have been sketched in outline [perigegraphtho] in this way, for
presumably one needs to rough it in [hupotuposai] first and then inscribe the details
forward and articulate things that are in fine shape in the outline [perigraphei], and
that time is a good discoverer of such things, or makes the work easier; in fact, the
advances in the arts have come from this, since it is in anyone's power to add what
It seems from this that we can discern a new source of imprecision: [2] the desire to
allow others to clarify matters for themselves. Others are expected to carry forward the
work, to go beyond what is said on the basis of what is said. Aristotle thus warns from
52
the outset that readers of the Nicomachean Ethics need to read actively rather than
passively, working out difficulties and vagueness for themselves. Note that this
involves the same sort of imprecision that we saw above, namely, the imprecision of
indefiniteness. This second source can operate in conjunction with the first to produce
philosophy and the arts that Aristotle leaves unstated in this passage: although the arts,
straightforward path, philosophy works through aporiai, that is, through fundamental
TO
difficulties or impasses that force one to reconceive the basic situation so as to allow
It is profitable for those who want to get through something well to do a good job
of going over the impasses [diaporesai]. For the later ease of passage is an
undoing of the things one was earlier at an impasse about, but it is not possible to
untie a knot one is ignorant of.... Those who inquire without first coming to an
impasse are like people who are ignorant of which way they need to walk, and on
top of these things, one never knows whether one has found the thing sought or not.
For the end is not apparent to this one, but to the one who has first been at an
53
Aristotle thus thinks that it is as impossible to philosophize without employing aporiai
something like the condition for the possibility of philosophic resolution or clarification.
What this passage helpfully makes clear is that there is a genuine philosophic task - and
a real labor - in just making the aporiai clear to us in the first place. Although we tend
as human beings to have beliefs and notions that stand in tension with each other, these
tensions often do not come to our (focal) attention; only the attempt to 'put it all
see that although Aristotle suggests a likeness between the need for clarification in the
arts and the need for philosophical clarification of his ethical writings, he must also, in
line with his belief in the importance of aporiai for philosophy, think that there is an
important difference: the outline or sketch in the domain of the arts can
precisely through aporiai. To see these aporiai clearly is already to make philosophic
progress - and sets the stage for any further understanding. We can, in fact, readily see
how this fits the most direct context for this discussion of imprecision, namely, the
they have in all times, to philosophical reflection. The treatment must, as said above,
actually include the tensions and difficulties of the things within itself, so as to stir up
this reflection. One form, then, of Aristotle's imprecision in the Ethics takes the form
54
audience to work out matters for themselves on the basis of what is stated. I will try
After discussing the way in which the desire to inspire philosophic reflection
leads to imprecision in EN 1.7, Aristotle brings the reader back to the original
discussion of imprecision in 1.3 in what immediately follows and then adds yet another
source of imprecision:
But it behooves one to remember the things that were said before, and not to look
for precision in the same way in all things, but in accordance with the underlying
material in each case, and to the extent that it is appropriate to that course of
inquiry. For both a carpenter and a geometrician look for a right angle, but in
different ways, for the one seeks it to the extent that it is useful to the work, while
the other seeks it for what it is or what it is a property of, since he is someone who
beholds [theates] the truth. So one ought to do the same in other things, so that side
issues [ta parerga] do not become greater than the work being done. (1098a26-33)
We knew that imprecision could be caused by the nature of the subject-matter, but what
we now learn is that imprecision can be caused by [3] the nature of the inquiry itself.
There is something about the very nature of the inquiry - apparently apart from or in
addition to the nature of its subject-matter - that makes for a sort of imprecision. What
type of restrictions does the nature of the inquiry place upon its precision? Here the
40. On Aristotle's audience in the Nicomachean Ethics, and for discussion of the philosophically
inclined among them, see Aristide Tessitore, Reading Aristotle's Ethics: Virtue, Rhetoric, and Political
Philosophy (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996), 16-20; and Ronna Burger, Aristotle's
Dialogue with Socrates, 1-9. The ability of Aristotle's work to stir up philosophical reflection has also
been discussed by Patrick Corrigan in his "Knowing One's Self through the Nicomachean Ethics," paper
presented at the Fourteenth Annual Association of Core Texts and Courses Conference, Plymouth, 2008,
and by Norma Thompson in her "Aristotle on Moral Education: Transmitting Uncertainty," paper
presented at the Fifteenth Annual Association of Core Texts and Courses Conference, Memphis, 2009.
55
analogy with the carpenter is helpful. As Aristotle says, the carpenter seeks the truth
only "to the extent that it is useful to the work/' unlike the geometer, who seeks the
truth unqualifiedly. What, then, is the purpose of the ethical inquiry? Aristotle tells us
in 2.2: "the present occupation is not for the sake of contemplation, as the other kinds of
study are, for we are investigating not in order that we might know what virtue is, but in
order that we might become good, since otherwise there would be no benefit from it"
(1103b26-29).41 Here in 2.2 we see the same distinction between contemplative studies
and practical studies that is presented in 1.7 by the distinction between geometry and
carpentry. What 2.2 does not repeat but what we know from 1.7 is that this difference
also entails a difference in the level of precision that is sought. There is, then, this limit
to the pursuit of the truth in ethical inquiry: it seeks not the truth simply, but the truth
The attempt to flesh out how this practical orientation gives rise to imprecision
leads to seeing that imprecision can be caused by [3a] the need to simply stay focused
on ethical matters rather than divert into other disciplines such as metaphysics,
outlining the soul only so far as is needed for political concerns (1.13 1102a25-26).43
As Aristotle says, "side issues" [ta pererga] must not be allowed to overshadow the
41. See also 1.3 1095a5-6: "the end of [ethical discourses] is not knowing but action." See also
1.2 1094a23-25, 10.9 1179bl^l.
42. Apparently, ethical inquiry and statesmen share this end (1.13 1102a8-10; see also 1.9
1099b30-32).
43. See, for example, Aristotle's criticism of the division of the soul into rational and a-rational
in On the Soul 432a23-b7, although this is the same division that he accepts as "good enough" in the EN.
This echoes the way in which Socrates accepts a certain way of dividing the soul in the Republic, despite
the fact that, as he explicitly says, this has not been done precisely [akribos] (435c-d, see also 444a).
56
main focus of the work; and so it would seem that Aristotle's point is that discipline is
needed, that the logos must stay focused rather than drift in leisurely fashion into other
. • 44
topics.
disciplines are merely "side issues" in the strictest sense, then it would not seem that
their presence or absence would much matter for the precision of an ethical account.
Said another way, why would foregoing discussions (or detailed discussions) of mere
side-issues result in any significant ethical imprecision? ' This points us to the idea that
the side-issues are not mere side-issues; that there is at least some relevance to these
6
investigations for the ethical inquiry. And, indeed, this seems right: would not, for
example, a more precise account of the soul be relevant? What ifthumos were included
in the account of the soul in 1.13 - surely that would have consequences for the ethical
7
account? And given the difficulties of determining the relation of rationality proper to
the distinctly ethical ends that govern desire, it seems plausible that an account of the
soul that more precisely tried to address the relation between the parts of the soul,
determining, for example, whether these parts are separate truly or only in speech (1.13
1102a26-32) or that clarified the relation of reason as father to reason as child (1.13
45. Much more intuitive would be the idea that diverting into unnecessary subjects would
muddle the precision of the work; see Plato's Republic 484a.
46. See Anagnostopoulos, Aristotle on the Goals and Exactness of Ethics, 162-63.
47. On the relative absence of thumos from the EN and the relevance of this for the work as a
whole, see Ronna Burger's Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates, 149-50.
57
1102b29-l 103a7), would be relevant for ethics itself. It could also be relevant for the
human nature to happiness and the virtues; Aristotle provides us with glimpses of the
connection (e.g., 1.7 1097b21-1098a20) but these remain tantalizing and are not seized
making it explicit that he will not allow other disciplines to become heavily involved in
And nor should one demand a cause [or: explanation] [aitian] in all things alike,
but it is sufficient in some cases for the that [to hoti] to be shown finely
[deichthenai kalos], and so it is with such things as concern archas; the that is first
This seems to be a return to his earlier stated claim that in this work the that (or the
apparent facts) [hoti] will predominate over the why [dioti] (1.4 1095a3O-bl4). If we
understand his claim here to continue his line of thought regarding the distinction
between kinds of inquiry, established by the discussion of the geometer as against the
carpenter (and his use of d' oude [and nor] suggests that we should), then it would seem
that the more precise and scientific account would possess the aitia or dioti and that this
49. Similarly, at the end of Bk. 5, Aristotle argues that talk of justice within the soul is only
metaphorical and relies on an imprecise picture of the soul (5.11 1138b5-14)-but here again the nature
of the soul is not argued for but assumed and presented only in the most indefinite way.
50. The fact that we do get glimpses of the connection between ethics and metaphysics has
encouraged some commentators to make the role of metaphysics in the Nicomachean Ethics more
prominent than seems warranted. For stress upon the metaphysical side, see Terence Irwin's "The
Metaphysical and Psychological Basis of Aristotle's Ethics" in Essays on Aristotle's Ethics, ed. Amelie
Oksenberg Rorty (Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1980), 35-54. For a representative of the
other side of the debate, see Timothy Roche, "On the Alleged Metaphysical Foundation of Aristotle's
Ethics" in Ancient Philosophy 8 (1988): 49-62.
58
would be had precisely by situating ethics more explicitly within a larger context. But
this is not the sort of precision that the Nicomachean Ethics will offer us.
It also seems likely that the end of ethical inquiry of making us "become good"
(2.2 1103b28) entails that imprecision can be caused by [3b] the use of rhetoric to
bolster the weak toward virtue. For example, Aristotle often treats pleasure in a way
that seems more negative than his own considered views as they are eventually
expressed in the EN. In particular, the early books often express a harsh view of
pleasure, expressing contempt for those who would devote their life to its pursuit (1.5
1095b! 9-22). He there employs the "first- for-us" notion of pleasure52 according to
which it is to be simply identified with bodily pleasure (7.13 1153b33-l 154al); and he
does this because the "first-for-us" notion of pleasure is what predominates in most of
human affairs. Indeed, it is in this context that Aristotle gives us one of the main
practical rules of the Nicomachean Ethics: we should generally ignore pleasure and all
its enticements if we want to act well (just as the elders of Troy should have banished
Helen despite her beauty) (2.9 1109b7-12). It is only later that Aristotle dialectically
pleasure that even raises the possibility that, properly understood, pleasure is the highest
good (7.13 1153b7-32, 10.4 1175al0-21). This reveals to us the fact that his initial
51. One could, contrariwise, argue that this passage regarding the lack of an aitia and restriction
to the hoti is not in fact a genuine limitation on the inquiry but is simply the basic structure of knowledge,
which must rest on some ultimate point that cannot be further articulated. But it seems that Aristotle is
here equivocating on the meaning of arche — although for Aristotle every study must rest on certain
fundamental archai, in the context of the EN arche seems to mean something like the first-for-us starting-
points that are given in ordinary moral experience. And this sort of arche is precisely to be contrasted
with the why (1.4 1095b6-9). For further discussion of this passage, see ch. 4, 117-23.
59
presentation of pleasure had as its goal not the presentation of the simply best account
of pleasure, but rather the more pressing practical end of helping to encourage ethical
virtue even as we remain in the midst of our deficient conceptions of things. This and
similar cases53 seem to suggest that Aristotle sees the practical goal of ethical inquiry of
making us good as entailing rhetorical presentations that may fall short of the most
To bring these findings together, then, we have seen that for Aristotle there are
many sources for the imprecision found throughout the Nicomachean Ethics. The
fundamental sort of imprecision for our purposes here is the imprecision that Aristotle
speaks of as a certain "roughness" and lack of definiteness. This is brought about by [1]
the attempt to faithfully reflect the nature of the subject-matter of ethical inquiry, which
bears the fruit of adequately or properly reflecting the material itself- one might speak
sort of precision or adequacy. We also saw that imprecision can be caused by [2] the
desire for the treatment to serve as a sort of philosophic enticement. This dovetails with
the first form of imprecision described above, insofar as the diaphora preserved within
one's account can serve as aporiai, engendering reflection upon the problems of the
phenomena. In fact, it is just this conjunction that will be most important for the
investigations of the chapters that follow. We also find imprecision stemming from [3]
the nature of the inquiry itself and its distinctive goal, namely, that of making its
53. See, for example, 9.4, where Aristotle presents the vicious as though they were in constant
inner turmoil and uses this to support an exhortation to virtue (1166b25—29), despite the fact that this
stands in tension with his own claim that the vicious are vicious by a choice that they stand by (7.8
1150b30-33). This problem is discussed at length in ch. 5, 187-92.
60
audience good. This in turn entails that imprecision follows from [3a] the limiting of
connections between ethics and other studies such as psychology and metaphysics and
from [3b] rhetorically structured incitements toward virtue, as found, for example, in
61
Chapter 3: The Noble or Beautiful
There is only one end that Aristotle provides for all of ethical virtue, and that is
the kalon [the noble or beautiful] (4.1 1120a23-24).' Yet despite its central importance
to his ethics, Aristotle makes it easy to be puzzled about the kalon. First, he notoriously
neglects to provide any direct, substantive account of the nature of the kalon in the
what he does say regarding it elsewhere, especially in the Rhetoric, where he provides
his most extended treatment, only raises further problems, as we will see below. In
section one of this chapter, then, I will try to address the fundamental question: what
neglects, at least for most of the Ethics, to say much about the way in which the kalon
fits together with his governing framework of the pursuit of the highest good and thus
1. See also 3.7 1115M2-13, 3.8 1116b2 3, 3.9 1117b9, 3.11 1119al8, 3.12 H19bl6, 4.1
1120al2, 1120a24, 1120a28-b4, 4.2 1122b6-7, 1123a24-25. This is qualified, however, with certain of
the social virtues. Friendliness or sociability is tied to the advantageous as well as the kalon (4.6
1126b28—31, 1127a4-5), and charm or wit is tied to relaxation and thus necessity as well as to the kalon
(4.8 1128b3-4). Translators debate how best to render this term in the context of the EN. Suggestions
include the beautiful, noble, fine, and fair. In Attic Greek, the term had a wide use, ranging from the
physical beauty of the body to nobility of soul, as well as encompassing the useful (in the sense of the
'fine [for a purpose],' akin to when we say that "he did a fine job" - see, e.g., Republic, 370b), with
idiomatic meanings as diluted as "well" (as in the idiomatic kalos legeis, "you speak well or finely"). If
we understand nobility as beauty in the realms of action and soul (see, e.g., Republic 444e), then we are
perhaps allowed to speak of nobility or beauty interchangeably, and the use of one complements that of
the other. I will favor translating the term as "the noble," primarily for the reason that this would seem
closer to the everyday moral discourse with which Aristotle seeks to maintain continuity. For other views
on translating the term, see Anna Lannstrom's Loving the Fine: Virtue and Happiness in Aristotle's
"Ethics" (Notre Dame: Notre Dame Press, 2006), 11-12, and Joseph Owens' "The KAAON in the
Aristotelian Ethics" in Studies in Aristotle, ed. Dominic O'Meara (Washington, D.C.: The Catholic
University of America Press, 1981), 261-77. See also the discussion in K. J. Dover's Greek Popular
Morality in the Time of Plato and Aristotle (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1974), 69-73.
62
with happiness [eudaimonia].3 That is, it is unclear for much of the EN whether to read
the kalon in light of the pursuit of eudaimonia, and if so, how and to what extent this
should be done. Aristotle begins by simply presenting the kalon as the end of ethical
virtue, without elaborating on the respect in which the kalon functions as an end. Does
one simply seek the kalon, with no further relation to the good [agathon]? Or is the
kalon sought as something (intrinsically) beneficial for oneself? That is to say, is the
agathon (9.8 1169a27-29), but this raises the question as to whether we were supposed
to understand it this way from the beginning; earlier such a focus on one's own good is
at least muted and is rendered problematic by certain passages. The second section of
3. In Xenophon's Symposium, Socrates makes a joke on two distinct meanings of the term kalos,
pretending that since his facial features are most useful, his snub-nose being best for smelling and his
bulging eyes best for seeing in all directions, they are thus the most beautiful (more precisely, he simply
ignores the distinction between these two senses of the term) (5.1-7). This perhaps reveals a less obvious
jest involved in Xenophon's Memorabilia, where Socrates denies that he knows of or desires anything
good that is not good simply in virtue of being good for something (3.8.3) and then reduces the noble to
the useful, such that even a dung-basket is fully kalon (3.8.6, see 3.8.3-10). Plato seems to make a
similar joke (although these jokes always mix the playful and the serious) when he has Socrates claim in
the Republic that the good is the standard of the beautiful, and means there by good something like
political utility (452d-e, 457b). This all shows that the relation of the kalon and the good was very much
an issue of the day and not something to be taken for granted.
4. Ross recognized that the relation between the pursuit of the kalon and the pursuit of the
overarching aim of happiness was problematic; see his Aristotle (London: Methuen & Co, 1956), 204-5.
It is also noted by D. J. Allan in his "The Fine and the Good in the Eudemian Ethics" in Untersuchungen
zur Eudemischen Ethik, eds. P. Moraux and D. Harlfinger (Berlin: de Gruyter, 1971), 63-71, at 69. See
also Irwin's recognition of the problem in his "Aristotle's Conception of Morality" in Proceedings of the
Boston Area Colloquium in Ancient Philosophy 1 (1986): 115-43, at 120-21, although he thinks that the
problem is merely apparent and admits of a straightforward resolution (see 132-36) (and see this essay
generally for Irwin's most detailed investigation of the kalon). As this chapter progresses, it will become
clear why I am less optimistic than Irwin as to an easy resolution; see also note 58 below.
63
this chapter will try to work through the tensions and imprecision contained within
It is, of course, not sufficient merely to sketch out the tensions and problems
contained within Aristotle's account; I must also try to indicate why Aristotle might
have put these into his account. I would suggest first that the imprecision of Aristotle's
treatment of the noble reflects a certain lack of clarity that is present within the usual
moral motivation. If questioned as to his or her motives, it seems that often enough the
most that the ordinary decent person might be able to say is something like, "I acted for
the sake of the noble," without being able to give much further clarification. On at
least one level of his treatment, Aristotle clarifies the moral motivation only as much as
it is clarified for the ordinary moral person. Furthermore, I suggest that the
both manifest and call for philosophical reflection upon a fundamental split within
common opinion regarding the relation of the kalon and the agathon, according to
which the kalon is sometimes viewed as having a value that is utterly indifferent to and
potentially opposed to one's own good and sometimes viewed as constituting one's own
greatest good. What Aristotle further shows us is that sometimes both sides of this split
opinion can be operative in conjunction, the one surprisingly building on the other.
5. What I have distinguished here as the first and second problems can be held apart to some
extent, but they are of course deeply related, and this chapter will sometimes be forced to treat them
together.
6. And as Harry Jaffa suggests, there seems to be a peculiarly close relation of appearance and
reality in the moral sphere, such that holding fast to the appearances is required {Thomism and
Aristotelianism [Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1952], 34).
7. It is true that Aristotle explicitly speaks not of the plane of his treatment but of the plane of la
kala. Nonetheless, this plane is what he undertakes to treat of hikanos [adequately]; and this seems to
mean that his treatment must reflect this plane by partaking of it itself. See my treatment of this in
chapter 2, 42-50.
64
Finally, through encouraging reflection upon the kalon through his very imprecision,
Aristotle points us toward a few reasons to be hesitant about too zealous a pursuit of the
kalon, that is, about too readily assuming that the kalon is the absolute and sufficient
human good.
What sort of thing is Aristotle discussing when he speaks of the kalon? After a
period of neglect, there has been much recent attention directed to this question. John
Cooper and Kelly Rogers have argued influentially that the kalon should be understood
in a strongly aesthetic sense, and that its aesthetic significance rests primarily in
about including these constituents; Aristotle often at least implicitly links the kalon with
the fact that the ethically virtuous action is the one that gets everything right (regarding
the 'to whom,' the 'how,' the 'when,' etc.), hits the mark, and finds the mean (see, e.g.,
4.1 1120a23-26, 1120b3-4, 1121bl-3), and this clearly has to do with order, symmetry,
8. See John Cooper, "Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value" in his Reason and Emotion
(Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1999), 253-80, esp. 270-76; Kelly Rogers, "Aristotle's
Conception of to kalon" in Ancient Philosophy 13(1993): 355-71. See also Gabriel Richardson Lear,
"Aristotle on Moral Virtue and the Fine" in The Blackwell Guide to Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics,"
ed. Richard Kraut (Maiden, MA: Blackwell Publishing, 2006), 116-136, esp. 118-21. Cooper is clear,
however, that the kalon as it is used in the EN cannot be explained solely in aesthetic terms; there is, for
example, a sense of obligation that the kalon seems to bring with it that is different from what we
encounter in the purely aesthetic realm. As Cooper says, he wants to illumine the notion of the kalon as
used in the EN by thinking of it in terms of beauty, without, however, reducing it to beauty in general
(276n35). Joseph Owens is always careful to emphasize this obligatory nature of the kalon; see his
"Value and Practical Knowledge in Aristotle" in Essays in Ancient Greek Philosophy IV: Aristotle's
Ethics eds. John P. Anton and Anthony Preus (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1991), 143—
57, esp. at 146 and his "The KAAON in the Aristotelian Ethics" at 263 and 273-75.
9. Rogers does more to connect these factors to the mean ("Aristotle's Conception of to kalon"
356). Cooper puts more focus, less successfully to my mind, on the overall symmetry of a particular deed
to the whole of one's life ("Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value," 274). Pointing to order, symmetry,
and determinateness is supported by a passage in the Metaphysics which links the kalon to these three
[taxis kai summetria kai to horismenon] (1078a31-b36). But one must be careful not to assume that the
65
risk of 'over-philosophizing' the notion of the kalon, losing too much of the connection
with everyday ethical appearances and opinions. (It is, of course, in line with
continuity with everyday opinion, even in his usage of terms.1' Furthermore, the very
fact that Aristotle fails to provide much of a direct account of the nature of the kalon in
the Nicomachean Ethics must be taken to constitute a sort of implicit claim that he is, at
least on some level, following common opinion and common notions in his use of the
kalon.) The everyday sense of the kalon, as used by the kaloskagathos or gentleman to
whom Aristotle is most directly writing, is not tied simply to things such as symmetry,
and is likely not even primarily connected to them. As we will see, magnitude has just
as large a role in the kalon - with other factors being relevant as well. In this section,
then, I will try to put forward several passages that reveal this more everyday sense of
the kalon.
sense of the kalon as used in the more theoretical works is the same as that in the practical works. In fact,
in this passage Aristotle says that these three features are "the greatest forms" of the kalon, thereby
implying that there are other commonly recognized features of it - and thus opening the possibility that
he is revising somewhat the common criteria for the purposes of his theoretical work. This caution
likewise applies to Aristotle's discussion in the Parts of Animals, when he speaks of the way in which all
animals have something of the kalon in them and are thus worthy of study (645a4-25). This seems to
drift away from the more conventional senses of the term, since common opinion generally holds that
there are very many species that are simply ugly or too lowly to be worth much; in Parts of Animals, by
contrast, Aristotle seems to stress order as the basis of the kalon. Poetics 1450b34-1451a6 expresses a
view more in line with common usage.
10. To my mind, an extreme case of losing touch with the everyday sense of the kalon is found
in Troels Engberg-Peterson's claim that the noble is simply the universal and impersonal perspective of
reason {Aristotle's Theory of Moral Insight [Oxford: Clarendon Press. 1983], 44-45). See Arthur
Madigan's reply to Engberg-Peterson in his "Eth. Nic. 9.8: Beyond Egoism and Altruism?" in Essays in
Ancient Greek Philosophy IV: Aristotle's Ethics, 73-94, at 86-87.
11. On this, see Leo Strauss' "On Classical Political Philosophy" in The Rebirth of Classical
Political Rationalism (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989), 49-62, esp. 49-51.
12. See 1.3 1095al-12; Aristotle's audience is aptly discussed by Aristide Tessitore in his
Reading Aristotle's Ethics, 15—23.
66
One important passage for clarifying Aristotle's usage of the kalort is found in
the midst of his reflections on courage. This passage is all the more significant insofar
as it is one of the first to present the kalon in any concreteness, that is, as something
crucial for shaping the reader's sense of the kalon. Aristotle writes,
But it would seem that the courageous person is not concerned with death in every
that are most kalon? And these are the ones that occur in war, for they occur in the
midst of the greatest and most kalon sort of danger.... The courageous show
Aristotle could do nothing better to show from the very start that he wishes to maintain
this sort: martial deaths are noble, and most others are not. The kalon as it functions in
this passage does not find its source in considerations such as proportion and order, but
in something much more like simple grandeur and the common belief that battle and
death in battle are splendid things.14 And this makes sense: although courage is the
13. There are only two instances of the kalon that Aristotle provides prior to this: first, that it is
kalon to achieve the good of the whole city (1.2 1094bl0—12), and second, that the kalon is manifest
when the virtuous suffer calmly and with dignity (1.10 1100b31-33).
14. One reason why commentators would perhaps prefer to emphasize fittingness over grandeur
in articulating the kalon is that diere is simply more to say and analyze with regard to fittingness; e.g., one
can say with regard to what action is fitting (the when, the how, etc.), but there is much less that can be
articulated about grandeur.
67
virtue with regard to which Aristotle most heavily emphasizes the kalon,15 courage is
there is indeed proportion present in the courageous act - it too must hit the mean, after
all - this is not what would seem to make courage appear so grand and wondrous to the
decent.16 Rather, the ordinary moral man or the courageous soldier is drawn to the
grandeur (a sort of beauty) of the things involved in war, including death.17 If anything,
magnitude [megethos] would seem to be more relevant for the nobility of courage than
symmetry and the like; there is a greatness of scale possessed by martial affairs that
helps lend them a certain splendor (3.6 1115a30-31).18 It is this most basic sense of the
kalon, as the nobility that the decent experience in beholding or contemplating ethical
action, especially grand political and martial action, to which Aristotle is finely attuned
between Aristotle's usage of the kalon and this more everyday sense, especially if we
15. See Ronna Burger's Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates, 76, 81. Compare this with justice as
the particular virtue of equity, which is certainly characterized by symmetry and proportion, but which is
only minimally connected to the kalon by Aristotle.
16. For a similar reflection, see Rosalind Hursthouse's "A False Doctrine of the Mean" in
Aristotle's Ethics: Critical Essays, ed. Nancy Sherman (Boulder: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers,
1999), 105-19, at 114-17.
17. Here we also see a strong manifestation of the connection of the kalon and the praiseworthy,
which Aristotle points to at Rhetoric 1366a33-34 and EE 1248bl6-25.
18. In the Politics, Aristotle connects the kalon to the possession of a certain number and size
(1326a25-b7). Kelly Rogers, despite consistently minimizing the significance of magnitude for the
kalon, notes that kalon kai megan was a common Greek epithet (see, e.g., Homer's Odyssey, i 301, iii
199, ix 513) ("Aristotle's Conception of to kalon" 367nl8).
68
So necessarily the magnificent person is also generous, for the generous person too
will spend what one ought and as one ought, since generosity is concerned with
these things, but it is in these qualities that the greatness [to mega], the magnitude,
makes the work more magnificent from an equal expense. For the excellence of a
work is not the same as that of a possession, since a possession that is worth the
highest price, such as gold, is the most valued, but the work that is valued most is
one that is great [mega] and kalon (for the contemplation of such a thing is
wondrous, and what is magnificent is wondrous), and the excellence of a work, its
Note that in this first sentence Aristotle affirms that generosity has just as much order
and proportion as does magnificence; both generosity and magnificence get the
conditions of action (the to whom, how much, when, etc.) right. But there is
nonetheless an important difference between the two, and this is perhaps best expressed
by saying, as Aristotle does, that the magnificent gift is more kalon than the merely
generous one.1 (The whole contrast of the passage is between the "works" of
generosity and those of magnificence, and it is in this context that Aristotle singles out
This difference with regard to the kalon is again related to magnitude, but one
must be careful here: although it is often said that the difference between magnificence
19. Here it helps to remember the two possible senses of megaloprepeia; its root, prepein, can
mean either "to be fitting" or "to be conspicuously splendid." Although Aristotle begins by focusing on
the fitting within megaloprepeia, he eventually shows that that the aspect of the fitting is shared with
generosity to such an extent that one should focus more on the splendid.
20. That magnificent gifts are more kalon than generous ones also comes out clearly when
Aristotle writes that "for [ethical] actions many things [i.e., much equipment] are needed, and more of
them to the extent that the actions are of greater magnitude [meizous] and more kalori' (10.8 1178bl-3).
69
and generosity is found simply in the amount of the gift, this passage points to a more
essential difference, a difference of quality and not mere quantity: the real greatness of
the magnificent gift is in its grandeur. Indeed, Aristotle goes so far as to say that the
expense can be the same for the magnificent and the generous gift, but that the former
will nonetheless outshine the latter (4.2 1122b 13-14). It is hard to express this
difference other than in terms of style: the magnificent have a certain style of giving
that is simply more splendid and grand - and it is in this way that the magnificent gift
stands out as particularly kalon.22 The noble or beautiful, then, is here connected not
primarily with proportion, but with a certain irreducible grandeur (that is tied to
magnitude). In this way we again see something that is more closely connected to the
everyday sense for the kalon; just as great deeds of war immediately tend to strike most
people as noble, so too do lavish gifts given in splendid style immediately tend to
soul, Aristotle again suggests a strong connection between magnitude and the kalon.
He first posits that greatness of soul consists in a certain proportion of equality between
one's worth and one's consideration of one's worth. But he then insists that this needs
to be qualified: greatness of soul is of course not found in the harmonized ratio between
just any degree of worth and consideration of worth, but only in the proportion that
21. This is an ambiguity that we still see in the term "great": it can have a more qualitative or
quantitative sense.
22. This point, by the way, renders moot the common discussion about why Aristotle would
distinguish generosity and magnificence as two different hexeis if they differ merely quantitatively.
23. Similarly, in the Rhetoric, Aristotle writes that one can "go beyond what is fitting [prosekon]
to something better and more kalon, for instance if someone is restrained in good fortune and great-souled
in misfortune" (1367bl4-16). Sometimes, then, it is the fitting that is precisely less kalon than something
more extreme.
70
obtains for those of great worth. This adorning and beautiful virtue (4.3 1124al-4), in
other words, requires not only proportion for its moral grandeur, but also magnitude.
Aristotle makes this even clearer through an analogy with physical beauty. He writes,
"Someone who is worthy of little and considers himself worthy of that is sensible, but
not great-souled, for greatness of soul is present in something great [megethei], just as
beauty [to kallos] is present in a body of full size [megalo], while small people can be
elegant [asteioi] and well-proportioned [summetroi] but not kalon"' (4.3 1123b5-8).
And although Aristotle is here discussing the kalon in the sense of physical beauty
rather than that more spiritual quality of actions, there would appear to be a strong
connection between these senses of the word; the kalon in the realm of deeds and soul
also tends to require magnitude. One could also express this by saying that virtuous
deeds are kalon not only in their status as means, but also in their status as extremes (see
24. This passage should not be assimilated to that of Poetics 1450b34-1451a6, which claims that
something cannot be kalon without a certain magnitude because otherwise its order and harmony will not
be manifest to sight or contemplation. The whole point of this passage in the EN is that small bodies can
have a manifest symmetry and yet still lack the grandeur and impressiveness that makes for the kalon.
This raises a problem for Gabriel Richardson Lear's account in "Aristotle on Moral Virtue and the Fine"
at 122-23, and should remind us of the difficulties of taking the meaning of the kalon in one work as
being equivalent to its meaning in another.
25.1 do not wish to overemphasize the importance of magnitude for the kalon; after all, the
kalon is also found in the harmony present in such small-scale virtues as temperance and friendliness
(3.11 1119al8, 3.12 1119bl6,4.6 1126b28-31). Nonetheless, as Owens notes, talk of the kalon perhaps
fits the large-scale virtue somewhat better (The KAAON in the Aristotelian Ethics,''' 263n6). At any rate,
my point is mainly to correct an understanding of the kalon that underemphasizes the importance of
magnitude and a certain irreducible grandeur for the kalon (and thus its political dimension). It is also
important that the connection between martial and political grandeur and the kalon is qualified in 10.8
when Aristotle writes that "it is possible for one who is not a ruler of land and sea to perform kalon
actions. For one would be capable of acting in accord with virtue from moderate means (and it is
possible to see this plainly, since private people seem to perform decent actions not less than powerful
people but even more)" (1179a4-8). But the move to focus on the private sphere and the small-scale
virtues is something new in the EN that comes at the very end of the work and does not seem to be
operative throughout the work. It is for this reason, presumably, that this shift has been largely ignored
by commentators. The significance of the shift deserves its own treatment, but here I wish to note that (1)
this move is perhaps prepared for by the consideration of friendship (which clearly belongs more to the
71
Another passing reference to the kalon is of use in this context. Aristotle writes
that "while getting angry, or giving and spending money, belong to everyone and are
easy, to whom and how much and when and for what purpose and in what way to do
these things are no longer in everyone's power, nor are they easy; for this reason what is
done well is rare and praiseworthy and kalon" (2.9 1109a26-29). Superficially, it can
look as though the kalon is here simply being linked again to the fittingness of an
action, to its getting the conditions right - and it is, but not directly to such fittingness,
but rather to the difficulty and perhaps also the rarity of it." It is precisely because
77
getting the conditions right is so difficult that it is also so beautiful. If the connection
between the two seems mysterious, the interpreter should perhaps remind himself of his
everyday beliefs and experience; does not the difficult (when it is also connected to
There is, then, no one and common constituent element of the kalon, that
distinctly moral beauty or nobility that the decent discern in the deeds of ethical
virtue." Its source can be found sometimes in the fittingness or proportion of a deed,
private sphere than to the public) in Bks. 8—9 and (2) that the shift would seem to make the ethical life
much closer to the philosophic life with its basically private character (as is noted by Tessitore in Reading
Aristotle's Ethics at 109). It is worth reflecting upon what happens to Aristotle's earlier arguments
demoting the ethical life once it has been transformed in this way, since many of these arguments seem to
focus on the distinctly political nature of the ethical life (10.7 1177b4-24).
26. Sarah Broadie, in particular, draws attention to the involvement of the difficult in the kalon
(Ethics with Aristotle, 92-93).
27. And here we see once again the connection of the kalon and the praiseworthy: the difficulty
of virtue makes for both. See note 17 above.
28. There is, of course, no reason why we might not take all sorts of acts and motivations as
kalon. The assumption that the kalon must have one distinct source or constitutive element seems to lead
72
sometimes in its magnitude and grandeur, sometimes in its difficulty or rarity,
sometimes, as we will discuss below, in action insofar as it seeks the good of others or
the common good (or, even stronger, insofar as it sacrifices the good of the agent), and
of course, these elements can all be combined together in one unified perception of the
kalon.
a. The Rhetoric
To know something of what the kalon is, however, does not mean that one knows
exactly under what aspect it is pursued. As was said above, it would seem possible, at
least prima facie, for the kalon to be pursued simply as kalon, without any reference to
one's own good; but it would be just as possible for the kalon to be sought (whether
primarily or not) as one's good. It is here that Aristotle is most imprecise. In this
section, then, I must try to show the difficulty of the relation between the kalon and the
good in the Nicomachean Ethics. One of the best ways to do this is to look first to
essentially bound up with the pursuit of the good of others in contrast to one's own
many commentators astray. But if the kalon is a notion that is taken over from common opinion, then it
makes sense that it would lack such conceptual precision. At any rate, we see moral beauty in all sorts of
things, and there is no reason to be sure in advance that it is the same feature that always makes for this.
29. Terence Irwin takes the promotion of the common good to be the essentially constitutive
element of the kalon (see his "Aristotle's Conception of Morality," esp. 127-33). One sure sign that this
cannot be the case is that the kalon is fully operative with regard to temperance, which is not primarily
concerned with the common good (3.11 1119al8, 3.12 1119bl5-16). Irwin tries to reply to this objection
at 136-37, but I am not persuaded. See also Engberg-Peterson for an argument akin to that of Irwin
(Aristotle's Theory of Moral Insight, see 44-56).
73
those choices upon which someone acts not for his own sake, and things that are
good simply, all the things someone does for his country in disregard of his own
interest, and things that are good by their nature and not good for oneself, since one
does things that are good like that for his own sake. Also, all those things that are
more capable of being present after one is dead than while one is alive, for things
present during life have more about them that is for one's own sake. Also, all those
things that are for the sake of others, since they are less for the sake of oneself.
And all things that make others prosper rather than oneself. (1366b36-1367a5)
He comes back to this theme again and again throughout this chapter (1.9), repeating in
nearly every possible formulation that the kalon is that which benefits others rather than
safeguarding good things, as well as a power of providing many great benefits.... and
the greatest virtues would be those that are most useful to others, if in fact virtue is a
30. Aristotle clarifies later in the Rhetoric: "the advantageous is good for oneself [autoi agathon]
while the kalon is good simply [agathon haplos]" (1389b37-T390al). It would seem that agathon haplos
here refers to what we would term a sort of intrinsic value that is not constituted as a value through being
good for the one who acts to realize it. This use of the term agathon haplos is different from its usage in
the EN. In the EN, the agathon haplos refers not to a good independent of the human good or of one's
own good, but to that good which we can deem good for oneself simply speaking, or, in other words, that
which is good for one insofar as one is in the best condition - unlike the agathon tint, that which is good
for oneself only insofar as one is in a state that is not good or best (e.g., the way in which chemotherapy is
good for a cancer patient but is obviously not simply speaking good for a human). See EN 5.11129b3,
7.12 1152b27-33, 8.2 1155b21-26, and EE 1235b31-38, Topics 115b22-30, 116b8 10. On the terms as
used in the EN, see Paula Gottlieb's helpful "Aristotle and Protagoras: The Good Human Being as the
Measure of Goods" in Apeiron 24 no. 1 (1991): 25^45, esp. 33-4. This means that although the kalon as
presented in the Rhetoric is good in the language of the Rhetoric, it is nonetheless not good for the moral
agent. In the language of the EN, contrariwise, it would seem that the kalon as presented in the Rhetoric
should not be termed good. The EN meaning of agathon is the sense that will predominate in my
treatment.
31. He speaks similarly elsewhere in the work. See, for example, his statement at 1359al-5:
those engaged in praising "often even make it a matter of praise that [someone] did some kalon thing in
disregard of what was profitable to himself; for example, they praise Achilles because he went to the aid
of his companion Patroclus in the knowledge that he would have to die; though it was possible for him to
live. For him, death of that sort was a more kalon thing, though living was advantageous." See also
1389b37-1390al. One should note, however, that the Rhetoric manifests some tension on this point
(precisely the tension of common opinion, one might say); Aristotle also says that the virtues (and thus
presumably, the kalon) are good for their possessor (1362b2-9).
74
power of conferring benefits" (1366a36—38, 1366b2^4). Both the kalon and arete are
One might try to dismiss such passages from the Rhetoric on the grounds that
they merely represent common opinion (or Aristotle's reconstruction of it) rather than
Aristotle's own philosophical positions.33 But that would be to miss the point, which is
that Aristotle himself shows us that the relation between the kalon and one's own good
is strained and problematic for common opinion - and that despite knowing this,
Aristotle provides an account in his EN that is imprecise on just what that relation is,
even though it has a central importance for his account. In other words, Aristotle
himself shows us that we cannot take the connection between the kalon and one's own
good for granted, and yet he nonetheless leaves this connection merely implicit for most
of the Nicomachean Ethics and seems to present views that stand in tension with each
other (as will be explored below). This suggests that he has some good reason to do so,
32. Similarly, Aristotle describes friendliness [tophilein] in the Rhetoric as "wishing for him
what you believe to be good things, not for your own sake but for his, and being inclined, so far as you
can, to bring these things about" (1380b36-T381al, emphasis added). Whereas in the EN he only
stipulates that in friendship in the governing sense one aims at the friend's good for its own sake and does
not deny that one also looks to one's own good (see 8.5 1157b33-35: "by loving the friend, [friends] love
what is good for themselves"), the Rhetoric rejects this interest in one's own good. This point was
brought to my attention by David Brink in his "Eudaimonism, Love and Friendship, and Political
Community" in Social Philosophy and Policy 16 no. 1 (1999): 252-89, at 253 n3. Thus we find a
consistent tendency of the Rhetoric to represent what we would term the altruistic position within
common opinion. Compare this with Socrates' premature account of justice in Bk. 1 of the Republic, esp.
342a-345e.
33. More precisely, there are two temptations in dealing with the Rhetoric: the first is to forget
the endoxic nature of such claims (as some recent commentators do in claiming that Aristotle has an
altruistic ethics on the basis of passages from the Rhetoric), and the second is to simply dismiss all such
passages as though they provided no illumination whatsoever. The second is all the more dangerous in
light of Aristotle's own method of working from common opinion (7.1 1145b2-7); given such a method,
it is crucial that we should have a firm understanding of just what those starting-points are.
75
that this is somehow fruitful for his treatment of the ethical phenomena. I will circle
b. The Commentators
Aristotle's ambiguous presentation of the relation of the kalon and the agathon
the EN. On the one hand, there is the tendency for the noble or beautiful to be lost sight
of, as though for Aristotle the ratio of the ethical virtues lies solely in their contribution
commonplace when she takes the Aristotelian position to rest in the claim that "the
virtues are those character traits that human beings, given their nature, need for
eudaimonia, to flourish or live well as human beings." Here the kalon is simply
blotted out or consumed by the agathon; all we see of Aristotle is the agathon. As we
have said, however, Aristotle makes it clear that what virtue is most centrally about is
the kalon. Whether this ties into flourishing and how it might do so is another question
- and it is a question that is left open throughout the Nicomachean Ethics. Nonetheless,
it is not without reason that so many have fallen into this error: they are following out
the importance of the ergon-argument of 1.7, which both seems like a governing sort of
claim and which Aristotle does little to connect to the theme of the kalon.
34. This tendency is also noted by Lear at 116, and also by Rodger Crisp in "Socrates and
Aristotle on Happiness and Virtue" in Plato and Aristotle's Ethics (Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing, 2003),
55-78, at 78. For some provocative remarks on the relation of Aristotle and the contemporary virtue-
ethics movement, see Peter Simpson's "Contemporary Virtue Ethics and Aristotle" in Virtue Ethics: A
Critical Reader, ed. Daniel Statman (Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press, 1997), 245-59.
35. Hursthouse, "On the Grounding of the Virtues in Human Nature" in Was ist das fur den
Menschen Gutel, eds. Jan Szaif and Matthias Lutz-Bachmann (New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2004),
263-75, at 263.
76
On the other hand, there is a tendency to maximize the importance of the kalon
as such and downplay the importance of eudaimonia with regard to virtue. Christine
Korsgaard provides a good example of this. Korsgaard understands the noble as a sort
of disinterested lightness of action and writes that "Aristotle suggests that...moral value
is exhibited in a special way in actions from which we are sure the agent gets nothing,"
looking to the treatment of the kalon in the Rhetoric for additional confirmation of
this. Similarly, Julia Annas argues that '"for the sake of the fine' [entails something]
rather like.. .doing one's duty for the sake of doing one's duty; it characterizes what
morality requires" and that "what characterizes virtue is a commitment to doing the
virtuous action, regardless of whether it brings personal loss or gain to the agent - doing
it for its own sake. Aristotle takes this to be the most basic and important fact about the
kalon." Again, there is a reason why Korsgaard and Annas can make the claim that
Aristotle has a disinterested view of moral motivation through his idea of the kalon;
Aristotle himself allows for this conclusion to be drawn, as we will see. Nonetheless,
there is also a reason why Aristotle has often been interpreted as holding the exact
36. See her "From Duty and For the Sake of the Noble: Kant and Aristotle on Morally Good
Action," 203-36, at 217.
37. Julia Annas, The Morality of Happiness (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993), 370-
71. See also her "Self-Love in Aristotle," in which she argues that the kalon is not consciously sought as
a good for oneself, and that self-love does not motivate but only, in some strange way, underlies and
explains this pursuit (in The Southern Journal of Philosophy 21 [1988]: SI—SI 8, at SI 2—SI 4). Suzanne
Stern-Gillet likewise holds that the virtuous person seeks "the good rather than his own private good"
{Aristotle's Philosophy of Friendship [Albany: State University of New York Press, 1995], 70-71). Kelly
Rogers represents a somewhat more balanced position, holding that the "for the sake of the noble" is its
own distinct motivation, not in itself connected to the pursuit of happiness, but also that "presumably the
Aristotelian agent does not overlook or repress his awareness of the larger motivational context [i.e., the
pursuit of eudaimonia] in which his pursuit of the noble takes place" ("Aristotle on Loving Another for
His Own Sake" in Phronesis 39 no. 3 [1994]: 291-302, at 300). A view akin to that of Rogers is
expressed by Allan in "The fine and the good in the Eudemian Ethics" at 70. The difficulty with attempts
to simply harmonize these themes in this way is that it ignores Aristotle's own work to problematize the
relation of the two; these passages will be considered below in sees. 2.c-2.e.
77
opposite view; and given Korsgaard's or Annas' interpretations, one would be surprised
TO
by EN 9.8, where Aristotle makes the pursuit of the kalon sound so self-regarding.
As I said above, the very fact that Aristotle fails to provide much of an account
of the kalon in the Nicomachean Ethics must point the reader toward believing that
Aristotle, rather than putting forward some novel and specialized philosophic concept of
the kalon, instead follows common opinion and common notions here. This, then,
would lead the reader to think that his portrayal of the kalon in the Ethics follows the
popular account given in the Rhetoric. This means that the reader should be expecting,
whether from encountering the Rhetoric itself or, more importantly, simply from
holding the common views that the Rhetoric undertakes to represent, that the pursuit of
the kalon is wholly indifferent (if not opposed!) to the pursuit of one's own good.
Aristotle, in fact, does little to dispel this way of understanding the kalon for much of
the first half of the EN and even makes some claims that tend to foster it. I now want to
take a close look at some of the important early passages in which the kalon is at issue
One such passage is found in Aristotle's list of the "three things that lead to
choices [eis tas haireseis]" which consists of the kalon, the advantageous
38. The difficulties that Sarah Broadie seems to encounter in commenting on the notion of the
"for the sake of the kalon" also make this basic tension clear. Broadie begins by speaking of the "for the
sake of the kalon" as something like "the sense of owing it to oneself to do what is right or best even
when this is costly" or the sense of "being enhanced by the doing," an understanding with a strongly self-
regarding aspect (Ethics with Aristotle, 93). Nonetheless, when she goes to defend Aristotle with regard
to the question of whether his moral agent is distastefully self-regarding, she seems to shift to speaking of
the moral agent as being concerned for the kalon in the sense of simply seeking to act "appropriately"
(94).
78
as Cooper notes, the sumpheron seems at times to stand in for the good, to agathon.
This leads Cooper to hold that Aristotle is here claiming that the kalon is pursued with
its own distinct kind of motivation, separate from that of the good of the agent. And
although this is a plausible claim, there is nonetheless also some evidence that must
give one pause. For example, in Bk. 3, Aristotle says that everyone does everything for
the sake of the kalon and the pleasant as ends and does not mention the advantageous
(3.1 1110b9-l 1), which could make it seem as though the advantageous is limited to
means and thus cannot be taken to stand in for the good. In this case, the kalon and
the agathon would seem to be brought closer together, insofar as the list in Bk. 3 of the
kalon, sumpheron, and pleasant would seem to closely mirror the list of lovable objects
in Bk. 8, which speaks of the agathon, chresimon [useful], and pleasant (8.2 1155M8-
21). Aristotle's claims regarding the objects of choice, then, are tantalizing but
39. See Cooper's "Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value," 264-66. His argument employs
Aristotle's usage of this list of the three objects of choice in the Topics, especially at 118b27-28. As he
also notes, in the Rhetoric Aristotle speaks of the sumpheron in a way that initially seems to limit it to
means and not ends, but then describes this as agathon and includes within it both whatever is good in
itself and what is instrumental to that (1362al7-23). See also the close connection between the
advantageous and the good in the discussion of prudence in EN Bk. 6: e.g., 6.5 1140a24-bl0.
40. Cooper, interestingly, takes the kalon to be the distinctive object of desire for (habituated)
thumos ("Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value," 276-80). I should add that for Cooper this relates to
something like the primary and original motivation to pursue the kalon; he holds that the kalon
derivatively comes to be seen as something good and is additionally sought as such (278-79).
41. But also note that Aristotle brings the advantageous back just a little later at 3.1 1110b25-31,
where it does seem to have more to do with ends.
42. In Bks. 8-9 Aristotle provides a nexus of terms as apparent synonyms for the chresimon, and
uses the sumpheron in this context (see, e.g., 8.9 1160a9-14). At any rate, the agathon itself is a difficult
matter in Bk. 8, as it seems to be presented both in terms of the agathos haplos in the sense of that which
is unqualifiedly good for the best sort of person (8.2 1155bl8-27), and as agathos haplos in the sense of
the being good irrespective of its goodness^br anyone at all (8.3 1156b7-16). See note 30 above for
more on this. So even if we do connect the kalon to the agathon here, it is unclear what sense of agathon
we should connect it to.
79
One of the most important passages regarding the relation of the kalon and the
good comes in the context of a discussion of courage, the virtue whose relation to the
difficult case, due to the nature of the common consequences of courageous action,
namely, injury and death, which are obviously painful. After comparing the courageous
to boxers, who dislike the injuries that attend upon boxing but love the honors that come
So if what is involved in courage is also of this sort [viz., as with boxing], death
and injuries will be painful to the courageous person, who will undergo them
unwillingly, but will endure them because it is a kalon thing, and not to do so
would be an ugly [or: shameful] [aischron] thing. The more one has all virtue and
the happier one is, the more one will be pained at [the prospect of] death, for to
such a person living is most worthwhile [malista zen axion], and this person will be
deprived of the greatest goods [megiston agathon] knowingly, and this is painful.
Still, such a person is courageous nonetheless, and perhaps even more so, because
he prefers [haireitai] what is kalon in war above those other things. (3.9 1117b7-
15)
43. This emphatic relation makes sense given Greek common opinions about the nobility of
courage. Note that in the context of a discussion of courage, we can readily see how the focal meaning of
the kalon is closer to nobility than to beauty.
44. There are some strange disanalogies here: honor is the reward for boxing, although honor is
the end of mere citizen courage, not true courage (3.8 1116al7-29) (but see note 53 below).
Additionally, note that this honor attends upon the boxer only if he gains victory, whereas the
attractiveness of the nobility of courage is apparently meant to be indifferent to defeat and death. Here I
disagree with the reading of Jaffa, who holds that Aristotle minimizes this second disanalogy and
suggests that the desired end of courage is that attendant only upon victory, or, in other words, always
with the assumption of victory (Thomism and Aristotelianism, 55). The problem with this reading is that
Aristotle explicitly speaks of death in what immediately follows the boxer analogy and thus plays up the
disanalogy himself (3.9 1117b7-9).
80
Here we see a quite tentative presentation of the relation of the kalon and the agathon:
the noble or beautiful death of the courageous is set in stark contrast to the possession of
the greatest goods. The stage is set for this by the account of death that Aristotle gives
just a short time earlier: he writes, "The most frightening thing is death, for it is a limit,
and it seems that there is nothing beyond it to be good or bad for the one who is dead"
(3.6 1115a26-27). This portrait of death obviously makes the prospect of death
grimmer and harder to accept - and certainly makes it hard to reconcile the choice for
And yet the courageous person does prefer and choose what is noble in war,
including death, above everything else. This raises the question, of course, as to
whether the courageous person understands, whether implicitly or explicitly, the kalon
as a form of the good, and holds that the kalon is a higher good than those other goods
recognize the kalon as an altogether different kind of motivation, one that simply counts
for more for him than the good? It would seem that, here, one would have to lean
toward separating the kalon from the agathon as quite distinct from and even opposed
to one another; the explicit reference to the loss of the greatest goods and the prior
account of death seem designed to foster such an interpretation. The reader of the
Rhetoric (or simply the one who held the common opinion it tries to reflect) would
readily understand the pursuit of the kalon as being set against the pursuit of one's own
good. And yet the basic analogy to the boxer that Aristotle employs here suggests that
there is some connection to the good: after all, the boxer certainly takes victory and
45. This tension between courage and one's own good is recognized by Lisa Tessman in her
Burdened Virtues (New York: Oxford University Press, 2005), 127.
81
honor as great goods for himself. The imprecision, then, is striking, and it would seem
impossible to answer this question with any certainty based on this passage alone. And
perhaps that is the most important point: what we can clearly say is that this passage
presents an ambiguous relation between the kalon and the agathon and does not suggest
prominent role in the account of the virtues in the Rhetoric; as Aristotle says there, if
the virtues are conceived of as powers for aiding others, then generosity will count as
one of the most important of the virtues (1366b2-9). Interestingly, the EN has echoes
of this theme. Aristotle writes that "the generous are loved practically the most of those
who are recognized for virtue, since they confer benefits, and this consists in giving"
(4.1 1120a21-23). The very next claim Aristotle makes is that such actions are kalon
and for the sake of the kalon (1120a23-24), and so the natural flow of the argument at
least would seem to connect benefiting others and the kalon. 6 A little later, Aristotle
makes the even stronger claim that "not looking out for oneself is part of being
generous" (4.1 1120b6). These statements must surely put the reader in the mindset of
the Rhetoric's more altruistic and self-sacrificial presentation of virtue and the kalon,
whether through reminding the reader of that work or simply through tapping into the
same vein of common opinion that the Rhetoric represents. Note furthermore that if
Aristotle wished to introduce into his main treatment of the ethical virtues in Bks. 3-4
any notion of a calculus, in which the loss to self entailed by the giving of money and
the like is outweighed by the gain of the kalon (as he does later in the work, to be
46. The evaluative importance of the ability of the action to benefit others is also seen in the fact
that wastefulness, when it does not involve shameful taking of money to support itself, is deemed
something better than a vice at least in part because it benefits many others (4.1 1121a20-30).
82
discussed below), this would be an eminently appropriate place to do so. Instead,
Aristotle leaves the reader with a presentation that smacks more closely of the Rhetoric
Another reason to think that Aristotle's treatment of the relation of the kalon and
the agathon is ambiguous is found in his discussion of the virtue of justice. Aristotle
explains his notion of complete justice as the putting to use of all the particular virtues
toward others and not just toward oneself or one's own. This accounts, he says, for why
it often seems that justice is the greatest of the virtues, and he then cites a line of poetry
to exemplify this: "neither the evening nor morning star is so wondrous [thaumastosY
(5.1 1129b28-29). This connection to the radiance of the stars and the wondrous seems
to entail a strong connection to the kalon (with its quasi-aesthetic character). Aristotle
then adds,
But for this same reason [i.e., because justice is the putting to work of virtue toward
others] justice alone among the virtues seems to be someone else's good, because it
is in relation to someone else, for one does things that are advantageous to another
person, either to one who rules or one who partakes in the community. So the
worst person is the one who makes use of vice in relation to himself and toward his
friends, while the best person is not the one who makes use of virtue in relation to
himself, but the one who does so toward someone else, for this is a difficult task.
There seem to be two aspects that come together in making the appearance that
complete justice is another's good: first, that it includes and perhaps even privileges
47. The kalon and the wondrous are connected at 4.2 1 ] 22b 17— 18.
83
virtues that are not by their nature directed toward oneself (think of generosity as
against temperance), and second, that even virtues that necessarily extend beyond
oneself, such as generosity, are here also extended beyond the circle of "one's own,"
that group of family and friends with whom one most directly identifies. What is of
particular interest here, however, is that Aristotle claims that it is for the very same
reason that complete justice is so wondrous and fair - in other words, kalon - that it also
has the appearance of being someone else's good. This clearly resonates with the
Rhetoric's more altruistic conception of the kalon in which the kalon is kalon precisely
insofar as it involves the good of others rather than oneself. At the least, we see in this
passage that Aristotle highlights the problematic nature of the relation between the
moral beauty {to kalon) of complete justice and its status as a good; what is immediately
clear is that complete justice has a sort of radiant beauty and wondrousness, but it also
Of course, in the passage just considered (5.1 1130a3-8), Aristotle does not
affirm that ethical virtue as directed toward others does not in some way also benefit
oneself but rather puts forward an initial appearance. It is important, however, to track
down the continuation of this discussion later in Bk. 549; speaking of rulers, Aristotle
writes,
48. Nonetheless, there are also moments in this treatment of justice where Aristotle seems to
qualify this stress on the good of the other or the common good; see, for example, 5.2 1130bl9-29, which
connects complete justice with lawfulness and thus common or public education, and then suggests that
there may be an even better private education (see also Politics 1276b30-35). As we will see, Aristotle
provides other qualifications as well; this, of course, does not eliminate the need to consider each passage
in its own right as well (see Jaffa, Thomism and Aristotelianism, 55).
49. One should note that although this discussion is clearly meant to continue that of 5.1 on
justice in relation to one's own good, there is nonetheless an important switch: in 5.1 this issue arises in
the context of complete justice, whereas in 5.6 the discussion is centered on justice as the particular virtue
84
Since there seems to be nothing to gain for him if he is just (for he does not
what he deserves, and hence he labors for someone else's good, and because of this
justice is said to be another's good, as was said before), some sort of compensation
must therefore be given, and this is honor and reverence; but those for whom such
Here we find that any mention of gaining the kalon as a good for oneself is
conspicuously absent: the ruler is not said to gain the kalon as a good for himself to
compensate for giving away other goods; rather, he can be paid back only by honor and
reverence, external goods that Aristotle elsewhere distinguishes from the kalon (see 3.8
1116al7-29).50 Thus we see Aristotle failing to take advantage of the chance to discuss
the kalon as a good for oneself, which must lead the reader at this point in the inquiry to
the tentative conclusion that the kalon is sought simply as kalon, without regard for
Nonetheless, there is also a moment within Book 5 that points in the opposite
direction, although not without its own ambiguity. Discussing the case of the person
who appears to distribute the lesser share of goods to himself (out of proportion to his
worth) and thus to potentially even do himself an injustice, Aristotle writes, "Perhaps it
of equity. Nonetheless, all things considered, the continuity of discussion seems to outweigh this
discontinuity, especially since Aristotle explicitly points out the continuity.
50. Nonetheless, the relation of the kalon and honor is a difficult matter for Aristotle, as he
alternately minimizes (again, see 3.8 1116al7-29; see also EE 1216a 19-22) and emphasizes (see esp.
10.8 1178a25-b3) the manifest and public nature of the kalon. Even at 3.8 1116al7-29 his treatment
both separates and brings together the kalon and honor; although citizen courage is distinguished in kind
from genuine courage by having honor rather than the kalon as its end, honor is nonetheless also here said
to be something kalon. It seems to me, however, that the surface of the text, at least, separates the two
more than it unites them; and this is the justification for my reading of 5.6 here. Note as well that
something analogous occurs with regard to the shameful; sometimes Aristotle presents shame as
something like the natural complement to the desire for the kalon (3.6 1115al2-13, 3.7 1116al0-12, 3.9
1117b9, 10.9 1179b7 16), while at other times he distances them (4.9 1128bl 0-35, 4.1 1120all-15).
85
is not true without qualification that he takes less. For perhaps he overreaches
[pleonektei] for some other good, such as glory or the unqualifiedly kalon" (5.9
1136b21-22). On one level, this would seem to straightforwardly point to the kalon as
a good for oneself that is sought as such. But there is a difficulty as well: the verb that
taking that goes beyond what is due or appropriate.51 Thus, although Aristotle here
explicitly speaks of the kalon considered as a good, he couches this in terms that must
give us pause, for he speaks of those who overreach toward the kalon. This can
hardly be considered an unequivocal endorsement of the view that takes the kalon as
something simply agathon. There is at least the possibility that one can go too far in
viewing the kalon as a complete and self-sufficient sort of good. This will be
Aristotle provides some of his most interesting suggestions as to the role of the kalon in
the ethical life. The true self-lover is the one who, first, gratifies and obeys the best part
of himself, the part that is most of all himself (nous), and, second, and as a result of the
first, "takes for himself the things that are most kalon and most good" (9.8 1168b29-
51. See Aristotle's usage of the term throughout his discussion in Bk. 5 to characterize the vice
of particular injustice; see 5.1 1129a32-b2, 5.1 1129b7-10, 5.1 1130al9-22, 5.9 1137al. See also
Irwin's characterization ofpleonexia in "Notes," 295, 340-41, and see David Sachs' "Notes on Unfairly
Gaining More: Pleonexia" in Virtues and Reasons: Philippa Foot and Moral Tlieoiy, eds. Rosalind
Hursthouse, Gavin Lawrence, Warren Quinn (NY: Clarendon Press, 1995), 209-218.
52. Many if not most translators simply obliterate the notion of overreaching in rendering this
sentence, translating it as simply "getting a larger share"; Irwin, although he renders the term literally in
his translation, nonetheless claims in his note on the passage that this usage of pleonektein is oxymoronic
(236-37). This does not seem to take into account various passages in which Aristotle expresses the need
for caution in dealing with the kalon. See 7.4 1148a28-30, 3.1 1110a4-23, 4.1 1121al-4, 5.11 1138a28-
b5,and 10.7 1177b 12-15.
86
30). It is just this conjunction of the kalon and the agathon that is of particular interest.
Aristotle goes on to link these in the strongest and most thoroughgoing fashion, writing
that
a decent person does what he ought, since every intellect chooses what is best for
itself, and the decent person obeys his intellect. But it is also true of the spoudaios
[morally serious person] that he does many things for the sake of his friends and his
country, and if necessary, dies for them, since he will give up money and honors,
and all the goods people fight over, to gain what is kalon; for he would choose to
have an intense pleasure for a short time rather than a mild one for a long time, and
to live in a beautiful way for a year rather than in a random way for many years,
and to perform one great and kalon action rather than many small ones. And this is
no doubt what happens with those who die for others; they choose something great
and kalon for themselves. Such a person would also give up money in a case in
which his friends would get more money, since there would be money for the
friend, but a kalon deed for himself, so that he distributes the greater good to
prefers the kalon above all things.... So in everything that is praised, the spoudaios
obviously distributes to himself the greater share of the kalon. (1169al6-29, a31-
32, a34-bl)
The first interpretive question that faces the reader regards the mode under which the
spoudaios described above relates to the kalon. Does he directly (and consciously)
pursue the kalon as a good for himself or does this accrue to him as something more
like a byproduct? He could, after all, aim more directly at the good of his friend or
87
country, and gain the noble for himself only incidentally. In fact, many interpreters take
But the passage does not seem to bear such a disinterested reading. Even if one
grants that certain statements taken in isolation are ambiguous, the passage as a whole
seems to clearly indicate that the spoudaios is consciously and primarily motivated by
the gain of the noble for himself. This is suggested by the very context of the passage;
self-love is the ultimate issue here, and this passage is meant to provide a portrait of the
highest kind of self-love. But a self-love that does not deliberately seek the good for
Aristotle's talk of "competing [hamilldmenon] for the kalorC (1169a8), which suggests
a direct and deliberate pursuit of the noble for oneself. It is also hard to see how such
a reading could fit with Aristotle's claim here that intellect chooses what is best for
itself (1169al7), which seems to entail that the decent, who follow their intellect, are
choosing under the aspect of that which is good for themselves. Finally, Aristotle's
claim that the spoudaios chooses to die so as to have the greatest pleasure and to live
beautifully rather than randomly is hard to interpret as anything other than a statement
54. See the discussion of this expression in Smith Pangle, 173, and Stern-Gillet, 116-18. This
should also be seen in connection with 5.9 1136b21-22, considered above, which speaks of overreaching
for the kalon.
88
about motivations, and shows that this motivation is strongly self-regarding. In fact, the
passage, amazingly enough given its placement in the books on friendship, makes very
little of the bond of friendship itself. Aristotle does not speak of dying for the friend
due to one's love for the friend and simple desire for the friend's good, instead stressing
again and again the relation to one's own good.55 For these reasons, 1 side with
commentators such as Lorraine Smith Pangle and Arthur Madigan, who hold that there
In this passage, then, it seems safe to say that the kalon and the agathon are
strongly conjoined: the spoudaios understands the kalon to be the highest sort of good
for himself and pursues moral action for the sake of receiving the kalon as that good for
himself.57 In fact, the kalon as presented in this passage is not only a high good, but is
apparently so high a good that to gain it by the loss of all other goods is not tragic or
even painful but pure gain. Here we see the fusion of the beautiful and the good; it
seems right to say that the beautiful has simply become the good for such a person.
this relation of the kalon and the agathon: what exactly does it mean for the kalon to be
55. He does, of course, speak of acting and dying "for the sake" of friend and country (1169al9-
20), but leaves this theme undeveloped in the passage, so much so that it remains an issue whether "for
the sake o f here involves anything like the usual sense of this term or something more minimal, such as
something like "in such a way as to benefit."
56. See Smith Pangle, 7, 169-82; Madigan, "Eth. Nic. 9.8: Beyond Egoism and Altruism?," 87.
Yet interpreters like Stern-Gillet and Pakaluk seem to have more of a point when one considers earlier
treatments of the kalon in the EN, especially when these are taken against the back-drop of the Rhetoric.
57. Even here, however, one can find a sort of tension, insofar as it would seem that these noble
acts that are one's highest good are seen as noble precisely because they are self-sacrificing. This tension
will be discussed below in sec. 3.2.
89
taken as a good here? There has been some interpretive controversy on this point. On
the one hand, we see a crucial role played here by pleasure: the intense pleasure
provided by considering oneself as responsible for noble actions is the first thing that
Aristotle refers to in explaining the gain of the spoudaios (9.8 1169a22-23).59 On the
other hand, this is not the only motivation that Aristotle provides - he also speaks
simply of the gain present in accomplishing noble deeds of serious magnitude and
living nobly generally - and for good reason; it is not plausible that the spoudaios
understands himself simply as aiming at pleasure; the spoudaios tends to think of his
aim primarily in terms of the noble itself, as something irreducible.60 What would it
mean to focus on the noble itself over and above the pleasure provided by the noble?
The simplest answer here seems best, especially since Aristotle is not purporting to
the kalon but is rather trying to understand a common moral motivation that is actually
operative in the choices of the spoudaios. And the simplest answer is this: what we see
here is the attraction of grandeur; the kalon appears with a sort of beauty to the
spoudaios, and he sees this beauty as something worth having.61 That is, the beauty of
58. Irwin, for example, suggests that that since the spoudaios partakes of the common good that
he benefits by his noble action, his noble action also benefits himself ("Aristotle's Conception of
Morality," 132-34, 143). This seems to take too extrinsic a view of the good which the kalon constitutes;
and at any rate cannot explain the case of noble action leading to foreseeable death. Rogers focuses,
more successfully, on the "self-esteem" that comes about through understanding oneself to be involved in
the stable pursuit of the kalon ("Aristotle's Conception of to kalon'' 359-60). See also Madigan, 78-79.
59. The strong connection established here between the kalon and pleasure is interesting and
finds an important complement in Aristotle's account of Sophocles' Philoctetes, who, he says, rejected
Odysseus' clever advice to lie for the sake of a "noble pleasure" (7.9 1151M9-20). See also 7.2
1146al6-21, 1.8 1099a7-22, 2.3 1105al-2.
61. Although it is stated in anachronistic terms, see Dennis McKerlie's claim that "sometimes it
seems that Aristotle sees virtuous actions as having an intrinsic value that is not explained by their
90
the deed is simply taken as a good; the spoudaios regards this beauty as his own highest
good. The relation is thus extremely direct; the spoudaioi just find noble actions
possessed with a radiance that endows them with worth; and sharing in something of
such worth is seen as something agathon. In contemplating their own kalon deeds (9.4
Even granting something like this, however, some commentators still have
possible that one would come ahead even in the tally of noble actions by dying in battle
rather than living a long life filled with noble deeds. " But this objection shows a
magnitude, which here predominates. The point is that such a death is the grandest sort
of action possible, and that the spoudaios yearns for this grandeur.63 Even in Bk. 3's
less elevated treatment of courage Aristotle claims that the courageous prefer what is
kalon in war above all other things - even, that is, above the noble in other spheres (3.9
1117b 14-15). Similarly, commentators wonder why one shameful act of fleeing would
connection to eudaimonia - rather, it is their intrinsic value that explains why they contribute to our
eudaimonia when we perform them" in "Friendship, Self-Love, and Concern for Others in Aristotle's
Ethics'7 in Ancient Philosophy 11 (1991): 85—101, at 88. The point is that in this passage articulating the
viewpoint of the spoudaios, the goodness of kalon deeds is presented as being prior to and explanative of
their relevance for happiness; whereas we might have expected from the early ergon-argument that we
would derive the relevance of ethical deeds for happiness by coming to understand them as markedly
rational. See also J. Donald Monan, "Two Methodological Aspects of Moral Knowledge in the
Nicomachean Ethics" in Aristole et Les Problemes de Methode (Louvain: Centre de Wulf-Mansion,
1980), 247-71, at 258-59.
62. McKerlie, 92; Hardie, Aristotle's Ethical Theory, 330-31; Madigan, 79-80.
63. See Lorraine Smith Pangle's criticism of interpretations that miss this point (235n9).
91
ruin one's eudaimonia - but Aristotle does not speak in 9.8 of avoiding the shameful
(that is found only in Bk. 3's less elevated treatment of courage); again, the point in 9.8
is not that one must sacrifice oneself to avoid shame, but that one wants to sacrifice
oneself in order to be at work with grand and noble action, so as to gain the noble for
oneself.
Consider, then, the contrast: whereas such cases as dying for friend or city
manifest the heights of nobility in the Rhetoric precisely because they show that one did
not gain any good for oneself in such action (1367al-3), in EN 9.8 they are presented as
5
a choice for the greatest good for oneself. In fact, Aristotle begins the discussion of
9.8 by mentioning the view of the Rhetoric; relating the view that unqualifiedly blames
self-love, Aristotle says, "The better a person is, the more he acts on account of the
kalon, and for the sake of a friend, while he disregards his own interest" (9.8 1168a33-
35). This view is, of course, here rejected; but, interestingly enough, it is rejected
without real reference to the transformation in the understanding of the kalon that must
occur in order to make such a rejection. Instead, we just simply and suddenly switch
oneself (1168b29-30). If anything, this only makes the contrast between these two
64. See McKerlie, 92. At any rate, on this point Aristotle would want to be careful to remember
the phenomenological perspective of the great-souled man, for whom "life is not worth living on just any
terms" (4.3 1124b9), as is noted by Tessman, 127.
65. This shift is also discussed by Crisp at 71-78. See also E. M. Cope's commentary on
1389b36-37 (The Rhetoric of Aristotle with Commentary [New York: Arno Press, 1973], 147).
92
This tension between differing conceptions of the kalon is in fact found not just
between the Nicomachean Ethics and the Rhetoric and within EN 9.8, but within the
mixed nature of courage, in which one experiences pain and is called to give up the
greatest goods in order to pursue the kalon (3.9 1117a32-bl 6), in 9.8, there is no
mention of losing goods or of pain but only of gain and pleasure.66 Indeed, in the
context of 9.8, any thought of loss or pain would be unintelligible: the courageous seem
to come out so far ahead in dying nobly that there is no reason to hesitate, no genuine
loss of goods for oneself, only a loss of lesser goods that do not call for pain or sadness
at their loss. This difference is in part explained by the fact that, unlike in Bk. 3, the
kalon is explicitly taken as a good (indeed, as the highest good) for oneself in 9.8, but
this alone is not a sufficient explanation; Aristotle makes a more radical shift between
these passages, changing the fundamental options for choice at stake in each case.
Whereas in 3.9 the courageous have to face the choice between dying nobly in battle or
living a supremely happy and virtuous life, in 9.8. they must choose between dying an
intensely pleasurably, noble death or living a random life, filled with mild pleasure and
trifling actions. Obviously, the proposed alternative to death has undergone a massive
transformation. Also absent from the account of 9.8 is anything like the presentation of
death in 3.6, in which death is seen as a limit beyond which nothing can be good or bad
for the one who dies; such an account of death would ill suit the sort of unqualified gain
that the noble death is supposed to represent for the one who dies.
66. Jaffa saw the problem and commented on it in his Thomism and Aristotelianism, 54-66.
93
These underlying differences, in fact, help to show why we should not simply
take EN 9.8 as providing Aristotle's final and authoritative view on the relation of the
kalon and the agathon, settling the matter as far as the Nicomachean Ethics is
concerned (in which case we would need to minimize the importance of 3.9 or
assimilate its sense to that of 9.8). That is, there are real questions and difficulties about
the claims of 9.8 as compared with those of 3.9, and Aristotle himself seems to confront
us with these through the work as a whole.68 What is the true nature of death? What
sort of goodness is possible for a life that does not seek noble death? Is the kalon really
of a nature such that its gain makes the loss of all else insignificant? Or does that seem
so only through a problematic denial (or at least minimizing) of the goodness of other
sorts of goods? Does 9.8 present a final teaching or should it be better understood as
Burger has noted, early on in the EN Aristotle reminds us of the fact that humans can
adopt a viewpoint such that one limited good appears as the all-encompassing good
beyond which no other goods are even sought (as health appears to the sick) (1.4
1095a22-26).70 Do we find another such case here in 9.8? At any rate, the difference
between the accounts of 3.9 and 9.8 suggests that it is one thing to pursue the beautiful,
67. Note that 9.8 actually represents a sort of return to the position of 2.3: "someone who
endures terrifying things and delights in them, or is at any rate not pained by them, is courageous; but
someone who does so while being pained is a coward" (1104b7-8).
68. This is reflected in the widespread difficulties that commentators have with the argument of
9.8. See, for example, Korsgaard's claim that Aristotle's presentation in 3.9 is far "more honest" than
that of 9.8 (222-23). See also Hardie: "a vicious circle may be suspected in this account of the virtuous
motive [in 9.8]. The 'many years' are first made to seem 'humdrum' by contrast with the intensity of the
brief encounter, and self-sacrifice in the encounter is then justified by the 'triviality' of the alternative"
(330).
69. And perhaps here Aristotle is not even speaking of all the courageous but, as Jaffa reads it, is
speaking of those with superhuman virtue in accord with the new beginning made in Bk. 7 (53-54).
94
and quite another to regard the beautiful as the absolute good of life, identifying the
kalon and the agathon - and Aristotle leaves us with no clear reason to adopt the latter
Furthermore, as Jaffa has argued, it is not wise to simply import a later teaching
of Aristotle onto earlier books, as this renders the tensions of Aristotle's treatment
invisible and thereby obscures important truths that may be manifest through those
tensions. At the very least, as he says, it would seem important to ask why the treatment
71
of the early books has a different emphasis than is provided later. Allowing the
teaching of 9.8 to obscure the presentation of the earlier books is especially unwise if C.
Wesley DeMarco is right that the real truth of Aristotle's dialectic is not simply in the
final result but in the process itself.72 In the section that follows I will attempt to draw
imprecise about the role of the kalon in everyday ethical life. If so, then Aristotle's
71. He writes, "Reading an interpretation into one passage, on the basis of a later one, however it
may be justified as showing the relevance of Aristotle's ultimate intention at a preliminary point, does not
disclose his immediate aim in concealing that ultimate intention, or presenting it in an equivocal or
ambiguous form, at the particular preliminary point"' {Thomism and Aristotelianism, 55).
72. DeMarco writes that "the dialectical aspects [of Aristotle's treatment] are the features of
things in their true dimensions" in "Plato's Ghost: Consequences of Aristotelian Dialectic" in The
Crossroads of Norm and Nature: Essays on Aristotle's "Ethics " and "Metaphysics," ed. May Sim
(Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, 1995), 151-74, at 158.
95
within the perspective of the ordinary moral agent. Here it might be helpful to recall
One would speak adequately if one were to attain the clarity that goes along with
the underlying material [hupokeimenen hulen], for precision should not be sought
in the same way in all kinds of discourse, any more than in things made by the
[various kinds of] craftsmen. The things that are noble [ta kala] and just, about
and wandering [or: inconsistency] \planen], so that they are thought to belong only
to convention and not to nature.... so one ought to be content, when speaking about
such things and reasoning from such things, to point out the truth roughly and in
From the start, then, we know that there will be a fundamental connection between the
nature of the kalon and the imprecision of Aristotle's account throughout the Ethics.
The difficulties of the kalon are, in turn, connected with the disagreement and
inconsistency of the kalon as manifest in what people think and say about it (and thus,
presumably, in how they experience it). In fact, we will see that this opacity of the
kalon in everyday life is aptly reflected by the tensions within Aristotle's treatment.
Commentators lament that Aristotle does not provide a detailed analysis of his
notion of the kalon. But as was discussed above, it is the original experience of the
kalon that is most relevant for everyday moral life, and that is what Aristotle most
wishes to address. Everyday life is familiar with the kalon as the nobility that presents
73. See Leo Strauss, "On Aristotle's Politics" in The City and Man (Chicago: Rand McNally,
1964), 25-28; and Burger, Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates, 4, for more on this quasi-
phenomenological character of Aristotle*s ethical writing.
96
itself in certain sorts of deeds, and, although it surely has some grasp on the underlying
factors that make for the kalon, it nonetheless never forgets the nobility itself in favor of
these. The kalon is the glow that certain deeds possess, their splendor and moral
beauty. One can speak of this or that ground of the kalon, but one must take care not to
let the beauty or nobility slip away in favor of the grounds themselves. Some
commentators, for example, makes it sound as though "for the sake of the kalon" simply
means "for the sake of the common good," a view which, whether it is right or wrong in
suggesting that the kalon always involves the common good, is certainly wrong in
suggesting that the kalon adds no distinct notion of its own. If these commentators
were correct, one would wonder why Aristotle did not simply speak of the altruism or
rationality of the deed and leave it at that; it would seem as though Aristotle is simply
speaking in some strange code-language, that he just decides to give the name to kalon
then, Aristotle keeps us focused on that which is most relevant for ordinary moral life,
If the preceding argument relates to the nature of the kalon itself as experienced
in ordinary moral life, then the following relates to the kalon with regard to ordinary
moral motivations, and the aspect under which the kalon is pursued. It seems correct to
say that the ordinary moral agent is very likely not in possession of a fully articulated
account of his moral motivation. If Aristotle is right about the proper motive for
75. This is perhaps also connected to the larger goals of the work; Aristotle tells us from the start
that there is a sense in which the "that'" will be more important for his work than any "why" (1.4 1095bl-
9).
97
courage, then if one were to ask the courageous soldier why he risked his life in battle,
he would say that he did so because it was noble. Importantly, however, if one were
then to press the soldier as to why that nobility matters, or the respect in which it is
relevant, it seems likely that he might well have difficulty in providing an answer that
much clarified matters. If one were to try to help by asking the soldier whether he
pursued that nobility simply as nobility or whether he pursued that nobility with
reference to himself as something good for himself, he might well have difficulty
answering. When Aristotle says that the courageous person (and generally the virtuous
person) acts for the sake of the noble and (for the most part) leaves the matter at that,
we must take seriously the possibility that the lack of clarity of this statement is due
Pressing this point somewhat further, one might suggest that often enough the
desire for the noble as a good for oneself is merely implicit and needs to be 'parsed out'
in order to be seen. One needs to attend to both sides of this: that it is present, and that
for example, a horse to one who loves horses, a show to one who loves shows; and
in the same way acts of justice are pleasant to one who loves justice and generally
things in accord with virtue to one who loves virtue. (1.8 1099a8-l 1)
Although the focus here is on the connection of virtue (and thus of the kalon - Aristotle
also speaks here of the lover of the kalon, the philokalos, 1099al3) and pleasure, one
76. See Allan's related thoughts in "The fine and the good in the Eudemian Ethics1' at 69-70.
98
wonders whether this does not also reveal something of an implicit connection between
the kalon and the good. After all, is it really possible for someone to be a lover of X
without at least implicitly taking X to be something good for oneself, a part of one's
happiness? Love and happiness seem hard to ever fully pry apart; that which is lovable
when one is a lover of the justice of which it is said that "neither the dawn's nor the
evening's light is so wondrous" (5.1 1129b29-30), one probably at least implicitly takes
it as something that is part of one's own happiness. But this need not be explicit; the
main theme is simply the beauty of virtue. Applying this to the case of courage that
Aristotle speaks of in Bk. 3, this means that the lover of the noble in war who sacrifices
the greatest goods and chooses a death that forms the limit beyond which there is
nothing good or bad for oneself (3.6 1115a26-27, 3.9 1117b7-15) is nonetheless
the opposite of the kalon, the aischron, the (morally) ugly or shameful. Interestingly, it
is only with respect to courage that Aristotle speaks of being motivated to act in a
aischron (3.7 1116al 1-12, 3.8 1117al6-17, 3.9 1117b9).77 One common moral
experience (even if it pertains to those not fully perfect in virtue) is that of saying, "I
don't want to be the sort of person who would do something that ugly." Here we see
77. At least one of the reasons this is usually less heavily emphasized is presumably to be found
in Aristotle's claim that "it is more characteristic of virtue...to do kalon things rather than not do aischron
ones" (4.1 1120al4-15). Presumably, it is at least in part due to the great difficulty involved in facing
down the prospect of death that reference to avoiding the ugly or shameful becomes more acceptable
here; one needs all the motivation one can get.
99
the self-regarding character: one does not want to stain oneself with moral ugliness.
This suggests that the same self-regarding character is present as well with regard to the
kalon, although in a somewhat more concealed way. The subtlety with which Aristotle
connects the kalon and the good in the early books of the Nicomachean Ethics perhaps
reflects this situation, in which one is pursuing the kalon in a way that is not fully
clarified or in which one is only implicitly pursuing one's good in pursuing the kalon.
b. Common Opinion
If we now look beyond the structure of ordinary moral motivation and instead
focus on what common opinion has to say about the connection of the kalon and the
good in a quite general way, we find another interesting difficulty that Aristotle's
treatment makes manifest. Common opinion seems torn on this point, familiar both
with the idea that nobility has nothing to do with one's own good or even that it is found
when one disregards or sacrifices one's good and also with the idea that the noble itself
constitutes one's own good. We learn of the commitment of common opinion to the
belief that the kalon and agathon are separate and even opposed through the Rhetoric's
popular account. The idea that the noble simply is one's own good is also common
enough, and is found, for example, in the famous statement of Solon in Herodotus'
Histories, namely, that it is a great good for oneself to die in a noble cause and that
7Q
In this controversy, then, we find just that sort of disagreement [diaphora] that
Aristotle speaks of with regard to the kalon, the difficulty that he tells us will be
reflected in the imprecision of his treatment (1.3 1094b 15-16). Aristotle's way of
78. As is also recognized by W. F. R. Hardie in his Aristotle's Ethical Theory, 330.
79. See also K. J. Dover, Greek Popular Morality in the Time of Plato and Aristotle, 70.
100
stressing first the pursuit of eudaimonia and then of the kalon (before returning to
happiness in Bk. 10), leaving the relation of the two so problematic throughout the
- Ethics, is thus perhaps his way of subtly reflecting this difficulty. The early books
present an account of the kalon that leans toward the less self-regarding kalon as found
in the Rhetoric. His account of cases of apparent self-sacrifice in 9.8 constitutes his
clearest formulation of the other trend within common opinion. Indeed, it seems that
Aristotle works hard to accommodate this tension, carefully presenting views which
favor the one or the other strand of ordinary moral thought. This is both a masterful
perspective and a strong incentive for further philosophical reflection: what exactly is
Perhaps even more interestingly, Aristotle shows how these two divergent
opinions can be found at work in the moral life in a surprising conjunction, the one
building off the other. As Lorraine Smith Pangle has argued, Aristotle's presentation of
the noble in 9.8 is fraught with a tension: on the one hand, Aristotle, in line with
common opinion, presents cases of apparent self-sacrifice (e.g., dying for friend and
country, forgoing wealth and honors in favor of a friend) as being the most noble; on
the other hand, also in line with a thread of common opinion, he argues that since such
actions provide the agent with the noble, a good that outweighs all other goods, there is
101
quality of these actions is what makes for their nobility, then is it not in some way
contradictory to say that since they are noble they do not involve self-sacrifice?
Lorraine Smith Pangle has suggested that this problem helps us to see something of the
quandary facing the spoudaios of 9.8: he is inclined to see the noble as both the greatest
good for himself and as involving the greatest self-sacrifice. And indeed, despite the
apparently contradictory nature of these two views, they nonetheless have a sort of
strength that is hard to ignore or do away with. It is this tension of opinions within
ordinary moral life that Aristotle carefully captures and puts before us for further
philosophical reflection.
If the tensions of Aristotle's treatment show that he does not take the relation
between the kalon and the good for granted, and if for that very reason they stir up
philosophical reflection on the matter, then it would seem that the EN calls for a certain
thoughtful caution with regard to the kalon. Perhaps, then, it would be fruitful to reflect
on Aristotle's reasons for being hesitant to simply identify these two. What might be a
danger of the kalon? One manifest danger is that an excessive love for the kalon will
overshadow one's attention to the sphere of the necessary, and with that, the
advantageous (the sphere of those goods that are not kalon but nonetheless good - e.g.,
81. As Aristotle shows us in the Rhetoric, we tend to hold that most fine are "those things that
are more capable of being present after one is dead than while one is alive, for things present during life
have more about them that is for one's own sake" (1367al-3).
82. Smith Pangle further suggests that Aristotle wants us to see that the kalon needs to be re-
thought, such that it is no longer seen as having a ground in self-sacrifice, and that action is instead to be
deemed noble when we find in it "the rationally chosen act of a strong soul, able to see clearly what is
good, to love friends who are good, to marshal great capacities to benefit those one cares about, and to
pursue one's highest concerns with enlightened, unwavering self-command" (175-76).
102
health and, quite generally, the preservation of the conditions for living and thus living
well).
This danger becomes clear late in the Nicomachean Ethics: initially Aristotle
speaks of the pursuit of kalon as the governing telos of political life (the pursuit of
virtue is the end of the political life, and the end of virtue is the kalon [1.5 1095b22^30,
4.1 1120a23-24])83 - but later he reintroduces the demands of necessity and the
advantageous, bringing the political life back down to earth.84 As he tells us in Bk. 10,
the activity of the person involved in politics is unleisured, and political activity
achieves, beyond itself, positions of power and honors and the happiness for
oneself and for citizens that is different from political activity, and which it is clear
that we seek as something different from it.... among actions in accord with the
virtues, those that pertain to politics and war are pre-eminent in beauty and
magnitude, but they are unleisured and aim at some end and are not chosen for their
Aristotle does not expand on these themes with the detail one might hope for, but at
least part of what he seems to be arguing is that politics must deal not just with the
pursuit of noble actions, but also with such necessary things as preserving the city, and
securing the grounds for a certain standard of living for its citizens. This becomes clear
insofar as Aristotle here makes an analogy between political and martial action,
utilizing his immediately prior argument that the martial virtues are not simply desirable
84. For other passages in which Aristotle brings his relatively lofty presentation back to
remembrance of necessity and the advantageous, see 5.1 1129bl7—19, 5.5 1132b31-1333a2, 8.9
1160all-14.
103
in themselves. Just as war is not desirable for itself but for the sake of its consequences
for the well-being of the city (10.7 1177b6—12), so too does political action find much
of its point in simply securing necessary external goods for the political unit. Thus,
politics must seek, as he says, the happiness that is different from political activity
itself85
There are two points to draw from this: (1) that even in cases where the beautiful
and advantageous coincide, the statesman does not or should not look to the beautiful
alone, but must also be motivated by the advantageous and (2) that there is the
possibility that the beautiful and the advantageous can conflict, in which case the
statesman must use prudence to adjudicate between these conflicting claims, with no
immediate assumption that the claims of the kalon must trump everything else. For
example, Aristotle himself holds that punishment is not simply kalon and has more of
necessity to it (Politics 1332a7-l 8). Too overreaching a concern for the beautiful
could lead one to become unable to perform the sort of punishing that is necessary for
law-based society.
the midst of very concrete and practical advice (e.g., what type of land a city should be
85. My emphasis here on necessity is not meant to deny the important role of honor in this
passage, but only to articulate one aspect of what it seems that Aristotle means by speaking of "the
happiness...that is different from political activity."
86. Similarly, when discussing what is appropriate conduct in various sorts'of relationships,
Aristotle writes, "Or is it no easy matter to determine all such matters precisely? For they contain many
differences of all sorts in magnitude and smallness, of both what is noble and what is necessaty" (9.2
1164b27-30, my emphasis). See also 9.2 1165a2-4, 33, 3.1 1110a4-b9, 5.11 1138a29-b5, 7.4 1148a23-
b2.
87. See also Rhetoric 1366b32-36; Plato's Gorgias 469b, Laws 860b, and Republic 439e^40a
with Ronna Burger's "The Thumotic Soul" in Epoche 7 no. 2 (2003): 151-67, esp. 156.
104
built on, how one should deal with water supply). Aristotle raises the question of
As regards walls, those who deny that cities laying claim to virtue should have
especially when they see the cities that have pretensions of that sort refuted by fact.
Possibly it is not a noble [kalon] thing to seek preservation from [attackers who
are] similar and not much greater in numbers by means of walls. But since it
happens - and is [always] possible - that the preeminence of the attackers is greater
than virtue that is [only] human and resident in a few [who make up the city body],
the safest fortification of walls must be supposed to be most what accords with
military expertise, if [the city] is to be preserved and not suffer any ills or be
arrogantly treated, particularly given the inventions of the present [dealing with
sieges]. (1330b32-41)
The point is that there is an 'old guard' that regards the building of walls as something
low, base, ignoble. Better, they think, to put your trust solely in your arms - if you are
defeated, then so be it - you must then deserve to be defeated, and life would not be
worth living on such terms. To hide behind walls - as advantageous as that may be - is
un-becoming for real men [andres]. What Aristotle here reveals is that he is not
willing to countenance the claims of these staunch defenders of the noble. There is a
prudential limit to the extent to which the noble should be pursued. If the noble is given
105
sole voice in matters of action, that is, is given absolute priority, it will lead to ruin and
Aristotle's treatment in the Rhetoric of the general characteristics that go with different
times of life. In describing the youth, Aristotle begins with commonplace claims:
young men are governed by desires, especially bodily desires and those for sex
(1389a3-6). But as he continues, he adds an interesting new twist: the young also tend
to governed by the kalon: "they prefer to perform kalon deeds rather than advantageous
ones, because they live by character more than by reasoning, and reasoning has to do
with what is advantageous, while virtue has to do with what is kalon" (1389a32-34).
There is something, perhaps, about the spiritedness [thumos] of the youth that leads
them especially to such a love of the noble.91 And as Aristotle says, there is something
about thumos that tends to excess (EN 7.6 1149a25-32). The old are characterized in
the opposite way: "they live with a view to what is advantageous rather than to what is
kalon more so than one should, on account of being lovers of self. For the
advantageous is good for oneself, while the kalon is good simply" (Rhetoric 1389b36-
1390al).
89. We can think of this as Aristotle's word to the common view of the Homeric heroes or the
heroic tradition generally.
90. See Aristotle's claim toward the end of the EN that certain youths have a strong love for the
beautiful and thus the ability to benefit from ethical speeches (10.9 1179b7—10).
91. Note that Aristotle downplays the importance of thumos and thus its possible connection
with the kalon in the Nicomachean Ethics. On this general point, see especially Ronna Burger's
Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates, 149-50. See also Cooper's discussion of the connection of thumos
and the kalon in the EN in his "Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value," 276-80; and similar work by
Eugene Garver in Confronting Aristotle's Ethics: Ancient and Modern Morality (Chicago: University of
Chicago Press), 116-23.
106
It is only those in the prime of life who, as a group, tend to find the mean
between these excesses, "living with a view not to what is kalon or what is
advantageous alone but to both" (1390a33-bl), weighing the demands of each in the
particular situation and acting accordingly. (This is, perhaps, as satisfactory a general
statement on prudence as can be made.92) That an excessive love for the noble and
beautiful is possible, then, seems clear: it characterizes (at least one strand of) the
immaturity of youth. Could there even be a sort of hubris entailed in the excessive love
for the beautiful, an attempt to rise above the human condition? Aristotle recommends
throwing the poets' cautions about moderation to the wind when it comes to the life of
the mind (10.7 1117b31-34), but he makes no such point with regard to the attempt to
relation to the good, this should not only be forgiven but even commended as a
reflection of the wandering nature {plane, 1.3 1094M6) of the noble in everyday moral
treatment, and this would be a gain even if it were to do nothing more than make clear
to us a fundamental aporia (impasse) that arises from our ordinary beliefs. As Aristotle
says elsewhere, trying to philosophize without an awareness of the aporiai is like trying
93. Surely this is something he learned from Plato and the kallipolis of the Republic (527c).
Lorraine Smith Pangle has illumined another aspect of this danger of the kalon: Aristotle speaks of the
spoudaios as "competing [hamillomenon] for the kalon" (9.8 1169a8-9), a formula that reminds us that
there are only so many roles - such as ruler or general - in which to perform the most kalon actions, and
that the unbridled desire to perform noble actions could lead to a problematic competition for these roles
(173). See Stern-Gillet, however, for an attempt to read Aristotle's statement differently (116-18). Note
that Irwin translates the verb hamillaomai here by its less common meaning of "to strive" (and see his
note on p. 296 in "Notes").
107
fact, Aristotle does seem to subtly indicate to us something more than just the aporia;
we see, at the least, the problematic nature of the unqualified zeal for the pursuit of the
kalon, or the danger of simply identifying the noble and the good, even as we are also
shown the crucial and ineliminable role of the noble in ethical and political life.
108
Chapter 4: Prudence
Aristotle seems to torment the reader with a sort of systematic imprecision, it is here. It
is perhaps not without reason that Aristotle provides one of his more extensive claims as
to the inevitability of ethical imprecision immediately after raising the issue of right
reason and thus prudence (2.2 1103b31—1104al 1); the two seem to run hand in hand
The thorniest issue in this tangled topic is found in the question as to the relation
of prudence to the ends and means of human action and life. Does prudence in some
way set the ends of the ethical life or is it limited to a more subordinate function? This
It was once common to hear it said that Aristotelian prudence deals only with means to
ends and not at all with ends, an interpretation that would seem to have the benefit of
1. See also EN 6.1, where Aristotle, in raising again the issue of right reason, admits that a
certain emptiness or vagueness has haunted the preceding inquiries [alethes men, outhen de saphes,
1138b25-26] and then undertakes to resolve that problem in Bk. 6. It is, however, very much at issue
whether he ever does this. Broadie, however, argues that he does fulfill his pledge when the pledge is
interpreted in the correct manner; see her Ethics with Aristotle, 188-90.
2. We will look at these passages in the EN in what follows. For a representation of the
scholarly position that sees a minimal relation between prudence and ends, see Julius Walter's Die Lehre
von derpraktischen Vernunft in der griechiscen Philosophie (Jena, 1874), esp. 208-12; Rackham,
Aristotle: Nicomachean Ethics ad 1142b32; John Burnet, The Ethics ofAristotle ad 1142b32 (but see note
48 below); Werner Jaeger, "Aristotle's Use of Medicine as Model of Method in His Ethics" in The
Journal of Hellenic Studies 11 (1957): 54-61, at 59; William Fortenbaugh, "Aristotle's Conception of
Moral Virtue and Its Perceptive Role" in Transactions and Proceedings of the American Philological
Association 95 (1964): 77-87. John McDowell is the best known contemporary adherent of minimalism,
arguing repeatedly that there is no special sense in which intellect discerns the "correct conception of
doing well," and holding that we should look to habituation to provide the only sort of 'foundation' that
exists here. Stated differently, the only rational element of practice is this: ethical virtue as a group of
habituated tendencies of motivation makes use of a concept (viz., of the noble) to make its assessments of
situations, and can then correctly or incorrectly judge any given act as noble or ignoble. Nonetheless, he
109
have been forceful attacks upon that interpretation in the twentieth century, and in fact
this debate has roots that stretch back much further.4 The truth of the matter is that
there is scholarly controversy surrounding such matters not accidentally but because the
connection with the previously discussed problem of the kalon in the Nicomachean
Ethics. If the kalon is meant to function as the overarching telos of the ethical virtues
(4.1 1120a23-4), then the question immediately arises as to how and by what such an
end is established. Does prudence direct one to the pursuit of the kalon, and if so, what
account should we give of the way in which it does so? The difficulty seen above as to
the way in which the kalon functions as the overarching ethical end thus becomes a
difficulty as to how the kalon is established as an end in the first place. I will return to
says, Aristotle gives us nothing by which one would judge whether having the noble as one's end (or
having it in such relative priority to other ends) is itself correct or justified. Surprisingly, McDowell does
not seem to think that this opens onto larger questions of the whole of the cosmos and the status of the
kalon within it, nor that this presents any problem for the life of ethical virtue, nor that this has anything
to do with Aristotle's move to theoria in Bk. 10. See his "Deliberation and Moral Development in
Aristotle's Ethics" in Aristotle, Kant, and the Stoics: Rethinking Happiness and Duty, eds. Stephen
Engstrom and Jennifer Whiting (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1996), 19-35, as well as his
"Virtue and Reason" in Aristotle's Ethics: Critical Essays, ed. Nancy Sherman (Boulder: Rowman &
Littlefield Publishers, 1999), 121-43.
3. See John Cooper, Reason and Human Good in Aristotle (Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing,
1986), esp. 58-71; Terence Irwin, Aristotle's First Principles (New York: Clarendon Press, 1990), 333-
38, and "Notes," 242, 249; Martha Nussbaum, "Non-Scientific Deliberation" in Fragility of Goodness,
esp. 297; David Wiggins, "Deliberation and Practical Reason" in Essays on Aristotle's Ethics, 221^40;
Richard Sorabji, "Aristotle on the Role of Intellect in Virtue" in Essays on Aristotle's Ethics, esp. 208-
14; C. D. C. Reeve, Practices of Reason: Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics" (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1992), esp. 79-87; Norman Dahl, Practical Reason, Aristotle, and Weakness of the Will (Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press, 1984), esp. 35—60; Christine Korsgaard, "From Duty and For the Sake of
the Noble," 214-15. It seems safe to say that the general view of these authors, allowing for their
differences, represents the current majority position. But see note 87 below.
4. In fact, one of the earliest works on the Nicomachean Ethics that we have, Alexander of
Aphrodisias' Ethical Problems (trans. R. W. Sharpies, [Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press,
1990]), shows awareness of this problem, although Alexander does nothing to try to solve the impasse.
See problem 22, 142:23-143:8, p. 56; also problem 25, 148:5-151:16, pp. 63-67. We will see how
Aquinas tries to address this below.
110
this question throughout this chapter in attempting to shed light on the tensions inherent
in Aristotelian prudence.
This chapter will have two main parts, first a section in which I try to trace out
some of the problems found in Aristotle's presentation of phronesis throughout the EN,
arguing that these admit of no easy harmonization, and, second, a section in which I try
to explain why there is reason to think that these difficulties are themselves illuminating
broader wisdom or understanding of the whole; such an agent has as the backdrop for
his prudence an implicit view of the whole which nonetheless does not arrive at the
a. The Ergon-argument
very early in the Nicomachean Ethics, through the tension of seemingly conflicting
proposed to do so by looking for the work [ergon] proper to the human as human, with
the general idea that a good (and thus happy) x is an x that does its work well. After
5. For a sense of both the difficulty and dangerousness of deliberation about ends, one need only
look to Homer's Iliad and the politically dangerous and utterly impotent attempt by Achilles to deliberate
about ends (see Bk. 9, esp. 307-429). This must be taken as a sort of locus classicus and would surely
inform Aristotle's treatment of the matter.
Ill
eliminating the activities of nutrition and perception as shared with other species, he
writes,
So there remains a certain life of action [praktike tis] of that in us that has reason;
of this, one [part] [is of this sort] as obeying reason, the other as itself having
reason and thinking. And since this is meant in two ways, one must set it down as
that in accord with activity [kat' energeian], since this seems to be the more
governing meaning.. .[and] the work of a human being is an activity of the soul in
accord with reason, or not without reason [kata logon e me aneu logon]. (1.7
1098a3-8)
As Aristotle makes clear at the end of Bk. 1, the part that has reason as obeying reason
is the desiring part of the soul (1.13 1102b29-l 103a4).6 Ethical virtue is an active
condition [hexis] of this desiring part of the soul. This, then, means that ethical virtue
is established as worthwhile on the basis of its status as a form of rational activity, more
precisely, as a form of that rationality that obeys reason as a child does a father (1.13
1102b31-1103a4).9
There are several reasons at this point to think that practical rationality would
have something to do with ends. First, if ethical virtue is to receive a full justification,
6. As he also makes clear there, there is something imprecise about speaking of "parts" - this
seems to go too far in distinguishing or reifying such aspects of the soul (1.13 1102al9-32). This is the
sort of imprecision that it generated, at least on one level, through the need to stay on track with the
ethical inquiry rather than diverge into other disciplines. In On the Soul, he speaks strongly against the
notion of parts (see esp. 432al9-b7). I will return to this in part 2 below.
7. In the sense of habitus, a way of holding oneself. Both hexis and habitus are derived from
verbs of holding. Contemporary usage of the term habit has wandered very far from this sense and has
thus become inappropriate as a translation.
8. Aristotle makes this explicit in the EE (1220a8-l 1); and it is the unstated but nonetheless
obvious conclusion of what he does say at the end of Bk. 1 of the EN.
9. Note that there are apparently two levels of obedience: the sort of obedience that characterizes
the continent and the sort that characterizes the virtuous (1.13 1102b25-28).
112
then it must be rational in the strong sense, that is, as pursuing ends set by reason. After
all, to be rational merely in one's choice of means to ends would be a rather minimal
sort of rationality (even when "means" is understood in a very broad sense). Second,
see practical reason solely in terms of means but actually points toward a broader
conception of it: obedience can generally be had with regard to ends as well as means
and in fact tends to point toward this. Third, when Aristotle makes this notion of
father, this would again seem to point to the idea that practical reason directs ethical
virtue in both ends and means, just as a father is in authority over both for his children.
In what way, then, does the desiring part of the soul obey reason? That is to say,
what is the distinctly rational dictate that desire here follows?1' Aristotle leaves this
vague for the moment, and although he will later provide some suggestions, these never
fully leave such vagueness behind. For the moment, though, it might prove helpful to
think about how this un-argued for, quickly stated connection between reason and
ethical virtue might have sounded to the ears of his Greek audience. It seems very
likely that his claim here would have strong resonances with the tradition of the
tragedians, for whom ethical virtue (which consists in large part, of course, in
10. The importance of ends for obedience can be seen in the fact that Hume, in denying any
power over ends to reason, expresses this by calling reason the "slave of the passions" (Treatise on
Human Nature, Bk. 2, sec. 3).
11.1 should note that here and throughout my treatment, I will speak of reason in the broad sense
now common that abstracts from the Medieval distinction between intellectus and ratio as an attempt to
express the difference between nous and logos respectively. In fact, even Aquinas blurs this
terminological distinction at times. Nonetheless, the fundamental difference between nous and logos will
not be lost sight of and will become quite important.
113
extra-ethical goods. The rationality of moderation can be seen in a very simple way: if
you engage in acts of hubris, you will be destroyed. Sophrosune is thus rational as a
means to the end of preserving life or a life that is at least relatively choiceworthy in
as senseless time and time again because of the futility of his grandiose attempt to
oppose a god.
In other words, there is a certain way in which it would be easy to see the
rationality of practical reason in its relation to ethical virtue. Its rationality is readily
apparent when ethical virtue is taken as securing and preserving important extra-ethical
goods of the individual (as moderation in matters of the body can preserve one's health
or provide a condition for philosophizing) or of the polis (in the way that justice
paradigmatically secures the order and stability of the city). Indeed, Aristotle flirts with
this idea at times throughout the Nicomachean Ethics, perhaps most strongly when he
suggests that one of the questions that right reason [orthos logos] asks of an action to
returns to this theme in the discussion of the social virtues, which, Aristotle tells us, are
not simply for the sake the kalon, but also for the sake of the advantageous and
necessary. The connection between the virtues and extra-ethical goods is also present
at times in his discussions of justice, when he claims, for example, that "in one sense,
we speak of the things that produce and preserve happiness or its parts in the political
community as just" (5.1 1129bl 7—19) or that "in associations that involve exchange,
what is just.. .holds them together.... for a city stays together by paying things back
12. Sociability itself is tied to the advantageous as well as the kalon (4.6 1126b28-31, 1127a2-
5), and charm is tied to relaxation and thus necessity as well as to the kalon (4.8 1128b3-4).
114
proportionately" (5.5 1132b31-33).13 Finally, this connection returns with force in Bk.
10, when Aristotle links the virtues closely with necessary concerns (10.8 1178alO-13,
10.7 1177b6-26). In all these cases, Aristotle comes close to saying that ethical virtue
is rational as a necessary means to extra-ethical ends that someone would lack only if
mad.
ethical virtue in 1.13 Aristotle is employing resonances of the tradition of the tragedians
and with it common opinion to support or at least provide an entryway into his own
distinctive way of approaching the matter.' That Aristotle does not simply remain with
this, however, is clear from the stress that we have seen him place upon the kalon
throughout his treatment of ethical virtue: the kalon is the definitive end of ethical
action. This move makes the rational status of ethical action much more difficult - for
how does one determine whether the kalon is a distinctly rational end?
For the moment, however, I wish to hold off pursuing that question. The fact
that Aristotle occasionally ties ethical virtue to motives more of the advantageous than
of the kalon forces us to ask whether he contradicts anything of the overall structure or
architectonic role for the EN, then this question can be made more concrete by asking
13. See also EN 8.9 1160al 1-14: "the political community seems to gather together from the
beginning, and to remain together, for the sake of what is advantageous. The lawmakers aim at this, and
people call the common advantage just."
14. This is to make two claims: (1) anun-argued for claim as to the rationality of ethical virtue
will tend to be assimilated to the common understanding of the relation of the two and (2) that Aristotle,
as someone interested enough in rhetoric to write the Rhetoric, would know that it would be taken in this
way. This is also supported by the fact that he connects right reason directly to sdphrosune (which is,
however, of much narrower scope here than in the tragedians) much more often than he does with the
other virtues (see 3.11 1119al6-20, 3.12 1119b3-18, 7.9 1151b34-l 152a6). There is also some
suggestion that sdphrosune may be the highest of the ethical virtues in this respect; at any rate, Aristotle
writes that the violation of sdphrosune, as centering upon delights of the most animalistic sense powers,
is most strongly against reason and thus is "justly the most reproached vice" (3.10 1118b2 3).
115
whether there is anything in that argument that would favor intrinsic ethical motivations
(i.e., choosing ethical virtue for its own sake, 2.4 1105a32) over extrinsic ethical
motivations (ethical virtue as advantageous toward the sort of extra-ethical goods that
have a structural role in the life of an individual and the community). And when one
asks this question, it seems clear that the ergon-argument is quite indifferent to the
assume for the moment that it is wholly unproblematic for Aristotle that the kalon is a
distinctly rational end, it would nonetheless seem rational to pursue ethical virtue for the
sake of extrinsic consequences such as health of body, tranquility of soul, freedom from
punishment, stability of the city, et cetera, as well as for the intrinsic end of the kalon.
This complicates the rational status of ethical virtue and, thus, of prudence.
Why does prudence for so much of the EN seem to be limited to the pursuit of the kalon
alone?1 Is this a distinctly rational limitation? Can prudence adopt other ends?
What does it mean for prudence to reason from an end in the first place? Can it
contribute in any way to establishing its end(s)? At this early point in his inquiry,
Aristotle leaves all of this unclear. In fact, these questions haunt the Nicomachean
the puzzling qualification that Aristotle provides along the way; after making a rather
15. For example, in Bk.6 Aristotle says that prudence pursues eupraxia and the good attainable
in actions (6.5 1140b6-7, 6.7 1141bl2-14). We will consider this further below.
16. This would, of course, raise the problem of possible conflicts of ends. John McDowell
argues that prudence does not have any end other than the noble in his "Deliberation and Moral
Development," 30—31. Nonetheless, additional evidence for the fact that prudence has some ability to
relate to other ends is suggested by 3.1 1110a4-b9, 5.11 1138a28-b5, 9.2 1164b27-30, 10.7 1177b6-26,
10.8 1178a9-14. See sec. I.e. below.
116
strong and bold claim that the only truly human activity is activity in accord with
reason, he softens this claim to an amazing degree: the proper work of a human is
either activity in accord with reason or at least not without it! Why is there the need for
appropriate to say that such a thing is not wholly without reason than to say that it is
genuinely in accord with it?19 If so, then perhaps we should not expect practical
rationality to set ends - this would then seem to be too rational to fit something that is
merely "not without reason." In these ways Aristotle clues us in from the start through
subtle ambiguities that there is something muddy about phronesis and that further
b. Archai
early on that there will be difficulty regarding the role of the intellect in the ethical
sphere. He writes,
17. To see how strong it is, note that Aristotle himself later says that "non-rational feelings
[aloga pathe] [viz., those of spiritedness (thumos) and bodily desire (epithumia)] seem to be no less
human than reasoning is" (3.1 111 lbl).
18. This qualification is echoed later in Bk. 1: in the ergow-argument itself Aristotle states
without qualification that the part of the soul having reason is two-fold (1.7 1098a5-7), but later writes,
"If one ought to say that this [desiring] part of the soul has reason, then having reason will also be two-
fold" (1.13 1103al-2, emphasis added).
19. Whereas this passage gives us the distinction between being in accord with [kata] reason and
not being without it, Aristotle later gives us the distinction between the state that is in accord with right
reason and that which internally involves right reason [he meta ton orthou logou hexis] (6.13 1144b26—
27).
20. There are two distinct but related senses of arche that become important to Aristotle's
discussion. The 'low' sense of arche is that of beginning or starting-point, in the way that common
opinion or the "first for us" is an arche for further reflection. The 'high' sense of arche is that of
principle or source, as that which provides for the intelligibility of what follows upon it, and which does
not rest on anything further behind it, and thus cannot be further explained.
117
91
[1 ] Perhaps, then, we, at any rate, ought to begin from the things that are known
to us. This is why one who is going to listen adequately to discourse about things
that are kalon and just, and generally about things that pertain to political matters,
needs to have been brought up finely in habituation. For the arche is the that
[hoti], and if this is sufficiently clear, there is no additional need for the why [dioti].
And such a person [i.e., the one brought up well] either has or easily gets hold of
the archas. If one neither has them nor has it in him to get hold of them, let him
harken to Hesiod: "Best of all is the one who himself thinks out all things, while he
too is worthy who is persuaded by one who speaks well, but he who neither
discerns, nor, harkening to another, lays to heart what he says, that one for his part
Here the arche is linked with the that and separated from the why. This, together with
the fact that Aristotle is elaborating on the role of the "first for us," makes it clear that
arche here has the sense not of source or principle but of beginning or starting-point.
What, then, is the that? It would seem to consist in a sort of acquaintance with the
kalon and the just as these are found in common ethical and political experience. If one
is to be a good student of political lectures, then one must have a root familiarity with
the kalon and the just. That this is the meaning of the that here is supported by the fact
that in 10.9 Aristotle speaks of those who, not having had habituation in the kalon, lack
even a notion [ennoian] of it (10.9 1179bl3—16). One needs this root familiarity if one
21. For the sake of clarity throughout sec. 1 .b., I will number passages and refer to them by
number.
118
denies that the student of politics needs the why. The meaning of this claim is
The above passage must then be considered together with its sister-passage that
[2] And one ought not to demand a cause (or: explanation) [aitian] in all things
alike, either, but it is sufficient in some cases for the that [to hoti] to be shown
finely [deichthenai kalos], and so it is with such things as concern archas; the that
is first [proton] and an arche. And of archai, some are beheld [theorountai] by
[ethismoi tini], and others in other ways. So one must try to go after each of them
by the means that belong to its nature, and be serious about distinguishing them
finely, for this holds great weight for what follows. For it seems that the beginning
[arche] is more than half of the whole and many of the things inquired after
Passage [2] presents us with an interpretive difficulty. Here we see the same linkage of
arche and the that, as well as a return to the connection between habituation and the
arche, which would seem to show that Aristotle is returning to the same thought he was
exploring in passage [1]. But a closer look renders this problematic: is Aristotle here
speaking, as above in [1], of cases in which one does not for whatever reason need a
22. John McDowell proposes two options for interpreting the why: the why can either be a pre-
moral sort of principle that would justify ethics from a pre-ethical ground or, as McDowell thinks is the
case, is instead a sort of deepening of one's grasp upon the that (in a coherentist vein): "moving beyond
the 'that' to the 'because' is moving from unreflective satisfaction with piecemeal applications of the
outlook to a concern with how they hang together, so that intelligibility accrues to the parts from their
linkage to the whole" ("Deliberation and Moral Development," 31).
119
simply not possible, because one has reached the source or principle of the matter,
beyond which there is nothing further to explain? In certain ways passage [2] seems to
echo the many passages in his corpus in which he speaks of arche in the strict sense as
the fundamental source. This is perhaps most strongly suggested by his reference to
the way in which induction leads to archai, this being the standard way in which the
principles of the theoretical sciences are reached. It is also supported by his speaking
of the that as proton [first], which here sounds as though he means first in the order of
things."
If we were to follow this interpretive route, both arche and the hoti here in [2]
would have a quite different sense than that of passage [1]. Arche would here mean
source, not beginning, and the hoti would not be merely the first for us, but the
fundamental facts that govern everything else. Presumably the arche in question would
then concern the kalon, insofar as Aristotle elsewhere says that the end of an action is
the arche of the action (6.5 1140bl6-17), and says that the kalon is the end of ethical
virtue (4.1 1120a23-24). The arche would seem to be something like this: that the
kalon is worth pursuing even at the cost of other goods. In other words, here the arche
would not be the starting-point of an acquaintance with the kalon, as it was before in
23. See, e.g., Topics 100a30-b21, Posterior Analytics 71b20-33, 76al7-36. Most translators
generally render arche here in the stronger sense, by something like principle.
25. See Posterior Analytics 72a7. Thomas Aquinas takes the two passages to be making the
same basic point, but he understands arche as principle in both (Commentary, sees. 51-54 [pp. 17-18],
sees. 137-38 [p. 46]). The example that he provides, however, is a surprising one: sensual desires are
reduced in force if one holds out against them or fasts. It is hard to see in what sense this is an ethical
principle in the strong sense of the word. There is certainly nothing there that would provide any ultimate
foundation of ethics.
120
[1], but the source of action as knowledge that the kalon is a genuine end for human
life.
But such a reading is, as Aristotle would say, ex hupotheseos (on the basis of a
related problem centered on the issue of habituation. Aristotle had just recently
connected habit and the archai in passage [1], claiming that fine habituation provides
the "first for us" starting-points [archai] for even listening to political discourses. Now
in [2] we again find him speaking of the need for habituation to grasp the archai. Does
[2] then mean to repeat the previous point or to make a stronger point? The possibility
for a stronger claim comes out not only in the general sense that archai might hold its
stricter meaning here but also in Aristotle's talk of beholding [from the verb theoreo]
the archai. Does reference to such "beholding" suggest something that transcends
habit? In other words, does the habituation bring one to a place from which one can see
something (i.e., the genuine sources or principles of the practical life) in a purely
77
rational manner or does the beholding really just remain within the habituation itself,
as the sort of outlook of the habituation? This is not fully clear from what we see here,
but we can at least say this: it would be bizarre for Aristotle to introduce such an
important doctrine in a way that sounds so much like the weaker claim he has just made
in [1] regarding the connection between habituation and archai, that is, to introduce it
27. This is suggested by Irwin in "Some Rational Aspects of Incontinence," Southern Journal of
Philosophy 27 (1988): S49-S88. He writes, "Non-cognitive training [i.e., habituation] is
necessary... because we need some non-cognitive preparation if we are to be able to listen carefully and
without distortion or distraction to what practical reason tells us" (83).
121
Furthermore, Aristotle's expansion of the possession of the archai beyond
corpus. This anomaly suggests that he may employ in passage [2], or at least in the
second part of this passage (from b3 on), a generic sense of arche that is indifferent to
the distinction between starting-point and source. In addition, one should also note
that at the end of passage [2], in playing off both a Greek proverb (that the beginning is
half of the whole) and a line from Hesiod (the half is more than the whole ), he returns
to the use of arche as beginning. Thus we find that Aristotle clearly shifts around to
different senses of arche in at least one way within this one passage.
In fact, if we look back to passage [1] we see that Aristotle makes a similar
switch in the meaning of the arche there as well. Prior to that passage, he writes,
Let it not escape our notice that arguments from first principles [ton archon] differ
from those that go up toward first principles [tas archas]. For Plato rightly raised
this question, and used to inquire whether the road is from first principles or up to
them.... one must begin from what is known, but this has two senses, the things
known to us and the things that are known simply. Perhaps then we, at any rate,
ought to begin from the things that are known to us. (1.4 1095a30-b4)
It is clear from the sort of claim he is making and from the reference to Plato that archai
here has the sense of first principles. But Aristotle then goes on, as we saw, to speak of
28. In the standard version given in the Posterior Analytics, perception is not a direct source of
the arche but rather a source of induction (Bk. 2, ch. 19). See also Physics 184al9-26. On this issue,
however, see Burnet, The Ethics of Aristotle, xxxvii.
29. Although Irwin favors the reading according to which arche in passage [2] means principle
rather than starting-point, his hesitancy is shown in the fact that he deems his translation of the passage to
follow an "assumption," and he suggests that it is possible that here the meaning of arche becomes
generic as Aristotle proceeds ("Notes," 186).
122
the need for habituation as providing those "first for us" starting-points - with archai
now referring to this "first for us" rather than to the theoretically grounding principles
(the "first in itself). In the short space of passage [1], then, Aristotle has switched from
the one meaning of archai to its opposite without much notice. It is plausible, then, that
principles of the practical life, then why has he just denied in passage [1] that this is
relevant for the student of politics? Surely that would be a strange and contradictory
move. This must incline us to the belief that Aristotle begins passage [2] with the
notion of arche as source and then moves to a more generic notion of arche as he
proceeds in the passage before finally reaching the sense of sheer beginning at the end
of the passage. Nonetheless, this is obviously not as definitive as one would like, and
perhaps the most important point is precisely that Aristotle does not make it very clear
how passage [2] relates to [1], or the sense of arche that he is employing at any given
moment. This allows for him to preserve ambiguity as to whether the ordinary decent
man has a relatively lofty intellectual insight into certain ethical first principles or
whether he has a simply habituated acquaintance with the kalon and a habituated desire
• 31
to pursue it.
31. Bk. 3 contains an allusion to this theme; in the context of a discussion of responsibility,
Aristotle writes, "By being people of a certain sort, we set down the end as being of a certain sort" (3.5
1114b24-25). Insofar as Aristotle is not here attempting to provide a focused statement as to the
contribution that the non-rational part of the soul as opposed to intelligence makes to the having of ends,
it is perhaps dangerous to take this passage too precisely. Nonetheless, it does at least show that the
involvement of character (and thus virtue and vice) is on Aristotle's mind as contributing importantly to
the perception of ends.
123
c. Desire and Thought in EN 6.2
Aristotle works out the theme of practical intelligence most fully, of course, in
Bk. 6. A good place to begin is with his work in 6.2 to trace out the psychology of
what affirming and denying are in thinking [dianoiai] pursuing and avoiding are in
desiring, so that, since virtue of character is a hexis of the soul in regard to choice,
while choice is deliberate desire, for these reasons the logos must be true and the
desire [orexin] right if the choice is of serious worth, and what the one affirms, the
other pursues. Now this is the sort of thinking and truth that is practical; in
thinking that is contemplative, and not practical or productive, its working well or
badly [to eu kai kakos] are in truth and falsity, since this is the work of all thinking,
but of practical thinking, working well is truth that stands in agreement [homologos
This passage presents an important tension. The idea found in the first sentence that
desire pursues what logos affirms makes it sound as though both logos and desire relate
to the same thing, which would then seem to be the action itself taken under the aspect
of its end. Here we seem to have a relative equality of reason and desire, with any
possible priority going to reason. But in what immediately follows, Aristotle seems to
complicate and even question his initial claim: in practical matters, reason does well
when it works in agreement with right desire. The standard, then, for practical reason is
not reason itself, but is found in desire; practical reason must conform itself to right
32. This, however, will be questioned below in the idea that ethical virtue, which belongs to
desire, relates to the end, while prudence relates to the things related to the end.
124
desire. This must come as a surprise after we had become accustomed to the idea that
the desiring part obeys reason like child to father. This then demands the obvious
question: what is the standard of the lightness of the desire?35 Is this governed by a
higher sort of rationality? Or does desire in some way provide its own standard?36 We
will see this same question arise time and again for Aristotle, and time and again he
provides only ambiguous answers that stand in tension with one another.
One of the most important and controversial claims that Aristotle makes relevant
to this topic as a whole is that it is virtue, not prudence, that makes the end(s) right.
phronesis and of virtue of character, since virtue makes the goal [skopon] right, and
34. This may simply be a formulation of what he says later, namely, that practical reasoning
must work from good ends if it is to be good (6.9 1142b 17-22, 6.12 1144a24-34). At any rate, it would
seem to mean that when Aristotle goes on to make the claim that choice is either desiring intellect or
thinking desire (6.2 1139b4-5), we already know that the latter is the truer formulation, at least when it
comes to praxis.
35. It is in commenting on this passage that Thomas Aquinas calls attention to the difficulty in
the EN of the relation of reason and desire and thus of the relation of reason to ends. He notes an
apparent vicious circle at work here, insofar as it seems that the standard of right desire is right reason,
and the standard of right reason is right desire. His proposed solution seems to run as follows: since the
ultimate goal in practical matters is the fulfillment of desire in happiness, this acts as the (naturally given)
standard for reason; that is to say, for desire to hit upon happiness is the mark of truth in practical
thinking, missing it is the mark of error. Nonetheless, reason must itself determine what the "means" (in
the broad sense in which we would speak of constitutive intermediate ends) to happiness are. In this
sense, reason acts as the standard to desire; desire, to be right, must pursue what reason orders. From
here, right desire again acts as a standard for reason, insofar as prudence must fittingly realize the desire
for the end in the particular circumstances. There is thus a high and low form of prudence, the high form
determining the ends constitutive of happiness, the low form determining the way to best realize the end
in the particular deed (Commentary on Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics," sec. 1131 [p. 360], sec. 1269
[p. 399]). This is certainly one possible reading of Aristotle, but it is surely important that this is not
clearer from the text. As we proceed, we will see to what extent there is evidence for this high form of
prudence. It should be noted that this interpretation has proven extremely influential: Irwin, for example,
suggests something quite like it in distinguishing "the deliberation that forms the correct supposition
about the end" from "the deliberation that follows it" ("Notes," 249). On Aquinas' reading of Aristotle's
Nicomachean Ethics quite generally, see Harry Jaffa's Thomism and Aristotelianism: A Study of the
Commentary by Thomas Aquinas on the "Nicomachean Ethics".
36. Analogous to the way in which the serious are the standard in moral matters (see 3.4
1113a25-bl, 10.5 1176al5-26).
125
phronesis makes the things toward it (or: related to it) [tapros touton] right" (6.12
virtue, since the latter makes one bring the end into action [to telos...poieiprattein], and
the former makes one enact the things related to the end" (6.13 1145a4-6). He makes a
virtue keeps the source [arche] [of action] safe, while vice destroys it, and in
actions the arche is that for the sake of which one acts, just as in mathematics the
sources are hypotheses; so neither there nor here is logos able to teach the sources,
but here it is virtue, either natural or habituated, that directs one to right opinion
These statements must be interpreted in a very careful manner. First, we must try to
determine what sort of end and source (as he says, in practical matters, the source is the
end, 6.5 1140b 16™17) is at issue in these passages. It seems that the end preeminently
37. At 6.12 1144a20-22 Aristotle seems to repeat this claim, writing that "virtue makes the
choice right, but the being done of everything that is naturally for the sake of that choice is not from
virtue but from some other capacity [dunameos].'" This capacity, as he goes on to say, is that of
cleverness, and he seems to go on to say that the virtue of this capacity is prudence. Irwin, however,
thinks it more likely that "virtue" in this passage now includes both ethical virtue and phronesis, which
are both needed to make the choice right (see 6.13 1145a4-6), understanding cleverness to be a quite
distinct although related and helpful faculty ("Notes," 253). I would note, however, a few problems with
this reading: such a usage of the term virtue would be out of character for Aristotle in this part of the EN;
Aristotle has just connected choice with the "for the sake of which" (6.12 1144a 19-20), seeming to show
that here the rightness of choice is focused on Tightness of end; this view rests much on the distinction
between rightness of goal and rightness of choice, yet in this very passage Aristotle switches from
speaking of rightness of choice to fineness of goal as though here they were relatively interchangeable
(a26); such a reading does not seem to fit Aristotle's immediately following discussion as to the relation
of prudence to cleverness, which, as I say, seems to say that prudence is the virtue of cleverness, i.e.,
prudence is cleverness when it begins from the right starting-points in its practical reasoning; this reading
would seem to render the discussion of cleverness an inexplicable aside, irrelevant for the contextual
investigation of the need for phronesis. At any rate, it does not hold much significance whether Aristotle
repeats his claim here or not, but the underlying understanding of cleverness is important. One might add
that Aristotle's statement that "there are two forms present in the part of the soul that forms opinions,
cleverness and prudence" (6.13 1144b 14-15) seems to give more importance to cleverness than Irwin's
reading can accommodate (that is, Irwin would seem to reduce cleverness to something auxiliary, along
the lines of something like sunesis, but Aristotle here lists cleverness and prudence as though they of
relatively equal status). For a view on cleverness that differs from Irwin, see Reeve, Practices of Reason,
85.
126
under consideration must be the end of the kalon, insofar as that is the definitive end of
ethical virtue. If the arche of action is the end of the action, and Aristotle is here
speaking in a manifestly ethical context and has mentioned only one comprehensive end
for ethical action, namely, the kalon, then it seems safe to conclude that the arche here
is that of the kalon. Only derivatively would the end in question be something like
"be magnificent" and even more derivatively would it be something like "do not be
vulgar in equipping theater performances." The question is thus one as to the source of
the guiding motive for all ethical virtue: the kalon. What is it that makes it such that
one has the desire for the kalorf! Is it a matter of reason, or does virtue itself provide
the only source of the virtuous end? We will return to this in a moment.
Second, we must consider the description that Aristotle provides for phronesis
as attending to tapros to telos, the things toward (or: related to) the end (6.12 1144a8-
9). It was once common to translate this by "means," but, as has been argued by many
scholars, this phrase in Greek conveys a broader notion and should thus be translated
with the looser, literal formula. Extrinsic means are one of the things that are tapros
to telos, but they do not exhaust this category. Also included would be certain
specifications of the end itself. Deliberation, then, these scholars argue, is in fact
involved in the end, insofar as it has to deliberate about and ultimately discern what it is
38. Or, if one wants to make the telos happiness, one would nonetheless need to make it a
happiness that is conceived of primarily in terms of the kalon. When, for example, Aristotle says at 6.5
1140b 19-20 that vice makes it so that one does not believe that everything must be done for the sake of
the end, the end in question cannot be happiness, which, for Aristotle, everyone does everything for (see,
e.g., 1.7 1097bl-3), but rather the kalon, or happiness taken in terms of the kalon.
39. See Wiggins, "Deliberation and Practical Reason," 221-40; Cooper, Reason and Human
Good, 19-22; Nussbaum, Fragility of Goodness, 297'.
127
that the end concretely looks like or consists in. This is, at least as these scholars
claim, especially the case with the overarching end of eudaimonia (see 6.5, discussed
below), but is also the case with subordinate ends such as the kalon or justice: phronesis
allows one to be right about what it is that realizing the kalon looks like here in this
particular case. Indeed, this idea would seem to be nothing other than what is also
expressed by saying that prudence as orthos logos must determine the mean (see, e.g.,
6.13 1144b27-28 with 6.1 1138bl 8-26); for that is to say that prudence must determine
what, e.g., courage here and now looks like. Nonetheless, caution is needed here when
establishing a sort of connection between phronesis and ends: this phrase cannot be so
broadened in meaning that Aristotle's contrast in the passages we have seen between
making the end right and making tapros to telos right becomes meaningless. A
distinction that is often minimized in the commentaries would be helpful here: only if
the telos of tapros to telos is happiness taken as something yet indeterminate is there
the possibility that ta pros can have to do with ends as ends. With any other end,
insofar as that end is already determinate, ta pros cannot deal with an end in its
choiceworthiness as end, but only with such things as specifications of the end, external
means to the end, et cetera. And it is clear that in the passages under discussion here
from Bks. 6 and 7 the telos of ta pros to telos is not happiness taken as something yet
indeterminate; the whole point here is that the understanding of the end is right, and
40. In the Politics, Aristotle speaks of the need to know what it is that an end consists in or
'looks like' (although he does not put it in terms of deliberation, as many commentators rashly assert): the
doctor has to know not just how to bring about health, but also what health is (= consists in) in the first
place (1331b24-39). See also Metaphysics 1032bl8-29. In the EN, he also uses the example of the
doctor but abstracts from the way in which the doctor must come to know what health is (e.g., 3.3
1112bll-15).
41. Thus this contrast can never be applied to the relation of prudence and happiness; if indeed,
prudence gets right the parts of happiness, this would be precisely to get the end right. It can only be
meaningfully applied to subordinate ends, such as that of the kalon or justice.
128
thus determinate. Thus ta pros to telos here does not include anything about an end in
its choiceworthiness as an end; it is simply about things such as the realization of the
kalon as an end here and now. This, however, leaves open the possibility that prudence
as dealing with tapros to telos is able to establish the kalon a step further back, when
dealing with the telos of happiness taken as indeterminate. We will return to this below.
At any rate, it must be kept in mind that there are quite distinct modes of
intellectual activity for Aristotle. There is, on the one hand, the direct vision of nous,
and, on the other hand, the discursive working-through of demonstration and dialectic in
logos42 In 7.8 1151al5-19, as we saw, Aristotle compares the arche of practice with
the arche of mathematics and denies of them both that logos provides the sources.43 For
the sources of mathematics not to be arrived at via logos, however, simply means that
they have to be arrived at by nous. Thus, when Aristotle denies that the ends have to
do with logos, it seems that he is primarily denying the idea that we might deduce the
ends, that we might arrive at them as the result of syllogistic reasoning (in the broad
sense of that term).45 To make this same point with a focus on phronesis: phronesis is
43. He makes a similar claim at EE 1227a5-13, although there he more broadly compares the
principles of the theoretical sciences and practical principles.
45. This interpretation is possibly strengthened by a passage in the EE where Aristotle says that
of the goal [skopori] "there is no inference [sullogismos] or logos" (1227b24-25). Is the denial of the role
of logos here meant to substantively add to the denial of the role of sullogismos or merely repeat it? I
would incline toward the latter. Note, however, that there is a passage in the EN where Aristotle seems to
link logos and the end of the kalon: he writes, "Just as a child needs to live by the instructions of a tutor,
so too is the desiring part of the soul related to logos. This is why the desiring part of a temperate man
needs to be in harmony with logos, for the aim to which both look is the kalon, and the temperate man
desires what he should, in the way he should, at the time he should, and this is what logos also prescribes"
(3.12 1119bl3—18). It is difficult here to know what the "both" refers to here, but it would seem to refer
to the logos and the desiring part of the temperate. This, however, likely means only that the logos of the
129
standardly connected by Aristotle with deliberation, which is again a step-by-step,
dialogical mode of rationality. Thus, to deny that phronesis sets ends is again perhaps
And indeed, this restriction would make good sense in regard to the kalon: if the
kalon is to be intellectually justified, this clearly cannot be done through any argument,
deliberative or otherwise. 7 Precisely because the kalon must be sought for its own sake
rather than for the sake of its consequences, it cannot be argued for (in the usual sense
of that term, at least) that the kalon is worthwhile. This still leaves open the possibility
that the kalon is justified via the direct vision of a practical form of nous. One would
temperate reasons from the beautiful as its end, an end set by the virtue of temperance. This seems
supported by the sentence that immediately follows, which claims that logos looks to and finds the fitting
specifications of the deed. Note also that in the EE Aristotle makes a clear and strong claim that he does
not repeat in the EN, namely, that ''logos bids us to choose the kalon' [ho de logos to kalon haireisthai
keleuei] (1229a2). Nonetheless, it should be kept in mind that elsewhere in the EE, as said above,
Aristotle denies that that logos has to do with ends (1227b28—33, see 2.11 generally), thus raising a major
tension within the EE as well.
46. In the EE, Aristotle writes, "No one demonstrates [deiknusin] that health is a good, any more
than he demonstrates any other starting point [arche], unless he is not a doctor but a sophist; for they
create sophistries by using arguments inappropriately'" (1218b22-24). Is it the same with regard to the
worthwhileness of the kalon? Note, however, that it is presumably not the case that we intuit the intrinsic
worthiness of health - that would seem too grandiose for such a tiling as bodily health. Note also that one
can demonstrate that health is a good if one looks to consequences of health; but Aristotle is here talking
about the intrinsic goodness of health. The same distinction applies for the kalon. Alternatively, one
might argue, as Aquinas does, that in passages like 6.12 1144a6~9 and 6.13 1145a4-6 Aristotle is
speaking more of the 'mechanics' of the psychological process whereby one comes to choose in accord
with the end of virtue. The idea is that Aristotle here only means to describe something like the moving
cause for the good action, which is the virtuous habituation of the desiring part of the soul (Commentary,
sec. 1269 [p. 399], sec. 1289 [p. 405]). The related passage at 7.8 1151al5-19, however, would seem to
show that Aristotle has something more in mind, since there he makes it clear that he is speaking not just
of ethical action in terms of moving cause, but in terms of the actual origin of the ethical sources.
47. Reeve would argue that while the end is not established by deliberation, it is nonetheless
established by dialectic (62-66, 83n29), presumably following the now common claim that dialectic is
what establishes first principles for Aristotle (the argument ofIrwin's Aristotle's First Principles: also see
Burnet, xxxix-xlii). See note 74 below. For a doubt about the power of dialectic to accomplish this for
Aristotle, see Robin Smith's note on 101a36-b4 in her edition of the Topics: Books J and K///(New
York: Clarendon Press, 1997), 52-54.
48. This in fact is how the early Aristotelian commentator Alexander of Aphrodisias seems to
have understood it; see his Ethical Problems, problem 18, 139:6-14, pp. 51-52. McDowell has provided
a precise formulation of this when he says that the view he rejects holds that "the content of practical
130
need something like an intuition of its intrinsic worthwhileness. Perhaps there is
another sense of prudence that includes this practical working of nous. Still, Aristotle
would obviously need to make this clear before we would be justified in attributing it to
The denial of a dialogical foundation for ends, then, is itself compatible with the
possibility that the sources of practice are arrived at via nous. And this is a possibility
that we will take seriously in considering a few texts that follow. Nonetheless, Aristotle
goes on to make a claim about the sources of practical ends that would seem to
eliminate not just logos but also nous: the ends are given, he says, by virtue, even
merely natural virtue! Natural virtue, of course, is the form of virtue that arises by mere
inclination, without the guidance of intelligence in any strong sense (6.13 1144b 1-14).
wisdom's universal end could in principle be grasped in an act of pure intelligence" ("Deliberation and
Moral Development," 23). Burnet has written that, for Aristotle, "in the long run we must simply 'see' the
truth of our definition of the Good for Man" (xlii), and that "the first principles of the science of human
conduct are as incapable of demonstration as those of any other science. They too must in the long run be
'perceived' immediately, and if we cannot see them for ourselves, no one can make us see them"
(xxxviii). Nonetheless, Burnet thinks that Aristotle presents a unified teaching in the EN regarding the
good for human beings as lying in theoria (249) (a claim which is difficult to reconcile with the need for
ethical virtue to be chosen for its own sake), and so Burnet would not apparently say in the end that nous
sees the intrinsic worthiness of the ethical end, the kalon, nor, apparently, would he say that such an
intuition is part of prudence itself. Cooper also agrees that the final end can only be grasped by intuition
(Reason and Human Good, 58-71). See also Madigan, "Eth. Nic. 9.8: Beyond Egoism and Altruism?,"
79, 84.
49. Strangely, to me, at least, much of the literature often seems to think that the account in 6.5
of the way in which the prudent deliberate about the goods of human life (see sec. 1 .e. below) would
work for establishing the intrinsic worthwhileness of ethical virtue, or, what is the same, of the kalon
(e.g., T. H. Irwin's The Development of Ethics: A Historical and Critical Study, Volume I: From Socrates
to the Reformation [New York: Oxford University Press, 2007], 176). But no amount of deliberation
could ever get one by its own weight to recognize the intrinsic worth of ethical virtue; the best one could
hope for here is that deliberation taken in a very loose sense as a sort of rumination would provide the
occasion for one to have a vision of its worth as a separate act. See note 87 below. Although Irwin
thinks that this is what Aristotle intends, he is then forced to conclude that "Aristotle still has not
explained as fully as some might wish what the correct reason will prescribe. The reader needs to be
convinced that someone who deliberates in the way prescribed in Book vi and who accepts the
conception of happiness in Book i will decide on the virtues described in Books iii-iv" ("Notes," 254).
For a similar complaint, see L. H. G. Greenwood, Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics " Book Six: with
Essays, Notes and Translation (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1909), 204.
131
The importance of intelligence would in this way seem to be decisively excluded.
Although interpreters often argue that Aristotle has a sort of duality of prudence, a
prudence that first uncovers the end(s) and then a prudence that finds the means to the
end(s), the notion that even merely natural, i.e., pre-prudential, virtue has the end right
would seem to show that the end in question is simply that of being virtuous and that
this is provided without the contribution of practical reason. Aristotle here, then, would
clearly seem to deny that phronesis is what provides for the possession of the end of the
kalon. What prudence does here is to try to realize this end most fittingly. In terms of
what we saw above in 6.2 1139a21—31, this would then seem to point in the direction
of desire providing its own standard of lightness. If it is ethical virtue that provides for
the lightness of the end, and this end is the end of the kalon, the ethical end, then ethical
Furthermore, the very structure of the argument in 6.12 speaks against an idea of
a prudence that discerns ends. Aristotle is there answering the pointed question as to
why we need prudence at all to engage in the ethical life (1143bl8-36, 1144al 1-13).
He replies, however, only with reference to the need for prudence as getting the things
related to the end right, and does not speak of any need for prudence to get the
(intermediate) ends right in the first place. If prudence discerns ends, would his reply
not contain an absurd omission? Would he not then be inexplicably failing to mention
the most important need for phronesis, precisely when this is what is in question?
50. For an attempt at defusing this passage, however, see Sorabji, 213.
132
We should note finally that one is not said to have understanding of the sources
(and thus ends) but rather correct opinion [orthodoxein] about them (7.8 1151al9).
The weakness of opinion would again fit something that is merely from character (or
even the inclinations that precede character) rather than from intellect in any strong
sense.5 The connection between the ethical ends and opinion that we find in 7.8 is only
prudence has more to do with knowledge of particulars than of universals (and thus
ends), and that the one with experience is often more adept at action than the one with
statement that
we believe that [certain intellectual capacities] come along with certain times of
life, and this particular time of life includes intellect and thoughtfulness, as though
nature was the cause. So one ought to pay attention to the undemonstrated sayings
52. Note also that in the discussion of the practical syllogism, Aristotle claims that the major
premise is an opinion (7.3 1147a25-26). One might say that this is simply the result of Aristotle's
unusual usage of the term, in which opinion is linked to all things variable, as ethical matters are. But in
the context of Bk. 7, in which both of these passages occur, Aristotle has clearly shifted to the ordinary
distinction between knowledge and opinion (see 7.2 1145b36-b3). At any rate, Aristotle makes it clear
that we can have opinion about all things, even regarding the highest and thus unchanging things (3.2
111 lb31-33). See also EE 1226al6: "wish and opinion are pre-eminently of the end."
53. Although Reeve sees this as a sign that Aristotle in that passage is implicitly contrasting the
right opinion had by those with inferior forms of virtue to the clear knowledge that is had in full virtue,
and that he is thus speaking only of that which provides the material for the sources rather than the
sources themselves (86), the evidence does not seem to bear this out. First, in Bk. 7, the source of that
passage, Aristotle has already claimed, as noted above, that the major premise or universal of the practical
syllogism is an opinion, in a context where it makes no sense to see this as meant in contrast to full virtue
(7.3 1147b25). Second, in the very passage at issue, Aristotle is comparing the genuine archai of
mathematics with the archai of praxis - so it would be very strange for him to then speak only of the
quasi- or proto-archai of praxis rather than the actually operating archai. Reeve's interpretation of this
passage is in turn founded on another controversial view: namely, that the defect of natural virtue is the
lack of a grasp of the end, which grasp, he says, is provided by nous (86). This view seems to rest on his
unusual reading of the metaphor of blindness that Aristotle employs at 6.13 1144b 10-14; but the point of
blindness there is not that the blind person does not know where to go (= the end), as it is when Aristotle
uses blindness as a metaphor for lack ofaporiai in the Metaphysics (995a33-b2), but rather that the blind
person is not able to carefully navigate the particular salient features of the environment and is thereby
injured. This means that the defect of natural virtue is exactly the one we should expect: it lacks the sort
of situational perception that phronesis provides.
133
and opinions [anapodeiktois pasesi kai doxais] of people who are experienced and
old, or of the prudent, no less than to the things they demonstrate [apodeixeon], for
These two passages sound as though Aristotle is suggesting that knowledge and
reflection regarding universals and ends are ultimately of lesser importance for
recognize an instance of it, so that one can act when it is appropriate to do so, it seems
and time-honored opinions and sayings (and the universals and ends that are contained
within them).
e. Prudence in EN 6.5
Having seen some of the strongest evidence against the view that prudence is
able to establish ends for Aristotle, it is now necessary to consider some of the passages
that seem to support such a connection. One such passage is found in Aristotle's initial
speak of as people with phronesis. And it seems then to belong to the prudent
person to be able to deliberate finely about the things that are good [agatha] and
advantageous [sumpheronta] for himself, not in part, such as the sort of things that
are [so] toward [pros] health or for strength, but the sort of things that are [so]
toward living well as a whole. A sign of this is that we also speak of people as
prudent concerning some particular thing, when they calculate well [eu logisontai]
134
The difference between what Aristotle says here and what he says repeatedly elsewhere,
namely, that virtue gets the end right while prudence gets the things related to the end
right, is easily obscured by the fact that in both places he speaks of a sort of means-
deliberation, employing the pros language. What then is the important difference? The
difference comes about through this notion of living well as a whole, which would seem
concrete goal such as the kalon here and now. This would seem to support the position
that many authors have argued, namely, that prudence deliberatively works out what it
is that constitutes happiness." In this way, then, prudence as deliberation must seek out
those intermediate ends that make up the final end of happiness as its parts.
prudence allows one to deliberate well about the things good [agatha] for oneself as a
human - goods being, of course, ends. This is incorporated even into Aristotle's
formula for prudence, which is "a truth-attaining hexis that has to do with action,
involving reason [meta logou], concerned with those things good and bad for a human
being" (6.5 1140b4-6). Aristotle strengthens (and complicates) this by writing in the
next sentence that "because of this, Pericles and those of his sort are thought to be
prudent because they are capable of seeing [theorem] the things that are good for
themselves and for humans [generally]" (6.5 1140b7-10). Here the language of seeing
54. See the discussion of senses of ta pros in sec. l.d. above; see also Wiggins, "Deliberation
and Practical Reason"; Nussbaum, "Non-Scientific Deliberation" in The Fragility of Goodness; Irwin,
The Development of Ethics, 176.
55. See 6.13 1144b26-28 on the meta logou as against the kata logon.
135
is strong: does the deliberation of the prudent issue into a sort of vision of the goods and
Even regarding this passage in 6.5, however, a question can be raised: Aristotle
here seems to present it, at least at times, as though the prudent take eupraxia as their
standard for deliberating well about the happy life (1140b6-7). Insofar as eupraxia
seems to be a particularly moral notion bound up with the kalon, we can then ask
whether this sort of prudence is thus already working from within the perspective of
ethical virtue with its attendant ends.57 Is prudence here limited to the role of discerning
the best form of a life that is already taken as moral? That is to say, is it determining
the best shape of the already distinctly ethical life? If this is the case, then we would
still want to know how it is that the ethical life is to be established in the first place.
Another way to broach this question is to ask, as above, whether praxis in the strict,
56. See, however, note 26 above on the ambiguity of theoreo; see also Fortenbaugh, "Aristotle's
Conception of Moral Virtue and Its Perceptive Role," 86-87.
57. Or, as he says in 6.7, the good deliberator simply [haplos], understood as the prudent man, is
the one who "by his reasoning, is apt to hit upon what is best for a human among actions [ton praktikon]"
(1141bl3-14). Does this limit prudence to the realm ofpraxis in a way that would, according to the
usual signification of that term, center on the ethical-political life and exclude philosophy or
contemplation? In the context of the contrast in 6.7 between Pericles, on the one hand, and Anaxagoras
and Thales on the other hand, one would have to think so. In this case, it would again seem that prudence
is already determined by something else that establishes the ethical life as choiceworthy and that it only
operates within that prior determination. Nonetheless, there is a sense of praxis that includes theoria (see
Politics 1325bl6—32) and at the end of Bk. 6 Aristotle suggests that there is a connection between
prudence and theoretical wisdom (6.13 1145a6-l 1). See also the way in which the good things for a
human that prudence deals with are strongly conjoined to (and limited to? - see Greenwood, 205) ta
dikaia kai ta kala at 6.12 1143b21-22, 6.12 1144al 1-13.
58. As noted above, this is how John McDowell understands prudence, although he always
wants to limit this to a response to particular situations ("Deliberation and Moral Development," 30-31,
22-26).
136
consequences) in every case. Although it is surely the case that praxis, as having its
end within itself, is superior in itself to productive action, this would just as surely not
mean that praxis is to be preferred to productive action in every particular case. Despite
his knowledge of this obvious problem,60 Aristotle says very little to help with it.
Furthermore, even if we could conclude with certainty that here in 6.5 Aristotle is
proposing a form of prudence that deals with ends in a fully intellectual manner, it
would still be entirely unclear how to reconcile this with other claims he makes, the
I argued in section Id. above that some sort of intuition regarding the kalon
would seem to be needed to rationally justify its status as an end in itself. In fact,
Aristotle may seem to suggest that this is what occurs in 6.11. Not long after opposing
nous and phronesis in 6.8, claiming that phronesis "stands opposite" [antikeitai] to
nous, insofar as nous is about (first) terms [horoi], while prudence is about "the ultimate
thing" [eschaton] (1142a25-30), namely, a particular deed (see 6.11 1143a32-33) and
thus an object of perception rather than intellect, Aristotle speaks of their unity. After
establishing that prudence and its related cluster of angchinoia, gnome, and sunesis all
59. On the distinction, see EN 6.2 1139bl-4, 6.4 1140al-6, 6.5 1140b6-7. The point I am
making is not about the possibility for conflict between art and ethical action (although this should not be
minimized, as the famous case of Gauguin shows), but about the more general possibility for conflict
between actions whose desirability lies solely in their consequences and ethical action.
61. There is, however, some obscurity about the term antikeitai, and it has been suggested that it
would better be translated as "corresponds," in which case 6.8 would provide only a less substantive
version of 6.11 See Greenwood, 197.
137
Nous is also concerned with the ultimates [eschaton] in both directions [ep'
amphotera]. For there is nous, not reasoning [or: a rational account] [logos],
about both the first terms [proton horon] and about the ultimates [or: last things].
In demonstrations, nous is [had] of the unchanging terms that are first. In practical
[inferences (or: premises)], nous is [had] of the ultimate and variable and of the
other premise [or: proposition] [heteras protaseos]. For these are archai of the 'for
the sake of which,' since universals are reached from particulars. Of these it is
necessary to have perception, and this is nous. That is why nous is both beginning
[arche] and end; for demonstrations are from these [particulars] and about these.
(6.11 1143a35-bll)
In 6.11, then, Aristotle considers the same relation of nous and prudence from a
different angle: rather than highlighting the difference between dealing with that which
is first and last respectively, Aristotle reflects on the fact that both deal with something
of which there is no reasoning toward or rational account of but only a sort of vision.
Both the first principles of theoretical science and the variable ultimates simply have to
be seen for what they are. Whereasphronesis was earlier set against nous precisely
62. Speaking of the ultimates in both directions seems to be equivalent to speaking, as he does in
the next sentence, of the first and last. The two directions would seem to be the move from the particular
to the universal and from the universal to the particular, as Irwin argues ("Notes," 250).
63. This last sentence seems misplaced in the manuscripts, four lines below. OCT brackets it,
presumably due to the fact that for Aristotle to speak of practical reasoning as demonstrative would be
very unusual.
64. This then seems to involve a broadening of the notion of nous in this passage from its
strictest sense as intellect. This is also signaled by what immediately precedes and follows the quoted
material, insofar as he speaks in both places of common opinions and common claims about nous, which
must then refer to nous in the looser, common sense.
138
Although the passage is centered upon the kinship between phronesis and nous
via the notion of the ultimate particular (see 6.11 1143a25-35), it is another claim that
Aristotle makes along the way that proves more important for our purposes here.
Aristotle asserts that the ultimate variables (and the hetera protasis) are the archai of
the end, "since universals are reached from particulars." What exactly does this
mean? " In order to try to work this out, we will need to consider the exact meaning of
the "variable ultimate" here. In one sense, Aristotle indicates what he means by this
term in what precedes these lines, when he connects the ultimates to the kath' hekaston,
the particular, and taprakta, matters of praxis (a29, a33). The ultimate variable is the
ethical action itself, as a particular and contingent matter. This still fails, however, to
tell us something crucial, namely, the respect in which the action is here to be taken.
Aristotle links the ultimate variable with the hetera protasis, as though the ultimate is
taken through the lens of this hetera protasis.66 What, then, is the meaning of the
hetera protasis!61 An ethical action can be taken with reference to the minor premise of
65. This line has proven notoriously difficult to interpret. See esp. Norman Dahl's reading of
this passage in his Practical Reason, Aristotle, and Weakness of the Will, 41-45 and esp. Appendix I (I
should note that Dahl is one scholar who seems particularly aware of the tensions of the text, although his
method is nonetheless to try to find a unified reading); Greenwood, 51, 70-72; Irwin, "Notes," 250;
Reeve, 57-61, 86; Alasdair Maclntyre, Whose Justice, Which Rationality? (London: Duckworth, 1988),
93; David Wiggins' "Deliberation and Practical Reason," 236-37; Sorabji, "Aristotle on the Role of
Intellect in Virtue," 214-8. For a discussion of many other, especially older, views, see Takatura Ando,
Aristotle's Theory of Practical Cognition (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1971), 193-208, and Emmanuel
Michelakis, Aristotle's Theory of Practical Principles (Athens: Cleisiounis, 1961), 25—38. It is hard to
understand the relevance of Aquinas' example for this passage; his illustration is that "from the fact that
this herb cured this man, we gather that this kind of herb has power to cure" {Commentary, sec. 1249 [p.
393]). Effect would seem of little relevance to an ethics centered on the intrinsic worthwhileness of the
kalon.
66. The plural of archai gar tou hou heneka hautai seems to refer to the conjunction of tou
eschatou, tou endexomenou, and tes heteras protasebs.
67. This phrase is not common in Aristotle. See Stewart, Vol. II, 92; Dahl, 231, 279nl3, and
note 72 below.
139
certain kind; for example, 'this act (under consideration) is kalon.' But the same
action can also be taken with respect to the proposition that would directly move us
toward performing it; for example, 'this act is choiceworthy' or 'this act is to be
done.' 69
If the action is grasped through the latter, through the lens of a proposition
asserting that it is worthy to be done, then it would seem that nous could perhaps have a
vision of the intrinsic choiceworthiness of the kalon, a vision which would then be
70
seem that Aristotle may here claim that nous sees the proper ends of human action
through attending to the particular cases of action around us - that is, that nous has a
68. This is Ross' translation and interpretation, although he thinks Aristotle may have become
confused here (Aristotle, 219). Historically, reading this as the minor premise has been the more common
interpretation. On the practical syllogism, see EN 7.3 1147a24-b5 and DeMotu Animalium 701a7-25.
69. On this interpretation, see Dahl, 231-32. Greenwood suggests, however, that perhaps
Aristotle is here using the phrase indifferently to refer to the feature common to both the minor premise
and the judgment that commands action (72).
70. Induction becomes relevant here because of Aristotle's talk of the move from particular to
universal, the method for which is induction. See Posterior Analytics 80a40, and Bk. 2, ch. 19. The
hesitation expressed as to whether nous would see the worthwhileness of the kalon even if dealing with
the hetera protasis taken as the practical command is due to this: recognition of the action as
choiceworthy because kalon could still perhaps be dependent upon prior desire. The judgment of nous
here could be understood as being so closely joined to the desire for the kalon that it would lack the sort
of independent, grounding status that nous in the strong sense possesses. In other words, does nous here
judge the kalon act to be desirable on the basis of a hypothesis, namely, of the desire for the kalon?
(Meta. 1072a24~30 does not disprove this; even if we can judge that something is desirable prior to desire
for it, this obviously does not mean that we always do this, or do it in all aspects of life). One might think
this impossible given that Aristotle is here talking about the origin of the universal end; how could a
generalized desire for the kalon precede the origin of the universal end of the kalonl If one distinguishes
between the grasp of the noble had, for example, by those youths with an innate love for the noble (10.9
1179b8-10) or those beginning a process of habituation, which could in both cases seem rather minimal,
from the possession of the universal of nobility as had by those who genuinely understand it and are
capable of seeing all that falls under it, then there may be room for this.
140
vision of particular deeds of nobility precisely in their choiceworthiness, which
If, however, nous only grasps the ethical action under the aspect of the minor
premise,72 that is, according to its kind, then this would mean that nous has very little to
the kind would then seem to merely link up with an independent desire, such as that
action. In this way, the particular would still be a source for a sort of induction to a
universal end, but the contribution of nous to the end qua end would be minimal. Nous
would add an understanding of that which good habituation tries to lead one toward, the
universal 'to kalon.'' That is, habituation tries to lead one to having the universal end of
the kalon, but it cannot do this without the contribution of nous as providing a genuine
understanding of that universal (rather than the sort of hit-or-miss acquaintance that
habituation itself provides).73 It is in this sense that nous as perception of kind would
serve as a source or arche of the universal end. According to this interpretation, to say
71. Thus Greenwood claims that these "particular true judgments [of the type 'this action A is
good'] must be made directly, just like sensations" (70). Of course, even this reading would have to grant
that habituation would be needed as well. But the Magna Moralia has a way of dealing with this: the
author claims that there is first a pre-rational impulse toward the kalon (which is stabilized in habituation)
that is later ratified by reason (see esp. 1206b 17-26; also 1199b38-1200a5, 1197b38-l 198a23, 1191bl8-
20, 1191a22-26). (Something akin to this occurs, of course, even with something like mathematics,
where we begin by merely imitating and going through the routine, and then eventually see the truth of
things for ourselves; so too, mutatis mutandis and pace Hume, with regard to causality.) The question is
whether Aristotle says anything equivalent in the EN. This passage, together with 1.7 1098a33-b8 (on
beholding on the basis of habituation), would seem to constitute the most plausible material for such a
reading.
72. Note that Aristotle refers to the minor premise as hetera (withprotasis understood) at 7.3
1147a25.
73. This, in fact, is John McDowell's interpretation of the role of intellect in regard to ethical
ends, although he does not, to my knowledge, comment directly on this passage; see his "Deliberation
and Moral Development" and notes 2 and 22 above.
141
that nous contributes to forming a universal end out of the particulars would say nothing
There is perhaps some evidence that favors the reading sketched out above
according to which nous has minimal involvement in establishing ends. When Aristotle
speaks earlier of the prudential perception of the ultimate particular, this seems in
context to relate back to a claim about the possibility for error in deliberation through an
error about the particular premise, as when someone wrongly thinks that this water is
muddy (6.8 1142a20-30). This, of course, would constitute the minor premise of a
practical syllogism. Furthermore, this more minimalist interpretation would fit the
discussion of 6.13, where it is said that when nous is added to natural virtue, one has
governing virtue (1144M-14). If one considers what follows in 6.13, it seems clear that
nous is there linked with right reason, orthos logos (see 1144b23-28), and thus refers to
the ability to find the mean (see 6.1 1138bl 8-25), which is what keeps virtue from
74. The fact that a practical universal is reached from experience is undeniable as is the fact that
the universal reached by those with natural or habituated virtue will be different from that reached by
those without it. But the formation of a universal end out of experience does not in and of itself guarantee
that this end is a true end for a human as human. So although we can readily say that nous here reaches a
universal, we are left still wondering what it is that allows us to say that the universal end reached by the
decent is the true end, and this is precisely the crux of the problem — what is the standard? Sorabji's
interpretation seems to follow the weaker reading, although he seems content to have established some
connection between the end and nous, and is not worried about the problem I raise here (215-16). Reeve
holds that this account at 6.11 is non-normative, that nous here is not a grounding vision of the
choiceworthiness of the end, but goes on to argue that this is not a problem, since what really justifies the
arche is not nous but the dialectic that leads up to nous (62-66). Reeve thus speaks of the way in which
"the effects of [our] actions on ourselves and others will help us to determine whether or not acting like
that makes life choiceworthy and lacking in nothing" (59), but this seems problematic in light of the
irrelevance of consequences given Aristotle's claims as to the intrinsic worthwhileness of the kalon. Any
"effect" of the pursuit of the kalon would seem too extrinsic to vindicate the kalon as something
choiceworthy in itself. One could try to expand the meaning of effect here, but then it seems that one
would lose the ostensible point of turning to effect here, which is, it seems, to have something concrete
and 'verifiable' to look to. It is simply hard to see what dialectic has to hold onto in carrying out any
evaluation of the kalon.
142
doing harm (6.13 1144b8-l4). For nous to find the mean, however, would seem
equivalent to saying that nous is capable of judgments of the form 'this act is generous,'
since that judgment is in turn equivalent to something like 'this act hits the mean
relevant for generosity.' And this type of judgment is again that which is expressed in
the minor premise. The foregoing passages from 6.8 and 6.13 serve to make clear that
if Aristotle is saying in 6.11 1143a35-bl 1 that we need a perception of that which hits
the mean and thus pertains to the kind, then we are well prepared for this claim by other
statements of the EN, whereas the claim that nous grasps the intrinsic worthiness of
the ethical ends would find relatively little resonance. Nonetheless, this does not seem
sufficient by itself to establish the one interpretation as clearly correct. In some ways,
after all, the reading according to which nous has a larger role in establishing ends is the
more straightforward. At any rate, although there is general agreement that Aristotle is
here proposing a form of induction toward universal ends, it is unclear how this occurs,
and it is hard to see how one could gather enough out of this passage to establish one or
There is another passage to which one can look to try to establish the idea that
lightness in accord with what is advantageous in relation to the end, and phronesis is a
75. If, for example, one violates the mean in regard to generosity, then one might give to the
wrong person, in which case harm might arise from the giving (4.1 1120a27, b2-^t).
143
leave open the ambiguity of the claim, according to which it is unclear whether
advantageous in relation to the end. Other passages in Bk. 6 such as 6.12 1144a6-9
would point to the latter, but the grammar of the sentence would favor - although not
necessitate - the former.77 If one takes the former interpretation, then one would have
to understand the passage to say this: skilled deliberation works out what is
A few interpretive points are called for here. Reading telos as the antecedent of
"this" should make us hesitant in at least this sense: it would require a strong
noted above. Although this is indeed possible in itself, does the text really give us
reason to make this distinction here? Another way to address that is to consider
whether Aristotle generally suggests that there is such distance between prudence and
skilled deliberation. The view that he does would seem problematic; after all, at 6.7
1141b9—10 he writes that "we say that the work that belongs to the prudent most of all
77. See Cooper, Reason and Human Good, 64n84 on this; those in agreement with him include
Irwin in Aristotle's First Principles, 337, 598n24, Wiggins, 230-31, Dahl, 39^10, Aquinas, Commentary,
sec. 1233 (p. 389). Rackham takes the contrary position (based on Aristotle's stated views elsewhere in
the EN) in his note on the passage on pp. 356-57 of the Loeb edition of the EN, as does Burnet in his note
on this passage in his edition. Greenwood seems to favor reading "this'r as referring to sumpheron (65-
66), but also notes that the referent of the pronoun is unclear (113n3).
78. 6.9 1142b32-33 says that skilled deliberation works out in deliberation what is sumpheron
pros to telos, while 6.5 1140a26-28 says that the prudent deliberate well peri ta...agatha kai
sumpheronta...pros to eu zen holds.
79. Cooper thinks that there is such distance and claims that to see prudence as a true conception
of what is advantageous in relation to the end is thus to falsify the relation between prudence and
excellent deliberation {Reason and Human Good, 64n84). Although it may seem problematic to identify
144
little to say about this passage in and of itself, since Aristotle does not argue for or
elaborate upon his claim here but simply states it. The reasonable move here, then,
would be to read this passage in light of others. This is, of course, rendered problematic
prudence and the end in 6.9 1142b31-3, attempts to relieve the tension between this and
passages where Aristotle states that it is ethical virtue that deals with the end (see 6.12
1144a6-9, 6.12 1144a20-22, 6.13 1145a5-6) by claiming that in those latter passages
[practical thinking and ethical virtue] by emphasizing, and playing off against one
another, the clearest and most indubitable contribution made by practical thinking (viz.,
the calculation of means) and the most uncontroversial condition supplied by moral
SO
virtue (viz., the desire for the right end)." Aristotle's contrast, in other words, is no
real contrast, but only a misleading way of differentiating things that barely admit of
unexplained and un-argued nature of the claim that Cooper relies on at 6.9 1142b31-33.
contradicted by what Aristotle says in Bk. 10. In the context of an argument to the
effect that the happiness of a life centered on ethical virtue is "secondary" and merely
145
"Prudence is linked together with virtue of character, and it with prudence, if indeed
prudence" (10.8 1178al6-19). In context, the force of the "if indeed" would seem to be
general and thus of prudence as well, and he seems to present this argument in a rather
straightforward fashion to support this. It is hard to see how Cooper's argument that
Aristotle is merely picking out the most obvious features of prudence and ethical virtue
could hold up in the face of this passage: the point here is that prudence is limited
precisely insofar as it is dependent upon ethical virtue for its sources. If it is thus
limited, then it is obviously difficult to see how it could also relate to ends.
There is another passage that might seem to indicate that phronesis has
not every sort of judgment that pleasure and pain destroy and warp, but the
judgments that concern actions. For the sources [archai] of actions are the ends for
the sake of which the actions are done, but to someone disabled by pleasure or pain,
the arche immediately ceases to be apparent, and it does not seem to him that he
146
needs to choose and to do everything for the sake of this end, since vice is
This passage would seem to hold that prudence has a strong connection with the sources
and thus ends; it sounds as though it may be one and the same to say that moderation
preserves prudence and to say that it preserves the sources and ends. This passage, at
least, gives us no reason to distinguish these claims. In fact, this claim comes in 6.5,
immediately after Aristotle has spoken of the prudent as deliberating well about that
which makes for living well as a whole (1140a25-28). One might also try to conjoin
the talk of hupolepsis here with 6.9 1142b31-33, considered in section 1 .g above, which
spoke of prudence in a possible connection with a hupolepsis of the end, seeing these
passages as mutually reinforcing for a 'strong' reading of the relation of prudence and
ends. It thus is plausible to read this passage as though loss of prudence constitutes loss
Aristotle seems to argue in a different direction. Let us return again to 7.8 1151 al 5-19:
virtue keeps the source [arche] [of action] safe, while vice destroys it, and in
actions the arche is that for the sake of which one acts, just as in mathematics the
sources are hypotheses; so neither there nor here is logos able to teach anyone the
sources, but here it is virtue, either natural or habituated, that directs one to right
The important thing to note is that Aristotle here says that virtue both provides and
preserves the source. In the context, virtue is here strongly linked to moderation. This
81. And indeed Irwin takes this passage to be one of two (along with the ambiguous 6.9
1142b31—33) which show that prudence deals with first principles of the practical realm ("Notes," 247).
147
causes an impasse - in 6.5 1140b 12-20 he said that moderation preserves phronesis,
which seemed to mean that it preserved the source. Here, however, he denies that
logos, which in context must be tied to phronesis, supplies the source, and says that the
virtue of moderation preserves that which virtue also provides, namely, the end. Here
phronesis seems rather uninvolved. It is unclear how these two arguments fit together.
These two passages (6.5 1140b 12-20, 7.8 1151 al 5-19) taken together form a
puzzle. Thankfully, there is a third passage that we can look to for help with the
the hexis for that eye of the soul [viz., phronesis] does not come to be without
virtue of character, as was said and as is clear; for reasoning [sullogismoi] about
practical matters has the source, "since this is the end and the best"...and this does
not appear except to the good, since vice warps and makes [one] to be in error
This seems to form Aristotle's clearest and most expanded thoughts on the matter.
When Aristotle says that prudence as the eye of the soul cannot develop without ethical
virtue, he is making a claim that is quite analogous to what we must also understand to
be the case with science: science is always already implicitly in connection with
intellect, because deductions made from faulty sources do not constitute a science in the
genuine sense of the word. So too is it the case that the practical reasoning
82. See 6.9 1142M0, where Aristotle says that "there is no Tightness with regard to science (for
neither is there error)" - the notion of episteme, like that of knowledge in English, already contains that of
truth. So too for Aristotle, but not necessarily for common opinion (6.12 1144a27-28, 7.2 1145bl7—19),
is it the case that the notion of phronesis contains the idea of issuing into something morally good (6.9
1142b21-22, 6.12 1144a31-34) (at least in its predominant usage in Bk. 6). See Aquinas, Commentary,
sees. 1273^1 (pp. 400-401).
148
{sullogismoi ton praktikon] that constitutes phronesis must be understood to work from
true sources, which are, however, properly speaking, not of phronesis but from ethical
virtue. Thus phronesis should not be understood as really (i.e., as a hexis) containing
or providing the sources; rather, what we see here is that we can never fully pry it apart
from that which is nonetheless distinct from it (ethical virtue with its provision of the
sources), just as with science. If we make analogies between the theoretical and
practical, then we must say that intellect and virtue (whether natural or habituated, 7.8
1151a7) are analogous in providing sources, and that science and prudence are
analogous in reasoning from those sources (and thus can never be understood without
If we look at all three passages together (6.5 1140M5-20, 7.8 1151al6-20, 6.12
elliptical. Its elliptical nature makes its sound as though Aristotle is saying that it is one
and the same to say that sophrosune preserves phronesis and that sophrosune preserves
the source and the end. What 6.12 1144a29-bl (together with 7.8 1151al6—20) adds to
this account is a sort of middle term: phronesis is not possible without the right ends
(just as science is not possible without the true first principles), and these are not
possible without virtue, therefore, to be vicious and lose the right ends is also to lose
83. So too does Aristotle distinguish mere Tightness of deliberation from excellence in
deliberation by something that is, properly speaking, outside deliberation: again, the having of a good end
(6.9 1142b 17-24).
84. To extend this analogy further: wisdom is the combination of intellect and science, and
virtue in the governing sense is analogous to wisdom as the combination of ethical virtue and phronesis.
Just as it is possible to have the theoretical sources without seeing what follows from them, so too is it
possible to have the practical sources in natural virtue without being able to reason well from them. An
attempt at science (indifferent to its success or failure as science) would be the analogue to cleverness (or
perhaps of the closely related lightness of deliberation). Phronesis is thus the virtue of the faculty of
cleverness. Irwin offers an interpretation according to which cleverness is a faculty quite different from
the deliberative power of phronesis ("Notes," 253), but this seems belied by what Aristotle says here and
especially at 7.10 1152al(M5.
149
phronesis. This interpretation seems sound, except that the general treatment in 6.5
seems to speak of the role of phronesis with regard to (intermediate) ends, something
that Aristotle has muted in his later treatment. Does Aristotle make two arguments that
deal with the same matter - the need of phronesis for sophrosune - but have a
fundamentally different understanding of the role of the relevant parts? We are left with
mere plausibilities in the face of textual tensions that cannot be washed away.
At any rate, if I am right that when Aristotle claims that we cannot be prudent
without having ethical virtue he means something quite analogous to saying that one
cannot have science without the intellectual grasp of first principles, then this would
seem to refute the common claim that the mutual entailment of prudence and ethical
virtue proves that prudence establishes ends.85 For the notion of mutual entailment does
not then mean, as is sometimes claimed, that the ability of virtue to get the end right
entails the use of phronesis to do so in the first place. It merely means, on the one
hand, that to have full virtue is to have efficacious virtue, but that virtue is not
efficacious unless you can concretely act in accord with it, which is what prudence lets
you do; and, on the other hand, that we should not deem prudent, with all the positive
implications of that term, a man who engages in practical reasoning with bad ends as
starting-points. At any rate, Aristotle's claim that even merely natural virtue gets the
end right (7.8 1151al6-20) would seem to speak definitely against this reading.
85. See Irwin, "Notes," 255; Cooper, Reason and Human Good, 63; Dahl, 38.
86. Thus I disagree with Irwin, who writes, "that the deliberative function of prudence reaches
the right end that the virtuous person grasps...does not mean [in passages such as 6.13 1145a5-6] that
prudence has no role in getting the right end; for the virtue that is said to grasp the right end is the
'complete' or 'full' (kuria) virtue that includes prudence" (The Development of Ethics, 176).
150
i. Resistance to Harmonization
deliberating about the things good and advantageous toward living well as a whole,
would seem, despite some noted problems, to constitute the strongest piece of evidence
for a form of prudence that relates to ends (the intermediate ends to the ultimate end of
happiness). Other textual evidence that might be put forward to support such a view,
such as 6.5 1140b 12-20, 6.9 1142b31-33 and 6.11 1143a35-bll, is itself deeply
ambiguous. There are then several claims that Aristotle makes in which prudence has a
much more limited role. One might try to harmonize the text by saying that in these
latter passages Aristotle is not putting a genuine limitation on prudence but is only
Nonetheless, there are good grounds for rejecting such a harmonization. The
strongest pieces of evidence against it are found at 7.8 1151 al 5-19, which denies that
logos has anything to do with establishing the end and holds that even merely natural
(that is, pre-prudential) virtue supplies the ethical arche, and 10.8 1178al6-19, which
points to the fact that prudence takes its arche from ethical virtue as proof of its
lowliness, thus suggesting that this is a genuine limitation of prudence and not merely
which tries to answer the question as to why prudence is needed at all, answers only
with reference to the need for prudence as helping one to properly realize the act in the
particular case, which would constitute an inexplicably bizarre omission if there were
nothing problematic about prudence in regard to ends. Additionally, one notes that it is
fundamentally unclear how deliberation (under discussion in 6.5) would ever lead to the
151
intrinsic worthwhileness of ethical virtue, or, what is the same, of the kalon. This
would seem to be something that could only be grasped directly, that is to say, in an
intuition. The best that one could hope for here is that deliberation, taken in the loose
sense as a sort of rumination, might provide the occasion for having such an intuition.
We have seen that there are passages where Aristotle seems to suggest that
prudence has at least something to do with ends, and that there are others where he
seems to deny just this, and perhaps more in which he does not clearly come down on
either side. We need to consider whether there is something fruitful and helpful to be
found precisely in this imprecision. Does it reflect something of the underlying matter
(hupokeimene hule ~ 1.3 1094b 12) of the phenomena of practical reason? At the very
least, it should already be clear that the aporiai of Aristotle's treatment readily give rise
to philosophic inquiry. In this way, our attempt to fill out his outline has shown us
87. If one wants to try to form a harmonized reading of prudence in its relation to ends in the
EN, there seem to be three interpretive options (see the notes throughout this chapter for full citations of
the respective views of the following commentators): (1) Prudence relates to ends by thinking things
through in deliberation (Irwin, Nussbaum, Wiggins) or dialectic (Reeve); (2) Prudence relates to ends
through intuition - the only way to know an end as intrinsically worthwhile is to directly see this in an act
of nous (Cooper, Trendelenberg, Burnet [for whom, however, this may not be an act of prudence per se]);
(3) Prudence does not relate to ends in any strong sense, that is, as rationally knowing that these ends are
worthwhile (Walter, McDowell, Fortenbaugh). Some authors, however, do not make it entirely clear
whether they side with (1) or (2) (e.g., Sorabji). Since any form of intuitionism tends to be rejected out of
hand these days as being too foundationalist, most of those who want to avoid (3) are led to (1), which is
in fact the current majority view. Nonetheless, its proponents have never been able to make it plausible
how it is that thinking things through would be able to accomplish this in any strongly rational sense. It is
certainly true that we can, for example, deliberate about how to best accommodate within one life
different ends that we already have. But how deliberation could ever lead anyone to know what one most
needs to know to rationally found ethics, namely, that the kalon is intrinsically worthwhile, a genuine end
of end human life, and to be preferred as an end to other important goods, even to life itself, seems
mysterious. If this is to be known in any strong sense, then it is something that could only be seen
directly. The best that one could seem to hope for is that deliberation taken in a loose sense (as a general
sort of reflection) could provide occasions for coming to see the intrinsic worth of the kalon. Otherwise,
deliberation is simply a process of thinking through, reaffirming, and synthesizing already existing
commitments. Regarding the limits of dialectic, see note 74 above. Thus (1), when pushed, seems to
reduce to (2) or (3). Scholars such as Nussbaum, adopting an explicitly anthropocentric view, would
seem to prefer to sacrifice genuine knowledge of the worthwhileness of ends in order to avoid what she
would see as the super-humanness of (2). See the weakness of the meaning of deliberative knowledge of
the worth of ends in her Fragility of Goodness, 297'.
152
again how the good outline in philosophy differs from that of the arts; here, aporiai are
The question as to whether prudence deals only with means or also in some
sense with ends is perhaps best thought in relation to the question as to the relation of
prudence and wisdom [sophia], and is thus tied back to the Aristotelian move to
distinguish prudence and wisdom much more sharply than was the case in Plato and
"phenomenology'' of morality; that is, the decent man and the political agent have a
certain mode of intelligence that is certainly not that of theoretical wisdom but that also
within its own horizon. It is clear that the ordinary person without any theoretical
wisdom can have or lack basic common sense as to how to live well in the world; e.g.,
the one who sees himself slipping into a self-destructive addiction and does nothing to
stop it is clearly in some way deficient in good sense as compared with someone who
lives a sounder life. So too is there clearly a difference between a skilled politician and
a foolish one - history provides us with a stock of obvious enough examples of both.
This also fits what Aristotle says right from the start of the Nicomachean Ethics:
the one who engages in ordinary political-ethical life does not need the why (1.4
1095b6-7). It is enough to be able to grasp what is kalon (the that) (among deeds and
types of deeds) and to have this as one's end through ethical virtue. Not only does this
88. Plato, by contrast, often has his interlocutors express a more radical view of ordinary
political reasoning, as when Socrates claims in the Theaetetus that the ruler is a mere swineherd,
shepherd, or cowherd (175d), a point that the Stranger also makes in the Statesman at 266c-d, before
going even further and denying that there is anyone with the political art at all (301c-302b). This is not,
of course, to say that this simply expresses Plato's view or even the final view of his interlocutors.
153
suffice for living ethically, it also suffices to a large extent for the ability to understand
ethical matters from the inside, from their own proper perspective - for a sort of
on
the fact that ethics is ultimately situated within a larger domain of life that cannot be
completely ignored.
taken up directly. Are not larger, non-ethical matters relevant for ethics?90 Although
the Nicomachean Ethics often minimizes the extent to which this is the case through its
separation of prudence and wisdom, ' the connection shines through in various ways,
such as in the crucial ergon-argument. The argument, which in some way governs the
whole of the inquiry, is founded upon an analogy between the human being and both
bodily organs and craftsmen. Organs and craftsman are alike in having a work [ergon]
within a larger whole: organs, in the body, craftsmen, in the city. It is on this basis that
89. This is connected to Aristotle's point about the way in which ethical inquiry must take care
to respect the endoxa, those traditional starting-points of common opinion that are firmly established (7.1
1145b2-7; see also Topics 100bl9-23). Aristotle's incorporation of the endoxa, however, must not be
exaggerated. It seems to me that someone like Nussbaum runs the risk of over-emphasizing the
importance of the endoxa for Aristotle. We should note some important cases in which Aristotle seems to
depart significantly from the endoxa: regarding the role of ancestors in one's happiness (1.11 11101a22-
b9), regarding the involvement of the gods in human affairs and ethics generally (10.8 1178b8-34),
regarding the meaning and scope of sophrosune (3.10 1117b23-ll 18b8), regarding hubris (4.3 1125a32-
34), regarding the connection between courage and the needs of the city (3.8 1116al8~29), and, most
fundamentally, in Bk. 10's treatment of happiness. In fact, in Nussbaum's favorite case, that of the
violation ofendoxa by Socrates regarding incontinence {Fragility of Goodness, 240), Aristotle begins by
sounding as though he will fundamentally disagree with Socrates (7.2 1145b24—29), but ends in strong
agreement (7.3 1147bl3-17).
90. Indeed, much contemporary ethical skepticism arises precisely here; insofar as contemporary
thought tends to deny that humans can have anything more than an arbitrary or culturally determined
knowledge of the whole, it consistently denies that we can have knowledge as to how to live in that
whole. One might say in passing that this is perhaps a bastardized form of the dichotomy that Plato
perhaps rhetorically presents between knowledge and mere opinion - as though there were no
intermediaries, as though one might not have a better or worse, more or less reasonable, view of the
whole.
91. The minimalization of the relevance of the whole for ethics is also expressed on a lower level
by Aristotle's move to make the gods irrelevant to his inquiry.
154
Aristotle then looks for and finds the distinctive human ergon of rational activity. The
argument both reveals and conceals this relation of the human to the whole; it reveals it
through the basic structure of the analogy, but conceals it insofar as Aristotle never calls
attention to this feature of the analogy. But surely it is appropriate to ask whether it
really is the case that the human being is part of a (cosmic) whole in anything like the
sense in which this is true of organs and citizens?93 If so, then this is manifestly
something for wisdom to deal with - the ordinary moral man will perhaps have opinions
about this, but it is hard to see how he could know anything about it. Whether there is
or is not such a whole is irrelevant for this problem; even the lack of such a whole
would have a sort of governing importance for human life and its ends.95 This means,
then, that prudence both can and cannot be separated from wisdom.96 There is an extent
92. Some contemporary commentators such as Martha Nussbaum take a very minimalistic
reading of this passage, according to which it says nothing about a relation between the human as a part
and a larger whole (see her "Appendix: The Function of Man" in her edition of De Motu Animalium
[Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1978], 100-106). This is in one way right, since Aristotle does
not call attention to this feature of the analogy. But we also cannot forget that this pertains to the
essential structure of the analogy. At times, the search for a reading of a passage that renders its
argument as plausible as possible can hide the very problems that the passage should alert us to.
93. A question briefly but helpfully explored by Ronna Burger in her "Aristotle's Exclusive
Account of Happiness," 86.
95. Just as anarchy is as much a governing form as any genuine regime. Note that although
Aristotelian teleology often tends to focus on individual species in abstraction from a larger whole, the
notion of the whole returns in a very important way at Metaphysics 1075al 1-25 and is also present at
Politics 1256M5-22. Indeed, the very idea of teleology seems inescapably connected to the idea of the
whole; see Plato's Phaedo 97c-98b, 99b—c. For a contrary view, however, see Nussbaum, "Aristotle on
Teleological Explanation" in her edition of De Motu Animalium.
96. This does not, of course, mean that every part of the whole would be relevant for praxis; see
Alexander of Aphrodisias' Ethical Problems, problem 15; 136:20-27; p. 47, and Maimonides' Guide for
the Perplexed 1.31. It is precisely because the number of the stars does not seem relevant for praxis that
it can seem plausible that knowledge of the whole is not important for ethics. In other words, there is
some truth to the (partial) appearance of the philosopher as a Thales, gazing at stars and falling into wells
(EN 6.7 1141b3 8 - which, we should note, is couched in terms of conventional belief). But compare
what Aristotle says on Thales in the Politics 1259a5-21; see also EE 1247al5-21. Plato foreshadows
Aristotle in sometimes allowing for practical wisdom or skill in men like Thales and Anaxagoras
155
to which such separation is possible, but this separation can never become complete.
Wisdom always in some sense governs prudence, although it is also the case that
prudence can always step back from such rule without simply collapsing.
In other words, the ordinary ethical-political agent both has and does not have a
view of the whole. That is to say, he has a merely implicit opinion about the whole
(there are thus two defects to it: first, that it is merely implicit rather than reflectively
grasped, and second, that it has the status of mere opinion). That he has a view on the
whole is also shown in the Nicomachean Ethics in the fact that such a man could not
consistently hold a position of the sort that is referred to at the start of the work, when
Aristotle mentions those who think that the beautiful and the just are superficial
conventions (1.3 1094bl 4-16); he must instead adopt something that is much closer in
spirit to the vision of the whole offered by the so-called 'Platonic' Forms. The issue
question that obviously touches upon the nature of the whole. Prudence thus works
within an implicit view of the whole.9 This difficulty is only compounded by the fact
{Phaedrus 270a, Republic 600a), and sometimes denying it {Theaetetus 174a-b, Greater Hippias 281c).
Note that although Aristotle contrasts Anaxagoras with Pericles, Plato reveals that Anaxagoras was
Pericles' very own teacher.
97. For a seminal articulation of this point, see Leo Strauss' "An Epilogue" in Liberalism
Ancient and Modern (New York: Basic Books, 1968), 203-23, at 205-7, and The City and Man, 25-29.
98. This would seem to qualify Aristotle's own dismissal of the 'Platonic' Form of the Good as
irrelevant for ethics (1.6 1096b30-35). At any rate, as Leo Strauss observes, the forms, as expressions of
the heterogeneous character of the whole, are deeply rooted in common sense and opinion: "the things
which are 'first in themselves' are somehow 'first for us'" {The City and Man, 19). Seth Benardete notes
that in the Republic it is Glaucon who first speaks of eidos (see Socrates' Second Sailing: On Plato's
Republic, 39).
99. Another expression of the relation of ethical philosophy to an understanding of the whole in
the EN is seen in the fact that Aristotle speaks of the inferiority of prudence to wisdom as based on the
judgment that the human being is "not the highest thing in the cosmos" (6.7 1141 a21-22, see 1141al8-
1141b3).
156
that wisdom as a comprehensive knowledge of the whole of being might not be
available to us as human beings.100 Prudence thus needs and does not need something
That the neat division between prudence and wisdom is not Aristotle's final
thought on the matter is further seen in the fact that Aristotle's own activity of ethical
philosophy is not included within the divisions of Bk. 6.101 This activity, furthermore,
human nature, the polls, and ultimately, the cosmos. In fact, we can wonder whether
the stark contrast that Aristotle presents between sophia and phronesls is not determined
by his prior splitting of the soul into the scientific and calculating parts. If we then
remember that Aristotle said that there was something imprecise about his precise
divisions of the soul (see 1.13 1102al8-32, 6.1 1139a3-6 and note the ton auton tropon
100. Platonic philosophy, with its unending dialogical, dialectical structure seems to take this
stance; see, Strauss, The City and Man, 20—21, and his "Progress or Return?" in The Rebirth of Classical
Political Rationalism, 235—36; also, Seth Benardete's commentary in his The Tragedy and Comedy of
Life: Plato's "Philebus" (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), 90-91. Aristotelian philosophy,
especially if one looks to Bk. 10, appears to take the opposite view, according to which the possession of
sophia is generally attainable. Nonetheless, one must be troubled in this interpretation by one line in
particular of Bk. 10: "philosophy seems to have pleasures wonderful in their purity and stability, and it is
reasonable [eulogon] that the way of life of those who have knowledge is more pleasant than that of those
who are seeking it" (10.7 1177a25-27). Why does Aristotle need to say that it is merely reasonable that
the possession of sophia would be extremely pleasant if in fact he thinks that he possesses it and that it is
generally available to philosophers'? Ronna Burger develops the possibility that Aristotle is not in as
great a disagreement with Plato on this point as we might be inclined to think in her "Aristotle's
'Exclusive' Account of Happiness." Seth Benardete also explores this in his "On Wisdom and
Philosophy: The First Two Chapters of Aristotle's Metaphysics A" in The Argument of the Action, eds.
Ronna Burger and Michael Davis (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000), 396-406. Furthermore,
the difficulties that have historically plagued interpreters of his Metaphysics might be a suggestion that
Aristotle would not have thought it to have moved wholly beyond all aporiai.
101. See Leo Strauss, "On Classical Political Philosophy" in What is Political Philosophy?
(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1988), 94; Ronna Burger, "Aristotle's Exclusive Account of
Happiness," 92.
102. As Reeve says, "The scientific part and the calculating part must study completely
different, non-overlapping things, otherwise they would not be two distinct psychic parts" (73).
157
there), we have reason to wonder whether there is something imprecise about his
precise divisions of wisdom and prudence. This imprecise precision according to which
different senses of nature, between that which occurs for the most part and that which
pertains to the perfection of the form, a tension which Aristotle replicates within his
a higher understanding of the whole and even ordered to it (see 6.13 1145a6-l 1), it is
nonetheless certainly the case that the normal, that is, de facto, political agent does not
possess such sophia - and often not even a desire for it - as could govern prudence in
nature in favor of the other, so too does he here find a way to retain the tension between
these poles.
I am suggesting, then, that the tensions we find in the text are a reflection of a
genuine tension in the things themselves, whereby phronesis both is and is not apart
103. This "imprecise precision" here presumably finds one of its sources in the need for the
inquiry to be useful, as discussed in ch. 2, 55-60 (see 1.7 1098a26-33, 2.2 1103b26-29). It is
presumably not feasible or helpful to the political man qua political man for him to become engaged in
philosophic inquiry into the whole.
104. We see this same tension between the common and the perfect with regard to Aristotle's
treatment of human nature in general throughout the EN. Is human nature found in that which is pointed
to by the ergon-argument, the complete actualization of our rationality, or is it found in that which
abounds everywhere around us in humans, namely, partial actualizations? (See EN 2.8 1109al2-19, 3.1
1110a23-26,4.1 1121bl2-15, 4.5 1126a30,5.8 1135b 19-22, 7.6 1149a29-32, 7.6 1149M-8, 8.5
1157bl6-17, 9.7 1167b26-28, 10.9 1179b11-13 and Politics 1332b6-8.) See Burger's helpful thoughts
on the inherent difficulties of providing any account that does justice to both the common and the perfect
in "Aristotle's 'Exclusive Account of Happiness," 81.
158
from wisdom and thus knowledge of the whole and the ends befitting that whole.
This reflection simultaneously manifests the difficulty of the phenomena and invites us
the ethical sphere, reaching clarity about a problem might simply be to grasp the puzzle
105. There is a further obscurity in the matters themselves that I have not yet mentioned: it is
very unclear how one would practically reason regarding ends and the relative priorities that one should
accord ends generally in one's life. How does one adjudicate the conflict between motives of the kalon
and motives of the advantageous, to say nothing of motives of philosophy and the intellect? Perhaps the
tension of the text also opens onto questions of this sort.
159
Chapter 5: Friendship
All the goods of life cannot satisfy without friendship [philia],] Aristotle says
(8.1 1155a5-6). Nonetheless, when one tries to pin down exactly what friendship is for
him, one runs into great difficulties. There is, of course, the usual division of friendship
into three forms, friendship of the virtuous, friendship of utility, and friendship of
pleasure. Although the precision of this division is in many ways illuminating, there is
a question as to whether such a messy thing as human philia can really be so neatly
parsed, and just as much a question as to whether such a schema constitutes Aristotle's
final word on the matter or something more like a starting-point for him. What
demands and will receive special attention in this regard is the strong connection
between friendship and ethical virtue that Aristotle first posits and then seems to
interrogate. I will first explain the three forms of philia, showing just how bold and
strict a notion of friendship they express, and then try to show how Aristotle himself
questions the adequacy of these precise categories by outlining cases of friendship that
do not seem to fall under these. After this, I will try to explain why it is that Aristotle
might present friendship in this way, arguing that by so doing he maintains continuity
with a difficulty latent in common opinion, and that this difficulty in turn reflects a
1. Translating the term philia is problematic. The traditional and probably the best translation is
"friendship." There are, however, a few problems with this term: (1)philia for Aristotle includes
relations that we would not typically deem relations of friendship, e.g., between a mother and her infant;
(2) for us as moderns, friendship tends to have the implication of relative weakness of relation, whereas
Aristotle's philia can be an extremely intense relationship (see 8.6 1158al0-13, 9.10 1171al0-13).
Some have suggested that the intensity and breadth of philia makes "love" a better translation. (The
Medievals perhaps managed to straddle these two notions in speaking of amor amicitiae, 'the love that is
friendship.') Nonetheless, for Aristotle philia has such great breadth as to include many relations that we
would not want to term relations of love. What is probably best is to translate the term by friendship but
remember not to allow modern biases against friendship to cloud our understanding. And, as we will see,
the relation between friendships proper and family philia forms an important tension for Aristotle
himself. For some reflections on translating philia, see Martha Nussbaum, Fragility of Goodness, 354;
Gregory Vlastos, "The Individual as an Object of Love in Plato" in Platonic Studies (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1973), 3-42, at 3-^1; David Brink, "Eudaimonism, Love and Friendship, and Political
Community," 257n7.
160
tension within the nature of philia itself. Aristotle shows us that we are unable to give
and accessible or something rare, possible only on the basis of surpassing excellence.
The former notion falsely obscures important distinctions, and the latter appears to
Although it is obvious that Aristotle divides friendship into three kinds, that of
virtue, that of utility, and that of pleasure, it is not immediately evident what it means to
make such a division, and in fact, commentators disagree on just this points My first
goal in this chapter will thus be to unpack the meaning of each of these forms as
Aristotle presents it. It is probably best to follow Aristotle's lead in treating the lesser
Aristotle holds that this friendship has some generosity to it (8.6 1158a20—21), and so,
if one wished to hold that Aristotle sticks firmly to his three basic categories of philia,
one might try to assign to this category the cases of philia that I will later outline as
problematic. Thus I must devote special attention to showing why I take friendship of
Friends for utility, Aristotle says, love each other not on account of themselves,
"but insofar as something good comes to them from one another" (8.3 1156al 1-12).
These relationships are, obviously enough, founded on advantage or benefit; the whole
ratio of the relationship is gain of one sort or another. Aristotle speaks of these
relationships as being "for the sake o f use (9.1 1164a9-l 1) and pros or "for" benefit
2. One major disagreement concerns whether friendships of pleasure and utility constitute
anything that we would want to call friendship in the genuine sense of the word, in other words, whether
they contain any real affection and goodwill. This question will be considered throughout this section.
161
(8.3 1156a23-24), phrasings which seem to make it clear that they are for the sake of
gain and do not simply originate in gain in a way that then moves on to transcend this as
a motive, a view that has been influentially suggested by John Cooper. Aristotle seems
to have in mind something rather utilitarian: he says that such friends need take no
pleasure in each other (8.3 1156a28), and thus, as it would seem, need not even like
each other. Although some might argue that we must remember that Aristotle is
speaking of friendships rather than just any sort of relationship, Aristotle himself says
that he terms friendships of use as friendships only to maintain continuity with common
speech (8.4 1157a25-31).4 Typical examples include relations stemming from business
1164a2-8). He makes it clear just what he thinks of such 'friendships' when he says
that making these sorts of relationships central to one's life is characteristic of vulgarly
pleasure are (1) those of the young, (2) erotic relationships (which to some extent
overlap with the first), and (3) friendships motivated by the wittiness of one or more of
3. See John Cooper, "Aristotle on the Forms of Friendship" in his Reason and Emotion
(Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1999), 312-35, and especially his analysis of the more ambiguous
preposition dia (322-23). Note that 9.1 1164a9-l 1 explicitly applies, mutatis mutandis, to friendships of
pleasure as well.
4. This is pace Nussbaum (Fragility of Goodness, 355n), Cooper ("Forms of Friendship," 331),
and Rosalind Hursthouse ("Aristotle for Women Who Love Too Much" in Ethics 117 [2007]: 327-34 at
329). Note, however, that Aristotle's point at 1156a28 does not eliminate the possibility of some
affection or liking existing in some cases of friendship for use; it only says that the sine qua non and
governing structure of this relationship is provided by gain and nothing else.
162
the friends.5 This does not, of course, mean that these are the only sorts of cases of
pleasure-based philia that are possible, but presumably does mean that these cases are
What, then, is essential to this relation? The central point to which Aristotle
returns time and again is that the friend for pleasure is not loved for who he is, but is
only enjoyed insofar as he satisfies a desire for pleasure. In his fullest and most detailed
account of friendship of pleasure, Aristotle employs the case of the witty, writing,
[Those who love on account of pleasure] are fond of witty people [eutrapelous] not
for being of a certain sort [ou gar toi poious tinas einai agaposi], but because they
are pleasing to themselves.... those who love based on pleasure have a liking based
on what is pleasant for themselves, and the other person is not loved for what he is
incidental kind, because it is not as being the very one that he is that the beloved is
loved [ou gar hei estin hosper estin hophiloumenos, tauteiphileitai], but insofar as
Although Aristotle has not yet introduced complete friendship at this point in his
distinctive about the perfect case. We thus find a string of closely connected negations:
the friend on account of pleasure is not loved as being the sort of man that he is, nor as
being what he is, nor as being the very one that he is. Aristotle comes back to this at
later points in his treatment, as when he claims that friendships of pleasure and use
occur when one "is not fond of the other, but rather of what belongs to the other" [ou
gar autous estergon alia ta huparchonta] (9.1 1164al0-l 1), and when he says that
5.8.3 1156a31-b6, 8.4 1157a3-14, 8.6 1158al8-21, 8.6 1158a32, 9.1 1164a6-12.
163
friends for pleasure are more properly friends of the pleasure given by the friend than of
the other person (9.3 1165b3; see also 8.4 1157al 5-16). Eventually he goes so far as to
say that friendships of pleasure (as well as of use) do not even include goodwill
[eunoia] (9.5 1167al 3-14). The moral dubiousness that we already saw him attribute
to friendships of use is also extended to friendships of pleasure: "the base [phauloi] will
be friends for pleasure or use, since they are alike in that respect" (8.4 1157b2-3).
direct love for the friend as being the (sort of) person that he is. He writes,
Complete friendship is between those who are good and alike in virtue, since they
wish for good things for one another in the same way insofar as they are good, and
they are good in themselves [kath' hautous]. And those who wish for good things
for their friends for their own sake [ekeinon heneka] are friends most of all, since
they are that way for themselves [di' hautous] and not incidentally." (8.3 1156b7-
11)
The dominant theme of this passage expresses the most important characteristic of
complete friendship: such philia relates directly to the self of the friend, as being the
person that he is, as having the character that he does.7 This is expressed by the use of
two phrases that form a sort of refrain in regard to complete friendship as against the
6. It should be noted that Cooper reads this statement differently ("Forms of Friendship," 330). I
find his interpretation problematic; when Aristotle says that "since no goodwill comes about on the basis
of these" [oude gar eunoia epi toutois ginetai], Cooper apparently takes "these" as referring to something
like expectations of receiving use and pleasure before a friendship begins - but the text would seem to
force us to take ten [philian] dia to chresimon [kai] ten [philian] dia to hedu as the referent, in which case
Aristotle is simply denying that goodwill comes to be in these sorts of friendships at all. But see note 18
below for more on Cooper's interpretation.
164
other forms; friends love di' hautous (on account of what they themselves are) and for
This idea of friends loving di' hautous is opposed by Aristotle to the incidental
[kata sumbebekos] relation ; that is, it is precisely because friendships of use and
pleasure do not relate to the very self of the friend that they are incidental and thus
incomplete friendships (8.3 1156a 17-19). Since friendships for pleasure or use have as
their ratio the pleasant or useful, they relate to the friend insofar as he provides these,
and thus relate to the friend through something incidental to himself. Perhaps we
should take this idea of the kata sumbebekos here in two senses: first that the friend
loves the other for the sake of a quality that is not at the core of the self of the other, and
secondly, that even this quality is not loved in itself, but only insofar as it provides
What is of greatest importance for the purposes of this study is that Aristotle
consistently links the theme of loving the friend for himself to another mark of
friendship, namely, loving another for the sake of his virtue.1 The idea seems to rest on
two premises. The first is that one is one's virtuous character, and that to love a friend
for his virtue would thus be to love the friend himself.1 This is expressed when
8. See 8.3 1156b21, 8.4 1157al8, 8.4 1157b3,9.1 1164al2, 9.10 1171al9.
9.See8.3 1156al8, 8.3 1156bll,8.4 1157a3 5-36; see also 8.8 1159al8.
10. The governing importance for Aristotle of the question as to whether only the virtuous can
be friends in the true sense of the word is seen in the fact that when Aristotle sets the agenda for his
inquiry (immediately after he dismisses the natural standpoint), he writes, "Let us examine all those that
have to do with human things and pertain to character and feelings, such as whether friendship comes
about in all people, or whether it is impossible for people who are vicious to be friends, and whether there
is more than one species of friendship" (8.1 1155b9-13).
11. This would, by the way, seem to provide Aristotle's reply to the now-common question as to
whether Aristotelian friendship allows for love of the individual or only of generic excellences possessed
by the individual. According to Aristotle's account here, the self simply is his or her character with its
165
Aristotle says that the friend loves the other for what the other is in himself, and that the
virtuous person is good in himself (8.3 1156b8-10); virtue is here taken to constitute
The second premise, which is, however, not stated as directly as one might like,
is that one's character can only be loved for itself if it is good in itself. That is to say,
the sort of character that is able to be loved for itself is found only in those with ethical
virtue. It is those who are good in themselves [kath' hautous] who can be loved on
regarding the obligation to remain friends with someone who has changed for the
worse: "if we accept a friend as a good person, and then he becomes vicious, and seems
so, should we still love him? Surely we cannot, if indeed not everything is lovable, but
only what is good" (9.3 1165b 14-15). Here we see that loving the friend who has lost
his virtue is not possible precisely because he is no longer lovable. Also helpful here is
Aristotle's claim regarding the rarity ofphilia in the governing sense; much of the
reason such philia is so rare is that it is difficult to find surpassing people of a sort as to
so thoroughly delight (8.6 1158al3-14). The idea is that only the good can provide the
source of any deep delight or love. So too, when discussing goodwill [eunoia],
understood as something like the disposition to hope for good things for the other (9.5
hexeis, and so there is no difficulty. Consider also the ergcw-argument in light of the backdrop of the
opening of the EN, in which it seems that the activity of acting virtuously produces the self as one's own
work (1.7 1097b22-1098a20). For some contemporary reflections on this problem, see Vlastos, "The
Individual as Object of Love" in Platonic Studies, 31, 33n; Nussbaum, Fragility of Goodness, 357; Talbot
Brewer, "Virtues We Can Share: Friendship and Aristotelian Ethical Theory" in Ethics 115 (2005): 721 —
58 at 742-45; David Brink, "Eudaimonism, Love and Friendship, and Political Community," 270-71.
12. Aristotle thus provides three accounts of what the human is: (1) character, as is stated
throughout 8.3 (see also 3.1 111 lbl: "non-rational feelings seem to be no less human than reasoning is"
and 6.2 1139b4-5); (2) practical intellect (9.4 1166al6-19; 9.8 1168b29-l 169a3); (3) theoretical intellect
(10.7 1178a2-8). This will be discussed further in ch. 6.
166
1167al-2, a9-10), Aristotle, after excluding it from friendships of use and pleasure
(al3-14), makes the bold claim that "in general goodwill results from some sort of
virtue and decency [areten kai epieikeian tina], whenever someone appears noble
athletic competition" (al 8-21). Again Aristotle emphasizes that it is virtue that
engenders the truly friendly responses. Thus, although the most definitive mark of
complete friendship is that of loving the other for his own sake as the person whom he
is, once one accepts these two premises, such love can only be understood as a love for
understand the connection between ethical virtue and love for the other in himself to
rest solely or at least primarily on the fact that only the morally mature are capable of
transcending their own particular interests in the way that is required for true
friendship. And, indeed, Aristotle does suggest that this forms part of the connection;
those who are vulgarly commercial and love only utility (8.6 1158a21) or those who,
like the youth, love only pleasure (8.3 1156a3 l-b6), will be able to form friendships
centered on these alone (see also 8.4 1157b 1-3). But Aristotle does not limit the
connection between virtue and genuine friendship to the side of the friend who loves;
and in fact what seems even more important to him is something on the side of the
friend who is loved. To stress the need for virtue on the part of the friend who loves can
create the false impression that virtue is something like a mere condition of possibility
for complete friendship, whereas in fact it is the very ratio of it. That is, in Aristotle's
13. See Dale Jacquette, "Aristotle on the Value of Friendship as a Motivation for Morality" in
The Journal of Value Inquiry 35 (2001): 371-89, at 380-81; Robert Sokolowski, "Friendship and Moral
Action in Aristotle" in The Journal of Value Inquiry 35 (2001): 355-69, at 357-58.
167
presentation of complete philia, the friend is loved primarily as virtuous (8.4 1157b3,
8.3 1156b7-8), and so virtue forms the heart of friendship rather than some necessary
condition for it. The connection that Aristotle wishes to make between true friendship
and virtue, then, is not primarily that only the virtuous can love others for their own
sake, but that only the virtuous can be loved for their own sake. The very boldness of
this claim is perhaps part of the reason why commentators tend to shy away from it;
formulating the theme that the friend must be loved for what he himself is, the point is
also made at 8.3 1156b 10 when Aristotle speaks of wishing good things for the friend
"for his own sake" [ekeinou heneka], which, in context, has the sense of 'for what the
friend himself is.' I5 The realization that this is not the usual sense of the phrase "for his
own sake" makes another feature of friendship stand out more clearly, namely, that the
friend is loved, and his good is wished for and pursued, not for the sake of some return,
but simply as an end in itself (this is the sense that the term has, for example, at 8.2
14. A. W. Price suggests another reason why Aristotle connects virtue and love for the other for
his own sake. The middle term of the argument is constancy; only the good are constant enough to
constitute a unified self of the sort that is needed for love of the self of the other. As he writes, "only
good men identify themselves with their choices and actions over time in such a way that co-operation in
thought and action can express friendship for a person who is more than a partial or transient self {Love
and Friendship in Plato and Aristotle [New York: Clarendon Press, 1989], 128). Nonetheless, this idea
that only the good are constant is very problematic, especially for Aristotle, as we will discuss below in
sec. 3. Price notes this problem but suggests, with Terence Irwin, that the vicious will be inconstant in a
sense that does not involve moral regret but merely the inconstancy of their appetites (127-29). At the
least, however, this attempted solution seems to forget about the middle cases, as Aristotle himself easily
allows one to do. It also seems to ignore the possibility that even the appetites of the vicious might
remain relatively stable, fixed on one or a few overarching goals. This is all discussed further in sec. 3.
15. "And those who wish for good things for their friends for their own sake [ekeinon heneka]
are friends most of all, since they are that way for themselves [di' hautous]'' (8.3 1156b9—10).
168
1155b31 ).16 It is important to note that although we might want to make a sharp
distinction between, on the one hand, loving and doing well for a friend for his own
sake rather than for personal gain via utility or pleasure, and, on the other hand, loving a
friend for the sake of what he himself is as a person,17 Aristotle deliberately blurs the
line between these two features by using the phrase "for his own sake" to refer to both
features of friendship.
16. More precisely, Aristotle usually speaks not of loving for the friend's own sake, but of
wishing or doing good things for the friend for his own sake. See 8.2 1155b31, 8.3 1156b9-10, 8.5
1157b31-32; 8.7 1159a9-10; 9.8 1168b2-3, 1169al8-19. Nonetheless, he also writes that "those who
love one another wish for good things for one another in the same sense in which they love" (8.3 1156a9-
10), and at 9.4 1166a3-5 the "for his own sake" is tied to the affirmation of the being of the friend rather
than to favors.
17. This ambiguity of the phrase ekeinou heneka is discussed by Price, 104-05, 108; Lorraine
Smith Pangle, Aristotle and the Philosophy of Friendship, 210nl3; and Vlastos, "The Individual as an
Object of Love," 33n 100.
18. Aristotle does this again at 9.4 1166al6—17 when he says that the decent man wishes for
good things for his own sake since he wishes for them for the sake of his nous, which is most of all
himself. See also 9.1 1164a34-35, where Aristotle uses the language of di' autous where we would
expect him to say ekeinon heneka. John Cooper has argued in his influential "Aristotle on the Forms of
Friendship" that we should radically separate the features of doing good for the other for his own sake
and loving the other for what he is in himself. The former feature, he argues throughout this paper, is
present in all three forms of friendship. Sarah Broadie ("Philosophical Introduction and Commentary" in
Aristotle: Nicomachean Ethics, eds. Sarah Broadie and Christopher Rowe [Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 2002], esp. 58 and the commentary on 1155b28-9 [409], 1156b7-l 1 [410], and 1167al2-14
[420]), Rosalind Hursthouse ("Aristotle for Women Who Love Too Much", esp. 327-31), and Martha
Nussbaum {Fragility of Goodness, 355n) have all joined Cooper in interpreting friendships of use and
pleasure more generously. I will here briefly suggest some of the main reasons why I disagree, focusing
on Cooper's claims, and noting as well that my general treatment has contained a sort of implicit reply
(see also notes 3, 4, and 6 above). First I want to emphasize again that Aristotle himself uses the one
phrase "for his own sake" to refer to the two features that Cooper so sharply distinguishes and thus would
seem to deliberately want to merge these features. Generalizing this point, one could say that at the very
least Cooper cannot explain the surface of the text, which certainly leads one to a more negative reading
of philia of use and pleasure, as historically has been the case; Cooper can only judge the surface to be
mere sloppiness on Aristotle's part, a judgment that the interpreter should always be hesitant to make.
Furthermore, his argument relies heavily upon Aristotle's initial characterization of friendship as
essentially containing goodwill (8.2 1155b27-l 156a5), together with the fact that Aristotle consistently
speaks of friendships of pleasure and use as friendships rather than mere relations. But 8.2 1155b27-
1156a5 would seem to constitute too much of a beginning-point to base anything solidly upon it; we can
hardly expect that Aristotle would disqualify relations of use and pleasure as friendships before he had
even treated of them! As for Aristotle's general ascription of the term friendship to such relations, he
himself tells us that this is primarily a matter of maintaining continuity with common speech (8.4
1157a25-b5). Also, if Aristotle has the ability to point to a central feature common to all three forms of
friendship, it becomes unclear why he would struggle as he does to present some grounds for speaking of
all three with the same name, settling upon a relation of likeness having to do with the involvement of the
169
In this way does Aristotle appear to boldly suggest that we should understand
what would seem to be two distinct characteristics of friendship, namely, (1) loving the
other for his own sake (in both senses of the term, i.e., as loving the friend for what he
himself is and loving the friend in a way that directly seeks his own good as an end in
itself) and (2) loving the other for the sake of his virtue, to be extensively identical,
found only together. This can be seen, in fact, as Aristotle's maximization of one of the
beliefs of common opinion: "some think that it is the same who are good men and
friends" (8.1 1155a31).19 It is the union of these two features that I especially wish to
subject to scrutiny in this investigation; my contention will be that Aristotle strays from
his own standard account (or, alternately, from this strand of common opinion that he
Before concluding this section, I want to return for a moment to the contrast
between complete philia and philia on account of pleasure. It seems that the essential
good and the pleasant in all three (8.4 1157a29-b5, 8.6 115 8b5-l 1). Additionally, Cooper has to read
several passages in which Aristotle provides a strongly negative assessment of friendships of pleasure and
use in a way that seems rather unconvincing (8.4 1157al5-16, 9.1 1164al0-ll, 9.3 1165b3,9.5
1167al 3-14; "Forms of Friendship," 329-31). In so doing he seems to me to read the less obscure
passages in light of the more obscure. At any rate, the main motivation for making such a move seems to
be found in Cooper's reluctance to ascribe to Aristotle a view according to which such a great majority of
relationships would be crassly self-serving (317, 331). If, however, one understands Aristotle as raising
questions about the threefold division of friendship in the way that I will try to show, then perhaps one
can have something of what Cooper wants without, as I see it, sacrificing plausibility by interpreting
Aristotle's division of philia as being so generous. The key is that it is beyond and not within Aristotle's
threefold division of philia that we should look for this generosity and flexibility. At any rate, my
treatment here will acknowledge that doing good for another for his own sake rather than for gain and
loving another for what he himself is are different aspects of friendship, but will hold that Aristotle's
standard account places these together as existing only in one form of friendship, namely, the friendship
of the virtuous. For others who disagree with Cooper's interpretation, see Brewer, 730-31; Andrew
Payne, "Character and the Forms of Friendship in Aristotle" in Apeiron 33 (2000): 53-74.
19. In this, however, he privileges only one aspect of common opinion, as is made explicit by the
"some" [enioi]; the belief that good persons and good friends are one and the same seems widespread, but
perhaps equally far-reaching is the belief as to the mutual indifference of ethical virtue and friendship: see
8.4 1157a25-b5. As will become clear, I read Aristotle as exploring the merits of both views. It should
be noted, though, that there is textual disagreement regarding 1155a31; some manuscripts read
"moreover" [eti] in place of "some" [enioi], in which case we should translate the line as "And moreover
people believe..." This obviously does not affect my argument in any important way.
170
characteristic found in the former that is lacking in the latter is found in this loving the
other for his own sake, as the person that he is, as having the character that he does. If,
then, we find cases in which the friends love each other directly, that is, love the
character of the other, we know that this sort of friendship has transcended the bounds
of pleasure-based philia.
to judge the various cases that Aristotle articulates throughout his treatment of
friendship, with the purpose of learning whether all such cases fall neatly within his
three general categories. And in fact there are many cases that subtly remind us that
friends seem to be able to love each other for the sake of character, that is, directly love
the friend as being the self that he is, without either friend being especially virtuous or
without the love responding primarily to ethical virtue of even a limited sort. Aristotle
20. With 'character' here not to be taken as shorthand for the specific form of character as
virtuous character but in the generic sense of character as the unity of habits, traits, et cetera of a person
(see 2.1 1103a 14-19). It is important to realize that ethos in Greek, although often centered on moral
character, nonetheless had this broader sense as well. It is that sense that I will generally use throughout
in speaking of character. It seems possible that Aristotle exploits this ambiguity in the term in order to
preserve ambiguity in his treatment.
21. One passage that could be brought against this claim is in 8.6, when Aristotle says that those
who take pleasure from each other in the same respect "enjoy one another" [chairosin allelois]
(1158al9). Nonetheless, I would point to the fact that enjoying the other does not mean that one is
relating to him for what he himself is rather than for something incidental (just as the friend for pleasure
is said to be fond of the other not for himself but for what he provides, 8.3 1156al4-l 6). Nonetheless,
8.6 1158al8~23 does constitute Aristotle's most positive treatment of friendship based on pleasure, which
is intelligible in light of Aristotle's turn in 8.5-8.6 from a focus on virtue and wishing for the good of the
other to a focus on taking delight in the other (even in complete philia).
22. Cooper has argued that we should read Aristotle as holding that friendship for virtue is
possible not only between those perfect in virtue but also between "ordinary people" who possess, in
whatever limited ways, some small degree of virtue ("Aristotle on the Forms of Friendship," 316—20). It
seems problematic, however, to present, as he does, a dichotomy between either limiting complete
friendship to those who are "heroes" of virtue, in every way perfect, or extending it to most everyone; and
it is just this dichotomy which yields plausibility to Cooper's thesis. For Aristotle, at any rate, there
would seem to be something between the classes of the many and the heroes (7.1 1145al8-30).
171
first presents this in speaking about ex-lovers, writing that "many lovers remain friends,
if, as a result of their intimacy [sunetheias], they become fond of [sterxosin] each
other's character [ethe], when they are alike in character [homoetheis]" (8.4 1157al0-
12). Here Aristotle explicitly notes the involvement of character in such relationships,
mentioning character twice in one sentence as though to emphasize the point, and this
seems to form a crucial acknowledgment that here one has transcended friendship of
use or pleasure. In fact, what Aristotle describes here sounds like a di' hautous
friendship; the friends must relate to each other's character, that is, to what each is in
himself. Yet the focus in this passage is not on virtue of character, but on simple
familiarity with and similarity of character - the sort of thing experienced by many
[polloi, al 0]. Aristotle here brings us back down to earth, and we are reminded of these
ordinary, everyday cases. We remember that love for character can come about not
simply through excellence but also through this modest familiarity and similarity,
Generally speaking, Aristotle avoids ascribing virtue generously; and he makes it clear that he regards
most people as falling somewhere between self-restraint and unrestraint (7.7 1150al5-16, 7.10 1152a26-
27; 10.9 1179b4-20). And although there are textual grounds for rejecting the limitation of complete
friendship to the perfectly perfect (see Aristotle's talk of inequality in even complete friendships and of
friendship as aiding virtue: 8.13 1162a34-b4, 9.9 1170al 1-13, 9.12 U72al0-15), Aristotle surely works
hard to present such friendship as a rare and elevated phenomenon requiring a high degree of
development of virtue (8.3 1156b24-26, 8.6 1158al3-14). Cooper, however, dismisses this as being due
simply to "the pervasive teleological bias of [Aristotle's] thinking, which causes him always to search out
the best and most fully realized instance when attempting to define a kind of thing" (320). For clear
evidence, however, that Aristotle was not unaware of the problem of using the perfect in a definition, see
Politics 1276bl9-36 and Ronna Burger's "Aristotle's 'Exclusive' Account of Happiness: Contemplative
Wisdom as a Guise of the Political Philosopher," 81, 94nl2. At any rate, it is important to note that even
if one were to accept Cooper's argument, one would still face the problem that the broad strokes of
Aristotle's treatment present love of the self of the friend as though it were identifiable with love of the
ethical virtue (however limited) of the friend. But part of what I wish to show is that Aristotle reminds us
of cases in which love of the very self of the friend seems to occur without any great thematic emphasis
upon ethical virtue.
23. One might even say that ethos is used three times in this sentence, if one realizes that it is
present as a root in sunetheia.
172
The case of the ex-lovers receives only a brief mention, but Aristotle goes on to
discuss other cases that muddy his threefold schema of philia, notably in his frequent
talk of the friendship of brothers. The, philia of brothers, as with the ex-lovers, is tied
explicitly to character, but not to character in terms of excellence but rather similarity
and familiarity. Thus he writes, "The friendship of brothers is like that of comrades,
since they are equals and of similar age, and such people are, for the most part, alike in
feelings and in character" (8.11 1161a25-27). He further explains the sources of their
Brothers love each other as having sprung from the same parents: the sameness of
their relation to their parents produces sameness with each other, which is why
people speak of'the same blood' and 'the same root' and such like. Thus they are
somehow the same thing, though in separate individuals [eisi de tauto pos kai en
Here Aristotle points to the power of likeness as such, independent of virtue; brotherly
love finds its source in shared blood, upbringing, and age, all of which leads to
sameness not necessarily of virtue but of feelings and character simply speaking. Yet
despite the fact that virtue is not essential here, the fraternal friendship is a friendship
that centrally involves the character of the brothers - that is, after all, why the likeness
of their characters is relevant in the first place - and thus transcends motives of use or
pleasure alone. The depth of such philia is also made clear by the fact that Aristotle
here relates it to his famous idea of the friend as an "other self," a theme that he
introduces for the first time in what immediately precedes this passage in reference to
173
the love of parents' for their child (8.12 1161b27—29). The child, Aristotle says, as
coming from the parents but separate from them [kechoristhai], constitutes such an
other self (8.12 1161b29). So too does he go on to say that brothers are "somehow the
same thing," although separated [dieiremenois], and thus, although he does not draw the
explicit conclusion, are other selves. One can hardly imagine that friendship of use or
pleasure would entail this notion of the "other self," and so one here finds further proof
Nor are these themes uncommon to Aristotle's way of presenting brotherly love.
He makes similar claims about brothers, with some important additions, when he writes,
The very same characteristics which exist in a friendship of comrades - and more
so among the decent and in general among those who are alike - exist also in the
friendship of brothers, to the extent that they belong to each other more
[oikeioteroi] and have affection for one another from birth, and inasmuch as those
are more alike in character [homoethesteroi] who come from the same parents and
sameness of blood and upbringing. Interestingly, however, he here emphasizes both the
natural (as spontaneous) and non-natural (as cultivated) sources for this friendship in
ways that he had not previously. The non-natural aspect comes out through his talk of
education, a theme previously unmentioned: the learning that informs the minds and
24.1 owe the connection between these lines and the theme of the other self to David Brink,
"Eudaimonism, Love and Friendship, and Political Community," 261. Aristotle's failure to draw the
conclusion can perhaps be seen as an example of his philosophic use of enthymematic argumentation
(Rhetoric, 1356b2-ll, 1395b21-1396b34).
25. Furthermore, this passage makes it clear that Aristotle's famous theme of the "other self
stands in some tension with the theme of virtue, insofar as the driving force of the relation in terms of the
"other self seems to be likeness as such rather than excellence.
174
souls of brothers is alike, and so they are made alike. The spontaneous aspect comes
out through Aristotle's talk of the affection that brothers have for each other from birth
[ek genetes]. This seems tied with Aristotle's emphasis here on the theme of one's own,
which is expressed when he speaks of the brothers as loving each other insofar as they
are oikeioteroi (more of one's own, more belonging to each other). These two ideas
seem to form a pair: as being oikeioi, they love each other from birth; love of one's own
is something natural and spontaneous. Again, none of this is tied to ethical virtue,
whether explicitly or implicitly. Nonetheless, we also here see Aristotle link brotherly
friendship to that of the decent, boldly claiming that the "very same characteristics"
[haper] of the latter are found in the former, thereby reinforcing the point that this
brotherly love transcends friendship of use or pleasure in relating to the very self of the
philos. In this claim one finds yet further evidence that brotherly love transcends
friendship of use or pleasure in relating to the very self of the loved one. Indeed, it is
noteworthy that Aristotle here speaks jointly of friendships of "the decent and.. .those
who are alike," as he seems to thereby bridge the gap between the two and reestablish in
a general way the importance of likeness, earlier set aside as an independent theme (8.2
1155a32-bl0).27
In this treatment of brothQx\y philia we find Aristotle making good on his claim
to stick to the phenomena of ordinary experience (7.1 1145b3); what is more ordinary
and common than fraternal love, based on humble traits that nonetheless have incredible
power? To deny either that this sort of friendship relates directly to the brother himself,
26. In context, this seems equivalent to speaking of the virtuous; see 8.12 1162a25-26.
27. See Lorraine Smith Pangle's similar findings in Aristotle and the Philosophy of Friendship,
48.
175
going beyond use and pleasure, or that this friendship need not be centered upon the
that Aristotle eschews. Furthermore, we should note that far from this lack of
grateful; it would be a fearful thing if there were no human bonds in lieu of surpassing
excellence!
Aristotle's Politics also argues for a strong connection betweenphilia and the
bonds of one's own; he writes that "there are two things above all which make human
beings cherish [kedesthai] and feel affection [philein]: what is one's own [to idion] and
what is dear [to agapetonY (1262b22-23). He even goes so far as to assert that this sort
of love for one's own plays a governing role in human life as a sort of fundamental glue
of the polis; he says that "we suppose it to be the greatest good for cities, for in this way
they would least of all engage in factional conflict" (1262b7-9). Thus, not only does
philia rooted in one's own exist, as Aristotle at times allows us to forget within the
Nicomachean Ethics, it is stronger than most other ties that humans can form. This
would also seem to tell against a reduction of this philia for one's own to philia for
pleasure or use, since these are consistently said to be weak and variable by Aristotle
emphases. Although he focuses on virtue and reciprocal well-wishing from 8.2 to 8.4,
he then turns to emphasize themes such as spending one's days together (8.5 1157b20-
28. The importance of natural love for one's own figures centrally in Plato's Republic. There
Plato seems to provide a gruesome illustration of what it might look like to eliminate natural familial
bonds for the sake of relationships centered solely on forms of virtue.
29. For more on the tie of philia and one's own in the Politics, see also 1327b36-1328al6.
176
25, 8.6 1158a8-10), delight in the friend (8.5 1157b7-8, 8.6 1158a3-4, al2-14),
equality (8.5 1157b36-l 158al), and sharing in common (8.9 1159b29-35, 8.11
entails the complete sharing of all things (9.2 1165a29-30, see also 8.9 1159b29-35).
presents maternal love as transcending philia of pleasure or use. Indeed, he even uses
maternal love as a paradigm case for his claim that loving pertains more to friendship
mothers delight in loving [and] some of them give up their own children to be
raised, and feel love just in knowing them, not seeking to be loved in return if both
are not possible; it seems to be sufficient for them if they see their children doing
well, and they love them even if the children, in their ignorance, give back nothing
Insofar, then, as the mother loves and does not demand a return, she clearly loves the
child for his or her own sake and thus moves beyond philia of pleasure or use. Indeed,
Aristotle makes this even more explicit in 9.4, writing that some consider a friend to be
one who wishes good things for and affirms the existence of the friend for his own sake,
and then adds that "this is the very thing mothers feel toward their children" (1166a5-
6).
30. This general trend of his treatment is also essential to his move to make the friendship of
comrades a sort of standard for friendship (see 8.5 1157b24-25, 8.11 1161a25-26, 8.12 1161b35-36,
1162a9 14, 9.10 1171al4-15).
177
At the same time, Aristotle presents maternal love as a love of one's own,
speaking of the way in which parents "love their children as being something that is part
of themselves" (8.12 1161M8) and as a natural form of the "other self (b28-29).31 It is
just this character of being a love of one's own that shows that the love of a mother does
not fall under Aristotle's standard account of friendship of virtue. Far from maternal
love depending upon excellence of character in the one loved, it seems to be precisely
the mark and merit of this love to love in an unconditional manner. Thus, although
maternal love is for the sake of the child rather than for a return, transcending the
friendship of virtue, in which one loves the other for himself only insofar as he is
virtuous. Thus, amazingly enough, the very case that Aristotle chooses as an exemplar
of genuine ph i lia (8.8 1159a27-bl) violates the broad strokes of his treatment.
One should also consider the development of the argument at the very
conclusion of the books on friendship, where Aristotle, unpacking the idea of friends as
finding each other's existence intrinsically worthwhile, and thus again referring to that
which goes beyond friendships of use or pleasure, speaks of the way in which friends
share in the activity that they together consider essential, and then adds that such
activities can range from drinking, hunting, dice-playing, and exercising - activities
which can surely be engaged in without ethical virtue - to the higher yet still non-
ethical activity of philosophizing (9.12 1171b33-T 172a6). The key here is that such
32. This fact is recognized by Vlastos, but he takes it only as a sign of Aristotelian daftness
("The Individual as an Object of Love in Plato," 6).
33. See also 8.5 1157b24 for an early reference to this theme of enjoying the same things
[chairontas tois autois].
178
relationships seem to be presented by Aristotle as forms of complete friendship (insofar
as they include the essential mark of affirming the other for his own sake), and yet also
seem neither to necessitate great ethical virtue nor to centrally involve whatever virtue
the friends might possess. One could object that here Aristotle is simply including
those friendships of pleasure that involve spending one's days together, mentioned
earlier (8.3 1156b4, 8.13 1162M3-16). The important difference, however, between
those earlier passages and this late passage is that in the latter the account of sharing
time and those activities that are considered essential is presented as a way of unpacking
the idea of mutual affirmation by friends of the very being of each other, an affirmation
that clearly entails a move beyond the narrow limits of philia of pleasure and use.
Furthermore, the fact that this passage is located at the very end of Aristotle's treatment
on friendship seems to show that this more generous and inclusive notion of genuine
friendship is not a mere dialectical thread that is eventually discarded along the way.
Indeed, if anything, Aristotle seems to start with a more restrictive notion and then
Finally, one must consider Aristotle's views on the possibilities of friendship for
the wicked. Aristotle begins by making a claim that fits neatly in line with his general
treatment and the threefold schema of philia: "the bad [kakoi] do not enjoy their own
kind unless some benefit comes from them" (8.4 1157al9-20). In accord with his
official teaching, Aristotle here denies that a wicked person can delight in the self of
another wicked person; only the good is lovable (9.3 1165bl4—15) and so only those
who are good can engender such delight. This corresponds as well to Aristotle's
treatment in 9.4, which stresses that only those who are virtuous are of such a nature as
179
to be capable of friendship with either self or others. But we find that Aristotle makes a
crucial revision along the way in a discussion about the lack of stability of the vicious:
The vicious [mochtheroi] have nothing stable about them, since they do not even
remain similar to themselves, though they become friends for a short time, while
mochtheriai]. Useful or pleasant people stay friends longer, for as long as they
Here we find a belated admission that the vicious can enjoy each other precisely qua
vicious rather than qua useful or pleasant. It might seem strange to deem this a relation
other than of pleasure, especially since Aristotle here speaks of enjoying the other. But
as the passage itself shows, Aristotle himself goes on to contrast this relation with
friendships of pleasure. The reason for this is probably that he means that the wicked
can enjoy each other di' hautous, on account of what they themselves are (their
fundamental hexeis as forming an ethos), and thus, in a twisted way, move beyond
one's own that we saw above in more salutary contexts.) This claim, however,
threatens the very foundations of his general treatment; we see that delight in the self of
the other is not limited to delight in good character, and are reminded just how little
34. 9.4 nonetheless decisively returns to the denial of friendship to the wicked as wicked. One
should also note that even the claim at 1159b7-l 2 is situated within a framework that causes problems,
insofar as the bad are said to be unstable, a claim which should be compared with his treatment of the
matter in Bk. 7, in which the vicious man is said to be so by choice and to "stand by his choice" (7.8
1150b29-30), being in a "continuous bad condition" (b34-35). The idea that the wicked are so unstable
as to be incapable of being like anyone and thus incapable ofphilia is a reflection of Socrates' similar
claim in Plato's Lysis (214c-d, 222d).
180
To summarize the findings thus far, then, it seems that Aristotle presents
friendship in two different ways. According to one thread of his treatment, that
provided both by his general three-fold division of friendship and by many explicit
statements throughout, it seems that the presence or absence of virtue in the friends is of
decisive importance for the nature of the friendship: true friendship requires a direct
love for the self of the other, and such a love is only possible for the virtuous.
According to another thread, that found within the cases of the ex-lovers, brothers,
comrades, mothers, those who live together, and the wicked, the possibilities for
friendship are relatively independent of the presence or absence of virtue: direct love for
the self of the other is possible on the basis of likeness, familiarity, and belonging or
relation via one's own as much as through virtue. Although there is nothing that
also being friendships of use or pleasure, Aristotle, as has been shown, repeatedly links
such friendships to the themes of relating to the character of the friend and loving the
friend for his own sake. By bringing in such cases, Aristotle subtly breaks down his
own identification of love of another for his own sake and for what he himself is with
to illumine the relation between virtuous friendship and friendship based on similarity,
makes it clear that there is a prior capacity of practical intelligence, namely, cleverness,
35. For some further reflections on the role of factors other than virtue in friendship, both in
itself and as related to Aristotle, see Paula Reiner's "Aristotle on Personality and Some Implications for
Friendship'" in Ancient Philosophy 11 (Spring, 1991): 67-84. One central difference between Reiner and
myself is that I see Aristotle as questioning his own categories while she does not.
181
that can then be used with or without virtue (6.12 1144a23-bl). Perhaps it is also the
case that there is an analogous natural capacity for di' hautous friendship, and that this
natural capacity can then be exercised with or without virtue. It is important, however,
to keep in mind the obvious, namely, the fact that Aristotle never explicitly makes such
a point. In fact, by his official delineation of friendship he naturally leads one to the
belief that only in virtuous friendships do friends love di' hautous. It is still reasonable,
Furthermore, even granting the merit of the analogy given above, an important
difficulty still remains, because one is not sure just how friendly these non-virtuous di'
hautous friendships really are. Aristotle initially makes the claim that the fact that the
friends love di' hautous is the essential aspect of genuine friendship, and the connection
to ethical virtue is a subsequent and dependent point (8.3 1156b7-17). Granting, then,
that by definition those di' hautous friendships that lack thematic emphasis on virtue are
relations in his official delineation, but his actual usage of such cases seems to leave us
with a sense for their richness and substantiality as friendships, insofar as, for example,
both brotherly and maternal love are used as exemplars of philia (8.9 1159b29-35, 8.8
1159a28-33, 9.4 1166a5-6). At the very least, it should be clear by now that the
problem cannot be dissolved with the claim that these sorts of relationships are simply
analogous to philia proper or mere simulacra of it, since they share the feature that
182
remain, and it is still necessary to ask why Aristotle has included this tension in his
account.
In section three below, I will try to uncover Aristotle's purposes in working this
tension into his text. Before doing that, however, I wish to reflect on some of the
abstractions that allow Aristotle to present friendship as he does. One way to begin
understanding the problem is to note that Aristotle tends to ignore the existence of the
middling sort of person, and thus of the friendship between persons who are neither of
great virtue nor vice and whose friendship is not centered upon whatever virtue they
might possess. They are simply forgotten in the midst of continual reflection upon the
acknowledges the existence of such people only strengthens this point; he writes,
On account of pleasure or usefulness, even bad people can be friends with each
other - and good with bad, and people of neither sort with those of any sort - but it
is clear that on account of themselves [di' hautous] only the good can be friends,
since the bad find no enjoyment in their own kind, unless some benefit would come
It is important to notice that although he here acknowledges the existence of those who
are neither good nor bad, his conclusion that only the good can be friends on account of
themselves rests on a claim about the bad only and thus abstracts again from the
middling case. Aristotle immediately takes away the middle ground that he had given
us.36 Nonetheless, as we have seen, although this applies to the broad strokes of
36. This echoes a move made by Socrates in the Lysis, although he moves in the opposite order;
he begins by excluding the middling cases (214c-e) and then suddenly brings them back (216c).
183
Aristotle's treatment, he subtly allows such friends to return when discussing ex-lovers,
Aristotle's initial abstraction from the "natural standpoint" also seems relevant
for this problem (8.1 1155a32-bl6). Indeed, it is not until Aristotle returns to the
natural standpoint that he is able to provide what he seems to consider the most
adequate explanation of the love of a mother (9.7 1167b28-l 168al 1). It is easy to see
why this would be the case, since maternal love would seem to be a naturally
spontaneous love rather than the sort of love that comes about through recognition of
noble virtue (see also 9.7 1168a25-26, 8.12 1161M6—27). This consideration suggests
that Aristotle's initial rejection of the natural standpoint necessitates his minimizing of
the sort of friendship that arises spontaneously through belonging as one's own,
similarity, and familiarity - but the fact that he explicitly returns to this standpoint
Aristotle's treatment of friendship and minimizing of natural love for one's own. The
thumos is mentioned at times, its absence from Aristotle's initial discussion of the soul
(1.13 1102a23-l 103al0) is very telling and seems to govern the work as a whole;
thumos is never given its full due as a force in human life in the EN.3 This becomes
37. On this general point, see especially Ronna Burger's Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates,
149-50. See also Cooper's discussion of thumos in the EN in his "Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral
Value," 253-80, esp. 266, 270-79.
39. The minimizing of thumos is expressed, for example, in Aristotle's claims that the desires of
pleasure are more forceful than those of thumos (2.3 1105a7-10), and that giving in to desires of pleasure
is more shameful than giving in to thumos (7.6 1149a25-b20).
184
relevant in light of a claim that Aristotle makes in the Politics; there he claims that "it is
thumos that makes for loving [to philatikon]; for this is the capacity of soul by which we
feel love [he philoumenY (1327b40-1328al). He gives as a sign of this the fact that
spirited anger is more aroused with regard to 'our own' people than to strangers when it
comes to insults and outrages (1328al-16; see also 1262bl-24). If thumos is the seat of
philia understood as love of one's own, then perhaps we should say that Aristotle's
abstraction from thumos in the EN necessarily entails his abstraction from love of one's
own.40
To grasp the problem under another aspect, one might look to Aristotle's
Do people love the good, or what is good for themselves? For sometimes these are
discordant; and it is similar with what is pleasant. And it seems that each person
loves what is good for himself, and that, while the good is lovable simply, the good
for each is lovable to each. And each person loves not what is good for himself,
but what appears to be, but this will make no difference, since it will be what
Friendship, then, belongs most of all to good people, as has been said repeatedly;
for it seems that what is lovable and preferable is what is good simply or pleasant,
while what is loved and preferred by each person is what is good or pleasing to that
person, and to a good person, a good person is that way on both counts.
40. Note further that this abstraction from thumos in the context of a political work is utterly
astounding in light of a claim he makes in the Politics: political rule is the function of thumos (1328a6-7).
There is some sense in which, at least from the perspective of the Politics, the Nicomachean Ethics
fundamentally misses (or at least mutes) the core of political life. One should further compare the above
to the treatment of thumos found in On the Soul 414M-3,432a23-b7.
185
Here we see Aristotle clearly recognizing that it is not legitimate to understand love as
though it can only be engendered by that which is simply and unqualifiedly good
[agathon haplos]. Rather, one must realize that there are two sorts of qualifications:
first, that some goods, although not simply good, are nonetheless good for some.
Elsewhere Aristotle provides as an example the way in which light is good for a healthy
person, while living in darkness is beneficial for a person with eye disease (EE
1235b32-38). Second, some of the things people seek are merely apparent goods. Both
qualified goods and merely apparent goods can engender love just as much as genuine,
unqualified goods. In other words, although the simply lovable can be tied to the
simply good, there is a breadth to both the lovable and good that severs such precision
from reality. Despite his explicit recognition of this point, the broad strokes of
Aristotle's treatment tend to present the simply lovable as though it were the
whatsoever lovable - as though only the simply good can be loved. This is shown
clearly in the following characteristic claim: "If one has accepted someone as good, and
he becomes and appears corrupt, should one still love him? Or is this not possible, if
not everything is lovable, but only what is good?" (9.3 1165b 14-15, emphasis added).
41. Note that Aristotle seems to employ two distinct though related senses of the agathon
haplos. According to one sense, it refers to that which is good or beneficial for those who are in the best
state (EN 5.1 1129b3, 8.2 1155b21-27, Topics 115bl 1, 116b8-10). According to another sense, it seems
to refer to that which is good in itself without reference to being good for humans at all (see Rhetoric
1390a], where the kalon is described as agathos haplos and then contrasted with the good for oneself).
In fact, Aristotle even seems to switch between these two senses in his treatment of friendship: 8.2
1155b21-27 seems to refer to the former sense, but 8.3 1156b 15 seems to refer to the intrinsic
choiceworthiness of virtue. For more on the agathon haplos, see Paula Gottlieb's "Aristotle and
Protagoras: The Good Human Being as the Measure of Goods" in Apeiron 24 no. 1 (1991): 25-45, at 33-
39.
186
It is this abstraction which allows Aristotle to make it seem as though only the virtuous
We are now in a position to ask why it is that Aristotle would present friendship
in this way. Why would he build these tensions into his treatment? Once again, I think
that the answer to this involves the nexus of related sources of imprecision that we have
seen throughout this investigation. The first source of imprecision that I wish to
consider is Aristotle's goal of fostering virtue through his inquiry (1.7 1098a27-31, 2.2
1103b26-30). His work throughout Books 8 and 9 to connect friendship with ethical
virtue obviously promotes virtue; if the two can only be had in conjunction, and all or
most people want friendship, then this provides a strong incentive to pursue virtue.
The strongest indication that this supplies a rhetorical motivation for Aristotle's
that proper self-love is a sort of prerequisite for loving the friend as an "other self; only
if one has such stability of soul can one extend this to another (1166a30-32). This
argument then leads him to wonder who possesses self-love: all or only some, namely,
the virtuous? It initially seems that he will decide in favor of all; after noting that the
attributes of love belong to a decent person in relation to himself, he adds that they also
belong "to everyone else, insofar as they assume that they are decent" (9.4 1166al 1).
He develops this a little later in the treatment, writing that the attributes of love "appear
42. In this we see a mode of 'precise speech' that mirrors elements of the discussion of the
Republic. See esp. 340d—342e and Seth Benardete's Socrates Second Sailing: On Plato's Republic, esp.
23, 26, 88-89.
43. This argument for virtue is treated by Jacquette throughout his "Aristotle on the Value of
Friendship as a Motivation for Morality."
187
to be present in the many, even those who are base \phaulois\" and asking whether this
is "insofar as they are pleased with themselves and assume themselves to be decent that
But within a few lines Aristotle suddenly reverses this: the attributes of self-love
"are hardly present in thephaulof' (9.4 1166b6-7). It seems that we are here to
understand that the appearance of self-love in the base was a false appearance. Aristotle
then runs through a list of ways in which the base suffer from an internal "civil war" of
remorse and shame, with the conclusion that they are incapable of loving themselves
and thus incapable of loving friends. This then leads to a rare direct exhortation to
ethical virtue:
It is apparent that a base person is not even disposed in a friendly way toward
himself, on account of having nothing lovable about him. Then if being that way is
too miserable, one ought to avoid vice with the utmost effort, and try to be a decent
person, for in that way one can be in a friendly state with oneself, and also become
44. Just who is Aristotle discussing in this passage? One could try to restrict Aristotle's claims
here to the extraordinarily bad, in which case one might think that what he says about their limited
prospects for friendship is reasonable enough. But the problem is then that there is no reason to accept
the dichotomy that he establishes at 1166b25-29 between the virtuous and the bad. What about all those
in between, the middling? What proof have we been given to prove that they lack all prospects for
friendship? Furthermore, Aristotle himself explicitly contrasts the base and the "completely base"
[komidepaulon] here (9.4 1166b5-6). Alternatively, one might want to say that since for Aristotle most
people fall between restraint and unrestraint (see 7.7 1150a 15-16), the account of inner turmoil that he
provides in 9.4 applies to most people and is thus extremely relevant. But one must then face the problem
that it appears as though the deeds of most people are not so vile as to lead to the sort of constant and
overwhelming regret that would eliminate the possibility of their forming friendships. Indeed, Aristotle
goes so far as to say that most people are not even capable of simple unrestraint (7.11 1152a25-26),
which seems to say that most people are simply not very bad. To hold otherwise would, at any rate, be
very much out of line with the ordinary appearances. At any rate, Aristotle here equates the base with the
vicious [mochtheroi] (1166b 13-29), and we have no reason to think that he means by mochtheroi
anything other than the usual sense of that term. See note 47 below.
188
In sum, since friendship is such a great good and since only the virtuous can be friends,
How does this passage in 9.4 suggest that imprecision is present in Aristotle's
treatment of philia in a way that is due to the desire to encourage virtue? What catches
one's attention is the fact that Aristotle apparently has to obscure at least one of his
argument depends upon the premise that only the virtuous are stable enough to be self-
lovers, which then, in turn, allows them to love others. The base, by contrast, are
perpetually shifting, wandering in the inner turmoil of regret, unable to love even
themselves, let alone another.46 If we compare this, however, with Aristotle's own
treatment of the vicious and dissipated throughout the rest of the Nicomachean Ethics
and especially in Book 7, we find two portraits that stand in marked tension. In Book
the dissipated person does not have regrets, since he stands by his choice, but every
unrestrained person is capable of regret.... vice seems like such diseases as dropsy
45. The limitation of the extension of self-love in 9.4 must be carefully distinguished from the
related limitation of it in 9.8. In 9.4, the conclusion is that the base are not self-lovers since they cannot
whole-heartedly pursue their own conception of their own good, whereas in 9.8 the worry about a lack of
a unified pursuit is absent and the only defect mentioned is that the many pursue goods that are not
actually good, or not good for them given the way they are obtained (viz., unjustly; see 9.8 1168bl7—19
with 5.1 1129M-10).
46. Nussbaum notes that this forms one of the more "Platonic" passages of the EN (Platonism
being understood by her as standing in sharp contrast to Aristotelianism), but she is not able to provide a
reason why Aristotle would subvert his own teaching in this way ("Practical Syllogisms and Practical
Science" in her edition ofDe Motu Animalium, 218n61).
47. There are three main terms to keep track of here: the base [phauloi], vicious [mochtheroi]
(mochtheria seems interchangeable for Aristotle with kakia - see 7.8 1150b31-36), and dissipated
[akolastoi]. Dissipation is one form of vice (a vice opposed to the virtue of moderation, sophrosune), and
so the dissipated are vicious. It is slightly harder to attain precision on a general level with regard to the
base, but the important point is that in the passage under consideration in 9.4 Aristotle switches from talk
of the phauloi to talk of the mochtheroi without changing referents. Thus in this discussion I will treat all
three as pointing to those morally defective in the same basic way (with dissipation referring only to a
subset of these).
189
and consumption, and unrestraint like epileptic seizures, since the former is a
continuous bad condition while the latter is not continuous. And the kinds to which
unrestraint and vice belong are completely different, since vice is something one is
not aware of having, while unrestraint is something one is aware of. (7.8 1150b29-
36)
The bar for vice is quite high: vice involves choice (see also 7.8 1151a6-7), and this
fact seems to entail that one will, as he says, stand by this choice. One is deliberately
vicious, with bad opinions and bad desires creating a mutually reinforcing circle. This
means that there is no purchase for regret to get a grip on the vicious: indeed, they even
in some sense think that they ought to act as they do (7.9 1152a5-6). This way of
understanding the vicious constitutes Aristotle's usual position on the matter throughout
the bulk of the Nicomachean Ethics? The unrestrained, by way of contrast, have good
beliefs and bad desires (7.8 1151 a20-28); and so, although they may give in to a bad
desire, they are nonetheless pained by this, due to the presence of good belief. Thus, in
his standard teaching, Aristotle presents an essential difference between vice and
unrestraint, claiming that they are "wholly different in kind," [holds heteron to genos]
(7.8 1150b35). In Book 9, by way of contrast, he blurs the lines between the two,
explicitly claiming that the base are "like the unrestrained" [hoion hoi akrateis] (9.4
48. This does not mean that one chooses vice as vice; as Aristotle says, vice is something one is
unaware of having (7.8 1150b36). What it means is that when one acts viciously, one acts by choice.
49. See, e.g., 3.5 1114al2-25, 5.6 1134al7-26, 5.8 1135bl9-24, 1136al 3, 7.7 1150al7-23,
7.10 1152a24. I quote 3.5 1114al 1-12 as being particularly strong: "It is unreasonable for the person
who is unjust to wish not to be unjust, or for the person who is dissipated to wish not to be dissipated."
Aristotle's point is again that the level of commitment to vice that is entailed by its status as something
chosen makes it unreasonable to think that the unjust or dissipated might wish to be otherwise.
190
1166b8). It is only because he obscures this distinction that he can make it seem as
though the base are so conflicted as to be incapable of the stability of soul needed for
friendship.
Here, however, I must reply to an objection. Terence Irwin has claimed that we
should understand the regret here attributed to the vicious to be different in kind from
that denied of them in 7.8, arguing that the regret here is of a non-moral nature and is
simply due to the variability of the desires of the vicious. That is, he says, the vicious
are prone to allowing the strongest desire of the moment to interfere with their own
clever long-term conception of their good; and acting upon the desires of the moment
can later cause pain insofar as it produces problems in fulfilling that long-term
This is an ingenious reading, but one can wonder whether its appeal is
Aristotle's mouth. The difficulty for this view is that Aristotle seems to make it clear
enough that the conflict and turmoil he mentions is of a distinctly moral nature; he
writes, for example, that the base "prefer things that are pleasant but harmful, instead of
what seems to be good for themselves, and they refrain from doing what is best for
themselves out of cowardice and laziness" (9.4 1166b8—11). It is hard to avoid the
interpretation that the base have a conception of a good that does not include the
harmful (and thus cannot include the aims of vice, which are harmful), and that they fail
to live up to this conception (through cowardice and laziness), a claim which is at odds
50. This could also be translated by the even stronger "for example, the unrestrained," taking the
unrestrained as an instance of the base.
51. Irwin, "Notes," 292; Price agrees, 127-29. See also Lorraine Smith Pangle, 144-^15,
although also see her partial agreement with my interpretation at \Ad—M.
191
with Irwin's thesis. Aristotle confirms that this inner conflict is of a moral nature when
he claims that "vicious people [mochtheroi] even look for others to spend their days
with, running away from themselves, for when they are by themselves they have many
uncomfortable recollections, and anticipate other things of the same kind" (9.4
1166M3-16). This is clearly meant to express moral turmoil; the vicious, he is clearly
asserting, run away from themselves as unable to bear the baseness of their past and
future actions.
Thus the attempt to eliminate the tension fails, and we must conclude that
Aristotle has momentarily obscured his own teaching for the sake of encouraging his
audience toward virtue.52 He obscures the ugly truth as to just how comfortable the
vicious can become with themselves and their vice.53 Indeed, we saw above that
Aristotle, after earlier denying it, admits that the vicious can enjoy each other precisely
qua vicious (8.8 1159b9-10). This all seems to show that at least something of the
strong connection that Aristotle makes between virtue and friendship can be explained
friendship.
At this point, one must ask whether this rhetorical exhortation is sufficient by
52. Even if the attempt to defuse the tension found in this passage regarding the issue of regret
and inner conflict within the base were successful, one would still face the seemingly insurmountable
problem that Aristotle seems to illegitimately divide all people into the camps of the virtuous and the
base, eliminating the middle ground (as was discussed earlier). Only if one could accept such a
dichotomy would one be justified in accepting the argument that since the base cannot have friends, one
should try to be virtuous so as to be capable of the great good that is friendship.
192
disagreements within our conceptions of ethical matters (see 1094bl 1-25). Aristotle
will not bypass the diaphorai but rather maintain them through structuring his accounts
with a certain degree of imprecision or indeterminacy. This will allow him to do justice
to the difficulties of the phenomena of ethical experience. And in fact, the tension of
Aristotle's account of philia can be identified with just such a diaphora; a disagreement
that Aristotle subtly puts forward early in his treatment. In his opening account of
philia, he writes,
Friendship seems to be present by nature in a parent for a child and in a child for a
parent, not only among human beings but also among birds and most kinds of
animals. Members of the same species, and human beings most of all, have a
natural friendship for each other.... and in our travels we can see how every human
But as he also writes just a few lines later, "People think that it is the same people who
are good men and friends" (8.1 1155a31). These views, however, stand in a high
degree of tension: is genuine friendship something natural and common, such that it is
capable between most people on the basis of their shared humanity, or is it something
that pertains to the good only? Common opinion is familiar with both sides of the
equation here; and one might even suspect that the very same people often tend to hold
both these views. That the tension in Aristotle's account has its roots in a diaphora of
difficult about the nature of friendship, something that has led to this split opinion -
something that would lead us to look beyond the purely rhetorical solution sketched out
given above.
193
Continuing this line of thought, it seems that the purely rhetorical explanation
would be sufficient only if it is the case that the possibilities for friendship are wholly
indifferent to the virtue of the friends involved; Aristotle's claims to the contrary could
then be considered sheer rhetorical concealment. But if we look at friendship itself, this
does not seem to hold. Rather, it seems that friendship is neither wholly determined by
nor wholly indifferent to the virtue of the friends. It is not the case, Aristotle himself
reminds us, that friends need to be overflowing with excellences in order for genuine
love for the character of each other to exist, as shown by ordinary experience in the
cases of mothers, brothers, comrades, ex-lovers, and even the vicious. Human beings
love others just as much through similarity, familiarity, and belonging as through virtue;
and these relationships go well beyond instrumental use of the other for advantage or
pleasure.
But if one considers the matter from the other side, one sees that it is also not
true that the qualitative excellences of friends are unconnected to the possibilities of
friendship between them; several such links can be found. Although two mediocre
persons, each having many unrealized human potentials and focused on the pursuit of
trivial goods, can love each for what they themselves are and for their own sake, it
seems right to say that their love will not be as deep or rich as that had by the more
mature. First, those of a generally more superficial nature would not seem to be capable
of the depth, intensity, rigor, and extremes that belong to the best sort of friendship. It
is hard to imagine that those satisfied by mediocrity could possess even the sheer
intensity of affection needed for complete friendship (8.6 1158alO-14, 9.10 1171al0—
13). We cannot imagine, for example, that the friendship between Theseus and
194
Pirithous or Gilgamesh and Enkidu could have been as deep if they had been lesser
natures. There is, in other words, a certain maturity and excellence that would seem to
be needed for a relationship to be truly deep: only someone of depth can love with
depth. Even more, persons of depth will likely only be stirred to their fullest love by
Second, there will not be as much or as excellent a material for the friendship;
and the weaving together of shallow interests does not generally seem to yield as tight
or strong a bond as the weaving together of pursuits of serious worth. To this second
point one might perhaps wish to object that what matters in this regard is not the actual
or objective importance of the activities that the friends engage in, but the perceived
importance of them: it is enough if the friends themselves think that the activity is
important. In reply to this, however, it must be said that the objective lack of richness
and depth to the activities will surely make itself present, even if only as an
unrecognized constraint upon the relationship. It simply seems false to say that the
same depth of possibilities that are present for those who share a project of deep
intellectual or ethical worth are also available to those who, as their governing activity,
play darts or share gossip. Aristotle suggests as much when he connects the intensity of
the best friendships to the fact that they are centered on things unqualifiedly good and
pleasant (8.3 1156b23-24); these goods allow for a sort of sharing that is not possible
otherwise. The material of the friendship, then, provides objective constraints upon the
form that can be realized in it, and this constitutes another reason why we should be
195
A further point: although, as Aristotle says, between the virtuous there is "never
a doing wrong" (8.4 1157a23), this always remains a possibility between those who are
less than virtuous, since they have not formed their character so as to reject all vicious
deeds as such. That is to say, it is hard to have complete confidence that particularized
affection alone is enough to reliably check all the more general tendencies and habits of
a person, especially in those times of difficulty that are traditionally held to be the
crucial test of friendship. One must take care neither to underestimate the power of
these particular bonds alone, as though someone who was not virtuous could not act
well toward someone with whom he has such a bond, nor to overestimate their power,
as though the lack of the virtues in general did not present the possibility of temptations
leading in quite different directions in each case (9.8 1169a5-6, 8.13 1162b35-36).
Additionally, the virtuous would seem to be better formed in living in accord with
choice, which would then allow them to continue to act appropriately toward their
friends even during those inevitable moments when affection wanes (see 8.5 1157b29-
34).
1167a7-8), friends who have a shallow understanding of the human good might easily
54. This is surely part of the meaning of Aristotle's claim that when friendship is present justice
is not necessary (8.1 1155a26—27) and should be taken as a reply to the argument made in the Republic
that without justice no sort of association is possible (351d-352d), an argument which is, however,
echoed at times in the Nicomachean Ethics itself (see, e.g., 9.6 1167b4-16).
55. One could perhaps cite the typical stories of mafia members related by kin, who seem to
possess a deep affection and sense of one's own for each other, yet nonetheless turn on each other when
the situation becomes difficult. All the same, most of those lacking in complete virtue are obviously not
mafia members. Nonetheless, the example perhaps maintains relevance, mutatis mutandis.
196
do unknowing harm to each other while trying to provide benefit. For example, if
someone did not understand the shallowness of ordering one's life around the pursuit of
money (1.5 1096a5-7), then he might well encourage and exhort a friend to consistently
sacrifice higher-order goods for the sake of needless wealth and use his influence to
create opportunities for this to occur. If he were later to attain a deeper understanding
of the human good, he would inevitably feel as though his previous actions, despite his
genuine intention to benefit, had been decidedly un-friendly, insofar as they injured his
friend on the most fundamental level. Only those who possess a deeper understanding
of the human good can be sure that they truly do well toward their friends rather than
merely appear (or try) to. In these various ways, then, the excellences held by friends
do not stand indifferent to the friendship itself but constitute a large part of its range of
possibilities.
Stepping back, it seems that although Aristotle has been faulted for limiting
friendship so rigidly, with the idea that this reveals his pervasive teleological bias, what
Aristotle brings out here is that we all already tend to be teleological thinkers when it
comes to something like friendship.57 With a sort of implicit reference to the grounds
sketched out above, we, in our common opinions, have the tendency to restrict the term
to its highest and best manifestations; as Aristotle correctly says, "People believe that it
is the same people who are good and who are friends" (8.1 1155a31). This comes out
identify the best case of the thing with the thing itself. But we also have another
56. A point noted also by the early commentator Aspasius in his On Aristotle's "Nicomachean
Ethics, " 1-4, 7-8, trans. David Konstan, (Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press, 2006), 164:24-27.
57. See Cooper, "Aristotle on the Forms of Friendship," 320.
197
tendency, a more lenient tendency, toward extending the term with liberality. Aristotle
shows us this split within our understanding of philia, a split that cannot be bridged in
any simple way. What would it even look like to simply decide in favor of the one or
the other alternative? Would it not result in either leveling the field of friendships or
inhumanly restricting it? The strife that we find here is a strife that cannot be un-done
without unhinging our basic human understanding of friendship. It would, at any rate,
This all means, then, that Aristotle, in his apparent oscillation between the claim
that friendship is very much determined by the virtue of the friends and the implicit
claim that friendship is relatively indifferent to the virtue of the friends, expresses a real
tension within our experience, a diaphora that cannot be removed without violence. If
one looks to the opening question of Aristotle's treatment of friendship, whether all or
only some can be friends (8.1 1155b9-12), it becomes clear that no unqualified answer
is possible, even when one narrows the question to focus on the friendship that entails a
direct love for the very self of the friend. This reflection of the nature of friendship
itself, then, would seem to form the most important source of Aristotle's imprecision,
even more than the rhetorical exhortation to virtue. Aristotle's account thus has just
Nicomachean Ethics; and in incorporating this disagreement into his account, Aristotle
is able to provide a better treatment of philia than he appears to in his most direct
statements. At the same time, the fact that Aristotle leaves this merely implicit as an
aporia gives us grounds for thinking that there is an additional source for his
198
imprecision here, namely, that he wants to draw the philosophically-minded among his
199
Chapter 6: Human Nature and Happiness
over the nature of happiness in the EN, and these debates still continue. The basic
activity as an important component of happiness through the majority of the EN; and,
connected to this, he seems to offer the idea of happiness as inclusive of a broad range
of human goods (see esp. 1.7 1097b6-21). On the other hand, Aristotle concludes the
work in Bk. 10 by largely restricting the human good to contemplation, allowing ethical
and political life to become a sort of footnote to happiness. Recognizing that debates
regarding human happiness inevitably find their source in debates regarding human
claimed that Aristotle's account of eudaimonia is shot through with tensions because
Aristotle was simply unable to make up his mind regarding human nature; as Ackrill
says, Aristotle just has a hopelessly "broken-backed" account that cannot offer any
If we wish to hold out hope for Aristotle, however, then we might do well to
wonder whether the difficulties of his account actually illumine human nature better
1. See, e.g., John Cooper, Reason and Human Good in Aristotle, esp. 151, 167, 176; Martha
Nussbaum, Fragility of Goodness, esp. 373-77; Kathleen Wilkes, "The Good Man and the Good for Man
in Aristotle's Ethics" in Essays on Aristotle's Ethics, 341-57; W. F. R. Hardy, "The Final Good in
Aristotle's Ethics" Philosophy 40 (1965): 277-95; Richard Kraut, "Aristotle on the Human Good: An
Overview" in Aristotle's Ethics: Critical Essays, ed. Nancy Sherman, 79-104; Gabriel Richardson Lear,
Happy Lives and the Highest Good: An Essay on Aristotle's "Nicomachean Ethics " (Princeton: Princeton
University, 2004), esp. 8-71.
200
than could any straightforward account.3 Is it really the case that the human species is
so unvarying that one good can unequivocally be said to be the good of all? Are all
really suited by nature for the theoretical life? If not, does it not seem extremely
problematic to deny those who are not any possibility of a share in happiness?
Furthermore, does Aristotle's account suggest as well that even for the philosopher
perfect fulfillment presents difficulties? After all, one must remember that the
contemplative life is said to be a life that transcends one's mere humanity (10.7
1177b26-34), which seems to entail that it leaves much of one's nature unfulfilled, or,
more precisely, imperfectly fulfilled. Whether this decisively mars the happiness of
provides at least three such presentations throughout the course of the EN. The first
suggestion is that the human being is his character. This is expressed when Aristotle
claims that friends love each other's very self and then takes this to be equivalent to the
claim that they love each other's character (8.3 1156b6-12). Along these lines, one
should also consider his claims that "non-rational feelings seem to be no less human
than reasoning is" (3.1 111 lbl), and that "choice is either intellect fused with desire or
desire fused with thinking, and such a source is a human being" (6.2 1139b4-5). This
3. This idea was first suggested to me by Ronna Burger in her "Aristotle's 'Exclusive' Account
of Happiness: Contemplative Wisdom as a Guise of the Political Philosopher," 79-98, at 97-98n49: "If
the argument moves, as it seems to, between the proposal that mind is, or is 'most of all,' the human
being (10.7 1178a8) and the denial of that view in favor of the compound (10.8 1178a21-22), it may be
this motion itself that is meant to shed light on what it is to be human."
201
insofar as Aristotle, in pinning down the properly human work, includes not just the
exercise of reason proper but also the activity of that which is rational as obeying reason
(i.e., the activity of the desiring part of the soul) (1.7 1098a3-5; see also 1.13 1102b23-
1103 a 10). According to this conception of human nature, happiness will be found to
consist above all in the ethical-political life, and, more precisely, in the exercise of
ethical virtue for its own sake, as guided by prudence, the practically-oriented
intellectual virtue.
The second suggestion is that the human being is his practical intellect. This
finds expression throughout Bk. 9, as when Aristotle speaks of the good man as desiring
good things "for his own sake" and then adds that this would mean that he desires them
"for the sake of his thinking part, which seems to be each person" (9.4 1166al4-19).4
This identification is made more explicit when Aristotle tries to pin down the proper
meaning of self-love; the true self-lover is the one who loves his nous, since this is, or is
most of all, the self. Nous is established as the self as follows: just as a city or any other
organization is its most governing and authoritative element, so too with a human; and
nous is most authoritative of all (9.8 1168b29-l 169a3). The governing role of nous
here shows that Aristotle is thinking of practical intellect - that which has authority in
after identifying the human and his thinking part, "[the good person] wants to spend
4. He adds again a few lines later that "each person would seem to be his activity of thinking, or
that most of all" (9.4 1166a22-23).
5. This is further established by the contexts of 9.4 and 9.8, which are centered wholly on the
sphere of praxis.
202
time with himself, since he does it pleasantly, for his memories of things he has done
are delightful and his expectations of things he is going to do are good, and such things
are pleasing. And his thinking is well supplied with things to contemplate" (1166a23-
27). Practical nous, then, enjoys it own governance of a life. That this is not to be
taken as some mere ancillary to happiness is suggested by the continuation of this line
of thought in 9.9: Aristotle there says the happy man needs friends precisely so as to
better contemplate ethical actions, and suggests that such contemplation makes up the
The third suggestion is that the human being is his theoretical intellect. In the
context of his discussion of the way of life that pursues the being-at-work of theoretical
Each person would even seem to be this part [i.e., nous], if it is the governing and
better part; it would be strange, then, if anyone were to choose not his own life but
that of something else. What was said before will be fitting now too: what is
appropriate by nature to each being is best and most pleasant for each, and so, for a
human being, this is the life in accord with the intellect, if that most of all is the
Here theoretical nous is so closely identified with what it is to be human that it produces
a puzzle as to why anyone would ever choose a way of life that did not accord it
6. For an attempt to take this often-neglected option seriously, see Amelie Rorty's "The Place of
Contemplation in Aristotle's Nicomachecm Ethics" in Essays on Aristotle Ethics, 377-94. See also
Gabriel Richardson Lear's "Aristotle on Moral Virtue and the Fine," 116-36, esp. 130-31.
7. This reference here to nous as governing is somewhat strange; by context we know that
Aristotle must be referring to contemplative nous, but contemplative nous precisely lacks the function of
governing, at least or especially as presented in EN Bks. 6 and 10, where the intellectual life seems to
have taken on a quite abstract and wholly a-political character (on this, see Tessitore's Reading
Aristotle's "Ethics," 106-7). (Note that Aristotle also speaks of contemplative nous as ruling and leading
at 10.7 1177al3-14.)
203
priority. Curiously, however, this claim comes in the midst of forceful denials that
theoretical nous is something human. Aristotle writes that the theoretical life "would be
greater than what accords with a human being, for it is not insofar as one is a human
being that he will live in this way, but insofar as something divine is present in him"
(10.7 1177b26-28); he also explicitly deems the life of the ethical virtues as consisting
of the properly human activities (10.8 1178a9-l 0). We are thus torn between seeing
Bk. 10 as fulfilling the ergon-argument (which looked for the proper human work)
through more precisely identifying human nature as theoretical nous and as discarding
the ergon-argument insofar as this argument is concerned with a merely human work.
uniform human nature that all uniformly share in, then it seems hard to avoid holding
that the tension between these three accounts reflects very poorly indeed on Aristotle
and the EN. Perhaps it would be best, however, to suspend our judgment as to whether
Aristotle rigidly applies to human beings the "metaphysical biology" that he outlines in
his scientific works ; perhaps we should understand such claims to hold "for the most
part," as he reminds us all claims about natural phenomena do.10 Is it possible that his
varying accounts in the EN serve to illumine tensions within human nature? Aristotle
himself seems to say in 10.9 that some people have natural limitations on their capacity
for ethical virtue; there are those "naturally obedient [pephukasin...peitharchein] not to
shame [aidoi] but to fear, [who] refrain from base actions not on account of shame [to
8. See also 1.9 1099b 18-21, which speaks of happiness and virtue as "something divine and
blessed."
9. Speaking of this as a "metaphysical biology" has been made popular by Alasdair Maclntyre;
see his After Virtue (Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 2003), 162-63.
204
aischron] but on account of penalties" (1179bl 1-13)H and who are "lacking in natural
at least some degree of natural incapacity for ethical virtue, how much more must there
be some natural incapacity for the (less human [10.7 1177b26-l 178a22]) theoretical
life?13 If Aristotle agrees with Plato that philosophy is not only impossible to perform
well but even harmful without certain capacities and gifts, then it would seem that for
Aristotle the intellectual life cannot hold the good for all.
11. Aristotle often uses aidos and aischune as synonyms or near synonyms; see, e.g., 4.9
1128bl0-35, Rhetoric 1384a35-bl.
12. Obviously, 10.9 heavily emphasizes the importance of habituation for ethical virtue; this
focus could allow one to miss Aristotle's more subtle reflections on the natural basis for such habituation.
This comes out insofar as he speaks of the youth who are receptive to ethical discourses as eugenes
(1179b8), which literally means "well-born," and which seems to retain the sense of the natural even in
its extended sense of "noble." He also, as we saw, speaks of the natural root of the incapacity of the
many for ethical discourses; they are ou pephukasin aidoipeitharchein alia phoboi (1179a 11). Further,
he seems to accept nature as one of the three necessary sources of virtue (along with habituation and
teaching at 1179b20-23). It is interesting to note that Aquinas omits Aristotle's reference to the natural
in commenting on the latter's claim about many being subject to fear rather than shame (Commentary,
sec. 2141 [p. 640]), focusing on habit alone (sec. 2139 [p. 639]); additionally, when commenting on
Aristotle's claim that "as for what comes by nature, it is clear that it is not up to us that it is present, but
by some divine cause it belongs to those who are fortunate in the true sense" (10.9 1179b21-23), Aquinas
makes it sound as though it is clear that Aristotle thinks all men receive this gift (sec. 2145 [p. 640]).
13. Aristotle does not specify exactly which sense of nature or capacity he is using in this
context. Presumably, there is some sense in which all humans, by sharing in their natural form, possess
the most fundamental human potency for rationality and thus the potency for ethical and intellectual
virtue. Nonetheless, Aristotle takes care not to confuse this most universal and formal sense of potency
with a more concrete sense of potency; he understands that there can be impediments to the actualization
of potencies and that these impediments can be such as to effectively eliminate the potency. Consider, for
example, his talk of remote tribes of barbarian peoples, of whom he has heard reports that they live
"senselessly"; he says that they "lack reason by nature" [ekphuseos alogistoi] even though they seem to
still be considered human (7.5 1149a9-l 1).
14. See Republic 474b-c, 487a, 495b-496a, 537e-539a; see also 520b, which speaks of the
philosopher as springing up spontaneously in cities, which suggests, at the least, that there is a distinctive
type of soul that leads one into philosophy by its own inherent tendencies (if not thwarted).
15. This need not entail, however, that Aristotle cannot still say that they would be better off if
they were so capable; see Philebus 1 lb—c (with Paul Shorey's "On Philebus 1 IB, C" in Classical
Philology 3 [1908], 343). Such a move would seem to restore a degree of uniformity that is lacking in
typical modern attempts to articulate a more flexible human nature.
205
There is then a question as to how one should judge the prospects for happiness
for those with these natural incapacities. Aristotle wants to provide a balanced answer
unwilling to introduce a sort of anarchy into human nature and happiness; it is not the
case that men vary infinitely and that they can find happiness in an infinite variety of
ways of life suited to their individual 'natures.' On this he is clear: those who do not
attain to ethical virtue but remain stuck in a life of base pleasures alone cannot possess
human happiness (1.5 1095b 19-22). One must fulfill certain basic, distinctive human
potencies in order to participate in human happiness; and those who devote themselves
to a life of bodily pleasure alone fail in this regard. But at the same time, those who, for
whatever reason, lack the ability to attain the life that he considers best, the life of the
mind, are not thereby necessarily disqualified from happiness. Rather, there is another
happiness that admits of a larger extension, and this consists in the life that seeks
Aristotle in one of his discussions of pleasure. He notes that different animal species all
seem to have a distinctive pleasure that goes with their distinctive ways of life; there is a
particular pleasure for the horse, the dog, and the donkey (10.5 1176a5-8). But this
immediately brings to mind, as Aristotle relates, our experience of the fact that humans
16. Why should one deem this way of life secondary in happiness? Aristotle suggests that this is
at least partly due to the way in which this life fails to live up to its own standards: ethical virtue qua
ethical virtue demands to be chosen purely for its own sake (2.4 1105a32), yet it ends up being tied to the
common good in ways that detract from this purely leisurely character (10.7 1177b6-l 8); the ethical life
seeks to rise above the bodily (4.9 1128bl4—15, 3.10 1 U8bl-4), but cannot be understood in such
abstraction (10.8 1178a9-22); the ethical life wants to be "right reason," (2.2 1103b31-34) and yet its
reason is, at least to a large extent, rational as obeying rather than as properly possessing reason (1.13
1102b29-l 103a 10); it wants to possess great magnitude, and yet this magnitude seems to lead to ethical
transgressions (10.8 1179al-9); it wants to distinguish the kalon from honor (3.8 1161al 8 29) and yet
cannot help but seek the manifestness of its deeds (10.8 1178a28-b3).
206
seem to vary greatly in what they find pleasurable (1176a9-l 1); and the prospect of
utter indeterminacy opens up before us. Do humans find so many different ways of life
pleasant because they lack a distinctive nature? Are individual humans as different
Aristotle is quick, however, to close off the possibility of such infinite swelter;
pleasures must be judged by those qualified to judge; and those qualified to judge
pleasures are those with virtue (10.5 1176al6-24). There are certain ways of life the
pleasures of which we deem to be pleasant only on the basis of an undesirable state; and
thus not unqualifiedly pleasant. For this reason, we do not envy or desire the pleasures
of the degenerate; and so portrayals of their pleasure in fiction do not inspire us with
desire but rather disgust — their pleasure is not pleasant to us. In this way, Aristotle
attempts to save us from an infinite swelter within human nature; it is not nature but
some corruption or damage that makes for the near infinite diversity of human
after rejecting all the corrupt pleasures, Aristotle continues by asking, "But among the
pleasures that seem to be decent, which sort or which one ought we to say is that of a
human being?'" (10.5 1176a24-25). In this way, Aristotle reminds us that even once we
restrict the field and disallow infinite plurality, there is still a plurality to contend with
(the decent pleasures would seem to be above all those of ethical virtue and those of
intellectual virtue, but perhaps also extend to those had, for example, by the music lover
or the horse lover; see 1.8 1099a9-10, 9.10 1170a8—11); and this limited plurality
207
suggests a limited difference of nature. Even if one of these is, as Aristotle suggests,
the pleasure of a human being in the primary and governing sense, it would seem that
understanding of human nature, then, the tensions of Aristotle's account make clear to
us the structures of human nature in both its constancy and variance. He traces out, at
any rate, the fundamental types of human lives and thereby suggests the limited
differences in human nature that yield these ways of life. It is important to keep in mind
that Aristotle is dealing with actually existing ways of life; he sees three objects that
humans can take to provide overarching structure for their lives: they can order their
lives around bodily pleasure, political affairs, or study (1.5 1095bl7-19). And although
to judge that the ethical-political life holds nothing distinctive. As he says in the
Politics, this way of life involves a qualitatively different sort of communal activity than
that of other species (1253al—18). For Aristotle to dismiss this from the properly
human because it does not meet his standards for the highest good would be far too
reckless a move for him. This manifestly produces a messy account; but to assume that
the messy account is a failure is to fail to realize that such an account, by its very
18. See also Deborah Achtenberg's discussion of the way in which the ergon-argument provides
a metaphysical foundation for human flexibility in her "On the Metaphysical Presuppositions of
Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics" in The Journal of Value Inquiry 26 no. 3 (1992): 317—40, esp. 328-35.
19. That this is so is further indicated by the fact that although this question in 10.5 seems to
clearly point forward to the conclusion in 10.7-8 that contemplation provides the best pleasure, these later
chapters also go back and forth regarding whether this is a properly human pleasure.
208
6.2 Philosophy and Human Nature
The case can be made, however, that the tensions found in Aristotle's account
reveal another difficulty, that posed by the composite nature of human beings. It is
simply not clear that our nature forms a unity so perfect that every aspect of our nature
can be fulfilled in perfect harmony; and Aristotle explores this problem throughout his
perfectly coherent and complete system, speaking of the way in which the happy life is
self-sufficient in the sense of "lacking nothing" (1.7 1097b 15). Recent commentators
have reasonably been led to take this as a claim that happiness forms an inclusive whole
that consists of the harmony of all goods and the total fulfillment of our nature. In
itself, however, as was said, it is far from clear that this is possible for us. More to the
point, Aristotle seems to call attention to this when he speaks of the way in which
"pleasures from different sources are impediments to activities" (10.5 1175M-3) and
then indicates, as we already saw, that there are fundamentally different kinds of decent
26). This would seem to mean that the fundamental activities that complete our being
are not mutually compatible, or not compatible in their fullness. Although the choice
for the philosophic life need not entail that significant parts of one's human nature find
no fulfillment whatsoever, it does seem to entail that they receive significantly less
20. See Irwin, "Notes," 182-83; Ackrill, "Aristotle on Eudaimonia," 20-24. Nonetheless, there
is a varying tradition of interpretation, made possible by grammatical ambiguity, that reads this passage
as saying that happiness does not include all goods and thus can be augmented (see Aquinas,
Commentary, sec. 116 [pp. 38-39]).
209
In a sense, the conflict should be obvious: Aristotle is primarily interested in
thinking about fundamental types of human lives, the overarching structures of which
are provided by a fundamental, passionate interest (in the language of Plato, some one
erotic object), whether that be the life that passionately pursues the noble beauty of the
exercise of the ethical virtues or the life that pursues, as far as possible for a human,
wisdom as knowledge of the whole (or of the best things) (6.7 1141al2-20). And it is
clear that one cannot have two primary and governing passionate loves (8.6 1158al2-
13); one cannot engage in the fullest possible pursuit of both ethical and intellectual
virtue, because each involves a distinctive way of life that vigorously pursues the
opportunity for action in accord with its respective virtues. Contemporary efforts to
blandly combine the two miss the point that for Aristotle ethical virtue is really only
itself in a way of life that takes the ethical virtues as the most worthwhile thing of all
and pursues them and the opportunities for acting in accord with them as far as
77
possible. This is all the more true in light of Aristotle's belief that ethical action
receives its fullest expression and unfolding on the political stage (10.7 1177b7—18,
6.7-8 1141b22-l 142al 0) ; and the philosopher, in choosing a private and quiet life
rather than a life of political leadership, does not have the opportunities to employ his
political life would seem to provide for the greatest fulfillment of one's thumotic nature,
22. See Lorraine Smith Pangle, Aristotle and the Philosophy of Friendship, 235n9.
210
not to mention one's practical intellect ; and this sort of fulfillment is precisely what
the philosopher, given the overarching structure of his way of life, cannot possess.
There are other ways to sketch out the way in which the philosophic life entails
limitations to the fulfillment that one can allow to one's thumotic nature. The lack of
both physical activity and self-assured assertiveness lead to scorn from the perspective
philosopher cannot seem to afford the same sort of unreserved attachment to one's own
of the sort that pertains to thumos (see Politics 1327b38-1328al6); the philosopher
needs to be capable of a radical questioning of the sort that can conflict with attachment
to one's own.
present in [the human being]," something that surpasses our "compound being" (10.7
1177b26-29); this reminds us that the life that pursues the exercise of the intellectual
virtues above all will necessarily attain a lesser fulfillment of the rest of oneself, the
'more human' parts of oneself that pertain to the compound. In part, this is due to the
fact that our time and energies are limited; but, more importantly, one supposes that,
given more time and energy, the philosopher might simply devote more to philosophy.
The aim of the philosophic life is not to complete the whole of one's being; philosophy
is not holistic, not inclusive. Whereas the actualization of practical intellect is holistic
24. The case for the connection between the ethical virtues and fulfillment of thumos is sketched
out by John Cooper in his "Reason, Moral Virtue, and Moral Value," 276—80, and by Eugene Garver in
Confronting Aristotle's Ethics: Ancient and Modern Morality (Chicago: University of Chicago Press,
2006), 116-23. See also Ronna Burger, "The Thumotic Soul," 156-57, and her Aristotle's Dialogue with
Socrates, 84.
26. As, for example, a political philosopher living in a bad regime needs to be capable of seeing
its faults without being unduly influenced by the fact that it is his own regime.
211
in the sense that it orders one's life as a whole and thus touches on the whole of one's
being, theoretical nous stands apart from the rest of one's nature.
This point about human nature becomes clearer when one compares humans
with non-rational animal species. It seems plain that the natural capacities of non-
rational animal are mutually reinforcing. As Thomas Nagel notes, the walking, seeing,
and digesting of an animal "are not simply three separate activities going on side by
side in the same individual" - rather, the animal forms an ordered whole as an
organism, and its functions are coherently organized. And, of course, there is much of
the same in the human: for example, our perceptive activity supports our intellectual
activity and vice-versa. But whereas the fullest actualization of the perceptive or
locomotive powers of a dog has no tendency to interfere with other canine activities and
goals (but rather aids them), it seems that certain fundamental human activities have a
This fact about human nature leads one to ask whether Aristotle intends for us to
eventually re-consider what it means for a life to be, as he puts it, "lacking in nothing"
(1.7 1097b 15). Is it possible for a life that does not combine all goods and the total
fulfillment of our nature to nonetheless be found lacking in nothing? Just as there are
several senses of self-sufficiency that Aristotle cycles through (1.7 1097b7-21, 10.7
think, for example, that Socrates led an unfulfilled life? Do we think Socrates would
have been happier if only he could have also engaged in a few more types of activities;
27. See the Eudemian Ethics, where Aristotle speaks of the way in which theoretical nous
operates best when one is least mindful of the rest of one's nature (1249b21-23)
212
if he had been able to engage in excellent musical activity, help fond the building of a
trireme, or exercise his justice and prudence to the fullest extent possible as a political
Early in the Nicomachean Ethics, Aristotle calls attention to the possibility that
one good can blot out the appearance of other goods and falsely appear as the sole good
and thus as happiness, as health appears to the sick or wealth to the poor (1.4 1095a2O-
26). ' What we learn only much later in the work is that Aristotle is just as concerned
about another and opposed tendency that we have, namely, to ignore the fact that all
goods and all the actualizations of our nature cannot be combined together in one way
of life. That is, common opinion already expects that happiness will simply bring all
possible goods together into a whole, and so we readily accept Aristotle's initial,
holistic criteria for happiness as something easy to agree on (1.7 1097b8-21). Both of
these competing tendencies can prove problematic, but in the end, Aristotle appears
more comfortable with the idea that one good could by itself provide for at least the
bulk of happiness, especially if that good is thought to lead to happiness not only
beforehand and by those who lack it, but also stably by those who know it from within
(10.7 1177a25-26).
29. At the very least, we see that there is an odd abstraction from the greater and the lesser in the
claim that anything that fails to reach the ultimate resting-point of the ultimate telos is vain; is it not
possible that there are greater and lesser partial or incomplete fulfillments of our nature, with the former
being manifestly more desirable than the latter?
30. On this, see Ronna Burger, "Aristotle's 'Exclusive' Account of Happiness: Contemplative
Wisdom as a Guise of the Political Philosopher," 79-98, esp. 85.
213
Conclusion: Dialectical and Aporetic Play
We now better see the reasons for restraining our desires for precision in both
the reading of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics and our understanding of various ethical
phenomena themselves. This restraint serves the function of all salutary forms of
Although there is clearly a proper philosophic love for precision, there must also be a
philosophic fidelity to the possibilities afforded by the things themselves, even when
this means that precision must be lessened. Aristotle shows us that this general danger
is especially pertinent when one is dealing with ethical matters, given their inherent
complexity.
It has also become clearer why one must, as Aristotle says, take care to respect
the common opinions in one's treatment of ethical matters (7.5 1145b2-7), even when
these common opinions contain tensions and difficulties. This is not, as the
conventionalists would have it, because ethical matters exist only by opinion or
agreement (1.3 1094b 16). It is rather because common opinion is our initial mode of
access to the truth of ethical matters and is well situated to discern various aspects of
such matters. If ethical matters are the affairs of ordinary human life (10.8 1178a9-14),
then ordinary human opinion and reflection ought to be able to grasp genuine structures
of the ethical. Whereas a physics that would overturn our ordinary understanding of the
structures of the material world is possible and has in fact become a reality in
modernity, it is hard to see what a similarly novel ethics would have to offer us; some
entirely new list of virtues, for example, would seem befuddling rather than attractive.
Aristotle, through this endoxic method, shows that he understands the Socratic turn in
214
philosophy as considering the logoi or ordinary speeches about things rather than trying
apparent by now that Aristotle's EN presents special difficulties to the interpreter who
would simply excerpt lines and passages from the text and present these as definitive
teaching. The dialectical and aporetic style that characterizes Aristotle's more
theoretical works remains in his ethical philosophy, even if in a less obvious fashion. In
this way, Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics reads more like a Platonic dialogue than like a
straightforward treatise. Aspects of the phenomena are taken up and given expression,
as are various common opinions, but these expressions are partial and must be set
against others if one is to gain a sufficient grasp of the subject. So we see something
new when we hold up, for example, Aristotle's virtue-laden account ofphilia with his
less virtue-dependent account. First, we learn of an impasse that already existed for us
in common opinion, albeit not explicitly. Second, and more importantly, we learn of
the grounds for this impasse; we see that there really is a sort of doubleness to the
relation between philia and virtue and that a straightforward account emphasizing or
It thus seems that one cannot properly read Aristotle as a philosopher without at
the same time engaging in philosophy. The common distinction between the historian
of philosophy and the philosopher proper begins to break down in the case of Aristotle.
The philosophic task of the reader is two-fold. Aristotle gives us a way of entry into
various ethical problems through the tensions and difficulties contained both within his
individual accounts and between his accounts in their interrelations. Identifying these
215
problems is the first necessary philosophic labor - and proves more difficult that it
might at first appear to be - since in the EN (unlike the Metaphysics) Aristotle does not
explicitly identify the relevant aporiai. It is perhaps best to understand the aporiai of
the text as falling somewhere between the implicit and the explicit; while the impasses
are not left as implicit in the EN as they are in ordinary life and thought, they
nonetheless are not made as explicit as is possible. It is left to the reader to make them
Philosophy does not end, of course, with the identification of aporiai, and so the
Nicomachean Ethics calls us to a second task: to work through these impasses to reach
an understanding of the sources of the difficulties in common opinions and even in the
phenomena themselves. One must see not simply that there is an impasse but why there
is an impasse, how it arises not by accident but from the very nature of the subject in
question (7.14 21-25). In so doing, one also comes to see the extent to which the
impasse can be resolved and the extent to which it must remain, no longer as a mere
One must thus engage with Aristotle in looking at the phenomena even as he
speaks about them, precisely to understand what he says about them, which of course
leads back to the things. There is thus a sort of dialectical play between author, reader,
and world. In allowing the philosophizing of the reader to form a part of the text,
Aristotle shows his trust, first, that the world has a determinate nature and, second, that
3. Aristotle's decision not to make them fully explicit is presumably tied to the fact that the
intended audience of the EN contains a large proportion of political actors, for whom, as Aristotle says,
the work must bear practical and not merely theoretical fruit (2.2 1103b26—29). Consider as well
Aristotle's description of the function of ethical speeches in 10.9: he says that they should serve to
encourage noble youths in their love of the kalon (1179b7-9). It is clear that such youths would only be
distracted by constant and explicit philosophical speculation.
216
this nature is in principle accessible to others (even if only with difficulty). That is to
say, 1 believe Aristotle's texts make it possible to avoid the dual pitfalls of, on the one
hand, a merely mechanical repetition of the author's most explicit statements and
arguments, and, on the other hand, of that liberated violence that delights in making the
text over in its own image. Sharing Aristotle's trust, I have tried to offer some
217
Bibliography:
Classical Sources
For the following sources I have relied primarily on the Oxford Classical Texts editions:
Aeschylus Tragedies
Aristotle On the Soul (De Anima)
Aristotle Eudemian Ethics
Aristotle On the Generation of Animals
Aristotle Magna Moralia
Aristotle Metaphysics
Aristotle Nicomachean Ethics
Aristotle Poetics
Aristotle Politics
Aristotle Physics
Aristotle Rhetoric
Aristotle Topics
Euripides Bacchae
Herodotus Histories
Homer Iliad
Homer Odyssey
Plato Euthyphro
Plato Gorgias
Plato Phaedrus
Plato Protagoras
Plato Republic
Plato Theaetetus
Achtenberg, Deborah. "Human Being, Beast, and God: The Place of Human Happiness
Edited by May Sim. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, 1995. 29-50.
218
by Nancy Sherman. Boulder: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 1999. 57-78.
Allan, D. J. "The fine and the good in the Eudemian Ethics." In Untersuchungen zur
1971.63-71.
107-127.
Nijhoff, 1971.
Annas, Julia. "Aristotle and Kant on Morality and Practical Reasoning." In Aristotle,
Kant, and the Stoics: Rethinking Happiness and Duty. Edited by Stephen Engstrom
(1988): 1-18.
. "Virtue Ethics: What Kind of Naturalism?" In Virtue Ethics, Old and New.
Edited by Stephen Gardiner. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2005. 11-29.
219
Papers Volume III: Ethics, Religion and Politics. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1981.
26-42.
. "On Promising and its Justice, and Whether it Need be Respected in Foro
InternoT In The Collected Philosophical Papers Volume III: Ethics, Religion and
Barnes, Jonathan. Aristotle: Posterior Analytics. 1st edition. Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1975.
Science. Edited by M. Schofield and Richard Sorabji. NY: St. Martin's Press, 1978.
65-87.
Bartlett, Robert, trans. Plato's Protagoras and Meno. Ithaca: Cornell University Press,
2004.
220
Demetra. NY: Lang, 2001. 130-136.
, trans. The Being of the Beautiful: Plato's Theaetetus, Sophist, and Statesman.
, trans. The Tragedy and Comedy of Life: Plato's Philebus, with Commentary.
Brann, Eva, Peter Kalkavage, Eric Salem, trans. Plato: Phaedo. Newburyport, MA:
Brewer, Talbot. "Virtues We Can Share: Friendship and Aristotelian Ethical Theory."
Broadie, Sarah. Ethics with Aristotle. NY: Oxford University Press, 1991.
221
_ . "Philosophical Introduction and Commentary." In Aristotle: Nicomachean
Ethics. Edited by Sarah Broadie and Christopher Rowe. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 2002.
Burger, Ronna. Aristotle's Dialogue with Socrates. Chicago: The University of Chicago
Press, 2008.
Guise of the Political Philosopher." In The Crossroads of Norm and Nature: Essays
on Aristotle's Ethics and Metaphysics. Edited by May Sim. Lanham, MD: Rowman
John P. Anton and Anthony Preus. Albany: State University of New York Press,
1991. 127-139.
. The Phaedo: A Platonic Labyrinth. South Bend: St. Augustine's Press, 1999.
1980.69-92.
Cohen, David. "The Theodicy of Aeschylus: Justice and Tyranny in the 'Oresteia.' In
222
Cooper, John. "Aristotle on the Forms of Friendship." In Reason and Emotion.
Essays. Edited by Nancy Sherman. Boulder: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 1999.
277-300.
1986.
Cope, E. M. The Rhetoric of Aristotle with Commentary. NY: Arno Press, 1973.
Corrigan, Patrick. "Knowing One's Self through the Nicomachean Ethics." Paper
Coughlin, Glen, trans. Aristotle: Physics. South Bend: St. Augustine's Press, 2005.
Crisp, Rodger. "Socrates and Aristotle on Happiness and Virtue." In Plato and
55-78.
Dahl, Norman. Practical Reason, Aristotle, and Weakness of the Will. Minneapolis:
David, Michael. "Father of the Logos: The Question of the Soul in Aristotle's
223
Edited by May Sim. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, 1995. 1 5 1 -
174.
Dover, K. J. Greek Popular Morality in the Time of Plato and Aristotle. Berkeley:
Drum, Peter. "What is the Value of Friendship as a Motivation for Morality for
Press, 1983.
Euben, J. Peter, "Justice and the Oresteia." In The American Political Science Review
76 n. 1 (1982): 22-33.
Publishing, 1998.
(1964): 77-87.
1974.
by Philip Blosser and Marshell Carl Bradley. NY: University Press of America,
1997.2-22.
Godley, A.D., trans. Herodotus: The Persian Wars. Cambridge, MA, Loeb: 1999.
224
Gottlieb, Paula. "Aristotle's Measure Doctrine and Pleasure." In Archivfur Geschichte
Greenwood, L. H. G. Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics Book Six: with Essays, Notes and
(2005): 203-214.
Hursthouse, Rosalind. "Aristotle for Women Who Love Too Much." In Ethics 117
Edited by Nancy Sherman. Boulder: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 1999. 105-
119.
. "On the Grounding of the Virtues in Human Nature." In Was ist das fur den
Menschen Gutel Edited byJan Szaif and Matthias Lutz-Bachmann. NY: Walter de
225
From Socrates to the Reformation. NY: Oxford University Press, 2007.
252-272.
Hackett, 1999.
1952.
University Press.
226
Research 22 n. 4 (1962): 472-^80.
Klein, Jacob. "On Precision." In Lectures and Essays. Edited by Robert Williamson and
Elliott Zuckerman. Annapolis, MD: St. John's College Press, 1985. 289-308.
Korsgaard, Christine. "From Duty and For the Sake of the Noble: Kant and Aristotle on
Morally Good Action." In Aristotle, Kant, and the Stoics: Rethinking Happiness and
Publishers, 1999.79-104.
Lannstrom, Anna. Loving the Fine: Virtue and Happiness in Aristotle's Ethics. Notre
Lear, Gabriel Richardson. "Aristotle on Moral Virtue and the Fine." In The Blackwell
Lord, Carnes, trans. Aristotle: The Politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984.
Maclntyre, Alasdair. After Virtue. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1984.
Madigan, Arthur. "Eth. Nic. 9.8: Beyond Egoism and Altruism?" In Essays in Ancient
Greek Philosophy IV: Aristotle's Ethics. Edited by John P. Anton and Anthony
227
Maimonides, Moses. The Guide for the Perplexed. Volumes One and Two. Translated
Aristotle, Kant, and the Stoics: Rethinking Happiness and Duty. Edited by Stephen
Engstrom and Jennifer Whiting. NY: Cambridge University Press, 1996. 19-35
1961.
Perennial Concern. Edited by Philip Blosser and Marshell Carl Bradley. NY:
Amelie Oksenberg Rorty. Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1980. 7-14.
228
, trans. Aristotle: De Motu Animalium, with commentaries. Princeton:
Martha Nussbaum. Ithaca, New York, Cornell University Press, 1986. 239—251.
Owens, Joseph. The Doctrine of Being in the Aristotelian Metaphysics. Third edition.
1981.261-277.
Philosophy IV: Aristotle's Ethics. Edited by John P. Anton and Anthony Preus.
Pakaluk, Michael, trans. Nicomachean Ethics: Books VIII and IX. NY: Clarendon
Press, 1998.
Pangle, Thomas, trans. The Laws of Plato. NY: Basic Books, 1980.
(2000): 53-74.
Pearson, Lionel. Popular Ethics in Ancient Greece. Stanford: Stanford University Press,
1962.
Price, A. W. Love and Friendship in Plato and Aristotle. NY: Clarendon Press, 1989.
229
Collection of Critical Essays. Edited by J. M. E. Moravcsik Notre Dame: University
Rackham, H., trans. Aristotle: The Athenian Constitution, The Eudemian Ethics, On
355-371.
(1994): 291-302.
230
Aristotle's Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge Philological Society, 1971.
Sachs, David. "Notes on Unfairly Gaining More: PleonexiaT In Virtues and Reasons:
Philippa Foot and Moral Theory. Edited by Rosalind Hursthouse, Gavin Lawrence,
Sachs, Joe, trans. Aristotle's Metaphysics. Santa Fe, NM: Green Lion Press, 2002.
2002.
, trans. Aristotle's On the Soul and On Memory and Recollection. Santa Fe,
Publishing, 2009.
Scully, Stephen, trans. Plato's Phaedrus. Newburyport, MA: Focus Publishing, 2003.
Seaford, Richard, trans. Euripides: Bacchae. Warminster, England, Aris & Phillips Ltd.,
1996.
Shorey, Paul. "On Philebus 1 IB, C." In Classical Philology 3 (1908): 343.
Smith, Robin, trans. Aristotle: Topics: Books I and VIII. NY: Clarendon Press, 1997.
Smith Pangle, Lorraine. Aristotle and the Philosophy of Friendship. NY: Cambridge
231
Sokolowski, Robert. "Friendship and Moral Action in Aristotle." In The Journal of
Press, 1980.201-220.
Strauss, Leo. The City and Man. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1964.
Swanton, Christine. Virtue Ethics: A Pluralistic View. NY: Oxford University Press,
2003.
Sweet, David, trans. Plato's Hippias Major. In The Roots of Political Philosophy: Ten
Press, 1987.
232
Tessitore, Aristide. Reading Aristotle's Ethics: Virtue, Rhetoric, and Political
Tuozzo, Thomas. "Contemplation, the Noble, and the Mean: The Standard of Moral
Virtue in Aristotle's Ethics." In Aristotle, Virtue, and the Mean. Edited by Richard
West, Thomas, and Grace Starry West, trans. Four Texts on Socrates: Plato's
Euthyphro, Apology and Crito and Aristophanes' Clouds. Ithaca: Cornell University
Press, 1998.
Whitaker, Albert Keith, trans. Plato 's Parmenides. Newburyport, MA: Focus
Publishing, 1996.
White, Stephen, Sovereign Virtue: Aristotle on the Relation Between Happiness and
1980. 221-240.
Wilkes, Kathleen. "The Good Man and the Good for Man in Aristotle's Ethics." In
233
University of California Press, 1980. 341-358.
Woods, Michael, trans. Eudemian Ethics: Books I, II, and VIII. NY: Clarendon Press,
1994.
Press, 1994.
and Symposium. Edited by Robert Bartlett. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press,
1996.
234